ARCHIVES SERIAL 4 ~ 0 The of Newcastle

Faculty of Arts Handbook CONTENTS

TilE UNIVERSITY OF NEWCAS1LE New South Wales FACULTY OF ARTS

Location Address: University Drive, Callaghan DEAN'S FOREWARD Postal Address: The University of Newcastle NSW 2308 SECTION ONE FACULTY STAFF 1 Telephone: (049) 21.5000 SECTION TWO FACULTY INFORMATION 8 Telex: AA28194- Library Associate Diploma of Administrative Studies {Aboriginal) 8 AA28618 - Bursar Prerequisites for Diploma in Education Units 8 AA28784 - TIJNRA (The University of Newcastle Research Associates Limited) Credit in the Course Leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts 9 The Review of Academic Progress in the Faculty of Arts 9 Facsimile: (049) 21.6918 The Credit Point System 9

Hours of Business: Mondays to Fridays (excepting public holidays) 9 am to 5 pm SECTION THREE DEGREE RULES Rules Governing Academic Awards 10 Schedule - Bachelor of Arts 10 The University of Newcastle Calendar consists of the following volumes: Schedule-Bachelor of Arts {Psychology) 12 Volume 1 Legislation Schedule-Bachelor of Arts (Honours) 13 Volume2 University Bodies and Staff Rules Governing Masters Degree 13 Volume 3 Faculty of Architecture Handbook Schedule - 15 Volume4 Faculty of Art, Design and Communication Handbook Schedule - Master of Letters 15 VolumeS Faculty of Arts Handbook Schedule - Master of Applied Ethics 16 Volume6 Faculty of Economics and Commerce Handbook Schedule - Master of Theatre Arts 16 Volume? Faculty of Education Handbook Schedule of Subjects Approved by the Faculty Board Faculty of Arts 17 VolumeS Faculty of Engineering Handbook SECTION FOUR SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS 41 Volume9 Faculty of Health Sciences Handbook Guide to Subject Entries 41 Volume 10 Faculty of Medicine Handbook Classics 41 Volume 11 Faculty of Music Handbook Classical Civilisation 42 Volume 12 Faculty of Nursing Handbook Greek 47 Volume 13 Faculty of Science and Mathematics Handbook Latin 49 Volume 14 Faculty of Social Science Handbook Sanskrit 51 Also available are the Undergraduate Guides Drama 54 Economics 61 Education 75 This Volume is intended as a reference handbook for students enrolling in courses conducted English 78 by the Faculty of Arts. Geography 86 The colour band, Pearl BCC 151, on the cover is the lining colour of the hood of History 90 Bachelors of Arts of this University. Linguistics 101 The infonnation in this Handbook is correct as at 29 October 1990. Mathematics 104 Modern Languages 113 . ISSN 0159-3420 French 113 German 119 Japanese 127 Recommended Price: Five dollars plus postage. Philosophy 129 Psychology 133 Sociology and Anthropology 137 Interdisciplinary Subjects 145 Designed by: Marie-T Wisniowski East Asian Civilisations 145 Typeset by: Jan Spurr, The Secretariat Division, The University of Newcastle Religious Studies 145 Gender Studies Printed by: Newey & Beath Printers Pty. Ltd. 145 CONTENTS

SECTION FIVE POSTGRADUATE DEGREES 147 Bachelor of Arts (Honours) 147 Master of Arts (Coursework)/Master of Letters 147 Master of Applied Ethics 147 Master of Theatre Arts 148

SECTION SIX GENERAL INFORMATION locoted in centre section PRINCIPAL DATES 1992 (including Medicine) · Advice and Information H FacultyiSchool Secretaries II Student Support Office II Accommodation Officer II Careers and Student Employment Officer II Student Loans Office II Sport and Recreation Office Ill Chaplaincy Centre Ill Counselling Service Ill Health Service Ill Students with Disabilities iii Enrolment and Re-enrolment iii Student Conduct and Responsibilities iv THE DEAN'S FOREWARD EXAMINATIONS v Examination Periods v Sitting for Examinations v Welcome to the Faculty of Arts. I hope that your studies quires the added qualification of a one year postgraduate Rules fc>; Formal Examinations v with us will prove immensely fruitful and beneficial. The Diploma in Education, arts graduates in recent years have Examination Results vii Bachelor of Arts degree offers an advanced and stimulating moved into an ever-widening variety of careers in business, Special Consideration viii broad education in a wide range of subjects that allow you industry, tertiary education and the public service. STATEMENTS OF ACADEMIC RECORD viii to pursue an existing interest more deeply and to develop UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS- REGULATIONS A career often overlooked is an academic career in itself. viii fresh ones. The degree is three years in duration on a full­ CHARGES For such a career you need to have good undergraduate ix time basis and a subsequent one year is also Method of Payment results in your chosen subject and to complete an honours ix available to students who excel in particular disciplines. Higher Education Contribution Scheme (HECS) degree to make a start and then go on to a Masters or ix Many possible combinations exist to form a coherent Scholarship Holders and Sponsored Students Doctoral research degree to complete formal training. You X pattern of subjects to fulfil your special interests and needs Loans need a love and enthusiasm for your chosen subject and a X as well as the requirements of the degree. The list of Group Refund of Charges strong desire to teach and research. There is a dramatic X A subjects provides choice within a core essential to an CAMPUS TRAFFIC AND PARKING shortage of academics in Australia at present a recent study X education in the liberal arts and humane studies. This core STUDENT SERVICES xi by Professor Judith Sloan has indicated that an additional includes Classics, Drama, Economics, Education, English, 3,000 to 4,000 academics would be needed annually for Banking xi Geography, History, Linguistics, Mathematics, Modern many years to sustain both quality and growth in tertiary Cashier xi Chaplaincy Service Languages, Philosophy, Psychology and Sociology. Around education. For such a career, good postgraduate qualifica­ xi such a core other subjects (Group B subjects )can be studied Community Programmes xi tions in research are essential. A well-rounded Bachelor of Convocation to suit individual needs up to the extent of eighty credit Arts degree is a good start to an academic career, but it is xi points. Particular combinations within a degree pattern can Co-Op Bookshop xi also a good start to a very broad and ever-increasing range Lost Property create a significant emphasis on literary and textual studies; of other careers. xii language studies including modern foreign languages, an­ Noticeboards xii cient languages and linguistics; European, Asian or Aus­ In all walks oflife the disciplined and independent mind of Post Office xii tralian cultural and literary studies; modern and ancient a good Arts graduate is of the highest value; in all walks of Public Transport xii history; theatre studies and the social sciences. This list of life the value of an Arts degree is increasingly recognised Student Insurance Cover xii specialised studies is not exhaustive. and rewarded. University Computing Services xii University Ubraries xiii And what can you do with a Bachelor of Arts degree once you have obtained it? Contrary to popular belief, there is almost full employment in our Australian community for John Ramsland those who hold a Bachelor of Arts degree and who are Dean geographically mobile. Apart from teaching which re- SECTION ONE FACULTYOFARTSSTAFF

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS

Vice-Chancellor and Principal Professor K.J. Morgan, BSc, MA, DPhil(Oxf) Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic) Professor M.P. Carter, BA(Nou), PhD(Edin) Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Administration) L.F. Hennessy, BA(Syd) Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Planning) D.R. Huxley, BA, LittB(NE), MA, PhD Pro Vice-Chancellor and Dean of Students Professor K.R. Dutton, MA(Syd), DU(Paris), Officier des Palmes academiques, FACE Pro Vice-Chancellor (Development) L.R. Eastcott, MEd(Syd), PhD(Alberta), BA, DipEd Deputy President of Academic Senate Professor F.L. Clark, BEe, PhD(Syd), FCPA, ACIS, ACIM Dean for Research Professor R.I. MacDonald, BSc, PhD(NSW), FAIP

FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF The Faculty of Arts comprises the Departments of Classics, Drama, English, History, Linguistics, Modern Languages (French, German, Japanese) and Philosophy. Major sequences and Honours subjects are also offered in the Faculty by the Departments of Economics, Education, Geography, Mathematics, Psychology and Sociology. Dean J.A. Ramsland, BA(NE), MEd(Syd), MA, PhD, MACE, FColiP Sub-Dean G.N. Mcintyre, BA(Tas), MA(ANU), PhD Faculty Secretary DJ. Donnelly, BCom

DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICS Professor R.G. Tanner, MA(Melb & Camb) (Latin) (Head of Department) Senior Lecturers R. Beare, MA(Camb), PhD(Exe) B.F. Curran, BA, PhD D.W. Palmer, MA(Melb), BD(Drew), ThM(Harv) TJ.Ryan,MA,DipEd Lecturer EJ. Baynham, BA, PhD(Victoria), DipEd Senior Tutor H.M. Lindsay, MA(WA), MA(Adelaide) Tutor E.G. Miller, BA(Hons), MA Departmental Office StaffD.F. Statham SECTION ONE FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF SECTION ONE FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF

DEPARTMENT OF DRAMA Departmental Offlce StaiT Professor V.E. Emeljanow, BA, MA(NZ), PhD(Stan) (Head ofDeparbnent) P.James R.Gay Senior Lecturers J. R. Goodall, BA(Lond), CertEd(Oxt), PhD(Macq) D.M. Watt, BA(Monasb), PhD(NSW) DEPARTMENT OF LINGUJSfiCS Lecturers Professor vacancy M. Gauntleu, BA(WA), PhD(LaTrobe) senior Lecturers B.J. O'Connor, BA(Syd), LiuB(NE), MA(Tor), DipEd(Syd), MACE N.R. Cattell, MA(Syd), PhD, FAHA Tutor J. O'Sullivan, BA(Syd), BA(Hons), DipEd G.M. Horn, BA(Johns H), MA(The American DC) PhD( Mass) Dr Hab(Adam Mickiewicz University) Technical Manager J. Jablonski G.V. MacNeill, MA(Otago) p,G. Peterson, MA( Well), PhD (Head of Department) Departmental omce StaiTD. Freeman Departmental omce Staff J. Whittet

DEPARTMENTOFENGLffiH DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES Professor D.L. Frost, MA PhD(Camb) FRENCH Associate Professors Professor (Personal Chair) K.R. Dutton, MA(Syd), DU(Paris), FACE, Officier des Palmes acadbniques D.V. Boyd, BA(York, Can), MA, PhD(Buffalo) Senior Lecturers P .L. Kavanagh, MA, DipEd(Syd), PhD B.R. Dawson, MA(Syd), docteur de troisieme cycle (Paris-IV) N.C. Talbot, BA(Durh), PhD(Leeds) M.P. Connon, BA(Oxford), DipEd(NE), DIMAV(Poitiers) C.W.F. McKenna, BA, PhD(Leeds) (Head of Department) Lecturer Senior Lecturers C.A. Whitehead, BA(NE), MA(Syd) DJI. Craig, BA(Syd), DPhii(Oxt) GERMAN C.J. Hanna, BA, PhD C.P. Pollnitz, BA(Adel), PhD(Leic) Professor vacancy I. Salusinszky, BA(Melb), DPhii(Oxt) Associate Professors Lecturers A. Barthofer, MPhil, DrPhii(Vienna) PJ. Holbrook, BA(Melb), PhD(Yale) F.Walla, MPhil, DrPhii(Vienna) R.P. Jolly, BA(Syd), DPhii(Oxt) J.M. Mitchell, BA(Lond), MA,DPhii(Sus) Senior Lecturer JD. Stowell, BA(Melb) D.M. Osland, PhD(Adel), BA, DipEd Lecturer HJI. Purves, MA(Otago), PhD(Lond) Tutors D.O. Mathews, BA(Adel), PhD(Melb) JAPANESE J. Pugliese, BA(Macq), DipEd(Macq) Professor To be appointed Postdoctoral Associate Professor K. Ono, BEd(Aichi Kyoiku), MEd, MA(Syd), PhD (Head of Department) S. Perera, BA(Sri Lanka), MA(Washington, SL Louis), PhD(Columbia) Lecturers R. Lunney, BA, PhD M. Fukuhara, BA(Tokyo UE), MA(Tokyo UFS) Departmental omce StaiT Y. Ito, BSc(Toholru), BA, MA(Hiroshima), PhD(Melbourne) P.M. Hill S. Itoh Van Aacken, BA(Keio), MA(Hawaii) N.Cox T. Takatsu, BA(Waseda), MA(ANU) D. Page Tutors H. Kilpatrick, BA, DipEd DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY R. Malmberg, BA(Tokyo UFS) Professor AD. Ward, MA(Well), PhD(ANU) Departmental omce Staff Associate Professors J. Blades E.M. Andrews, MA(Oxt), PhD(ANU), DipEd(Oxt) S.Bowcock L.E. Fredman, MA, LLB(Melb), AM(Stan), PhD(Tulane) (Head of Department) P. Falanga, BA P J. A. Hempenstall, BA(Q'Id), DPhil(Oxt) G. Haselmann D.l. Wright, BA(Adel), PhD(ANU) N. Rutherford, BA(NSW), PhD(ANU) (50% duties) DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY Senior Lecturers Professor CA. Hooker, BA, BSc, PhD(Syd), PhD(York, Can)(Head of Department) J.W. Turner, MA, DipEd(Syd), PhD Senior Lecturers Lecturers D.W. Dockrill, BA(Syd), PhD(ANU) H.M. Carey, BA(Syd), PhD(Oxt) J.M. Lee, BA, LLB(Q'Id), MA(Oxt), PhD(ANU) HD.M. Chan, MA(Cant), MA(Lond) A.C.W. Sparkes, BA(Q'Id), BA(Lond), MA(NSW), PhD D·.F. Lemmings, BA, MA(Sus), DPhii(Oxt), PGCE(Lond) Lecturer J.N. Wright, BSc, PhD(Melb) VIsiting Departmental omce Staff D. Nesmith, BA K. Neumann, PhD(ANU)

2 3 SECTION ONE FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF SECTION~~~~------~~~~~~~~ ONE FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF

Senior Lecturers P.N. Chopra. BSc(HonsXBenares), BA, DipEd(Adel), MAPsS, MACE OTHER SfAFF TEACIDNG IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS R. Mackie, MA, DipEd(Syd) Lecturers DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS W.K. Au, MA (Massey), MACE Professors D.T. Gamage, BA(Vidyo), MA(Sri Lanka), MEdAdmin(NE), DiplntAffairs(BCIS), PhD(LaT), AFAIM MACEA, FICAS B.LJ. Gordon, MEc(Syd), DScEcon(Syd), PhD (Personal Chair) A.P. Holbrook, BEe, DipEd, PhD (LaT) D.B. Hughes, BSc.Econ.(Lond), AM, PhD (Prin) R.W. Howard, MA(Auck), PhD(Q'ld) Associate Professors J.W. McQualter, BSc(Syd), BA, DipEd(NE) R.W. McShane, BA(NE), MA(Alta) P. Nilan, DipDramArt(VCA Melb), BEd(UNE), MEd(UNE) A.C. Oakley, BEe, PhD(Adel) (Head of Department) Honorary Professor LN. Short, MSc(Syd), DPhii(Oxf), DipEd(Syd), FACE, FRSA C.W. Stahl, BA(Calif State College), PhD(Calif, Santa Barbara) Honorary Associate A.R. Barcan, MA, MEd(Syd), PhD(ANU), DipEd(Syd), FACE Senior Lecturers Supervisor Curriculum Resources and Research Centre P. Mahony, BA(Macq), DipEd, ALAA C.J. Aislabie, MEc(Syd), PhD(Lond) KJ. Burgess, MEc(Syd), MA(Exeter), DipTertStud(NE) Senior Technical Officer B. Jordan, BA, ASTC H.W. Dick, BEc(Monash), MEc, PhD(ANU) Technical Officer K.J. Scott JA. Doeleman, DrsEcon(Nederlandse Economische Hogeschool, Rotterdam) Laboratory Assistant B.W. Mills, HNC(Eiec), CertEd(Leeds) W.C. Dunlop, BA(Auck), MCom, PhD J .R. Fisher, BA, PhD(Hull) Departmental Office Staff M.T. Gordon, BA(Syd), MCom, PhD G. Gardner R.H. Green, BA, LLB(Adel), PhD(Cantah) S. Kahagalle S.N. Jacobi, AB(Prin), MA(South Carolina) M.F.Stroud G.R. Keating, MEc(NE) DK. Macdonald, BA, MCom, PhD(NSW) W.F. Mitchell, BCom(Deakin), MEc(Monash) DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY P J.C. Stanton, MA, DipEd(Syd), PhD, DipEd(Syd) Professor E.A. Colhoun, BA(Belf), MS(Wis), PhD(Belf), MA(Dub) (Head of Department) MJ. Watts, BA(Essex), MA(Manch), PhD(British Columbia) Associate Professors Lecturers H.A. Bridgman, BA(Beloit), MA(Hawaii), PhD(Wis) P.R. Anderson, BA, MCom, DipEd(NSW) J.C.R. Camm, MSc(Hull), PhD P.R. Bum, BEc(NE) RJ. Loughran, BSc(Dunelm), MSc, PhD(NE) J.C. de Castro Lopo, MA(Wis) Senior Lecturers MA. Hossain, BSc, MScEcon(Jahangirnagar), MA(Melb), PhD(LaT) G.N. Mcintyre, BA(Tas), MA(ANU), PhD K.M. Renfrew, BCom, BMath, BA J.C. Turner, BScAgr(Syd), MS, PhD(Wis) S.S. Waterman, AB(Brown), MA(Hist), MA(EconXCalif) H.P.M. Winchester, MA(Oxon), DPhii(Oxon) Senior Tutor Lecturers S.R. Shenoy, BA(Gujar), BScEcon, MA(Lond) K.W. Lee, BA(Liv), MA(NE) Tutors P.M. O'Neill, MA(HonsXMacq), DipEd(Macq) MJ. Alexander, BEc(Adel) Tutor S.J. Curtis, BSc, DipEd W D. Bradford, BEe C.J. Cootes, BCom Post Doctoral Fellow M.K. Macphail, BSc(Syd), PhD(Tas) P. Kniest, BEe Honorary Associates J. Lee, BA, MEc(Fiinders), DipEd, DipAcc(Fiinders) B.L.Campbell, MSc Honoris causa Honorary Associate W.F. Geyl, BSc(Lond), DrsPhysGeog(Utrecht) Te'o I.J. Fairbairn, MA(Wash), PhD(ANU) Cartographer CJ.Harden Departmental Office Staff Technical Officer C.G. Dever D.E. Kite (Departmental Secretary) J. Hargrave Map Librarian L. Karpeil L.King Departmental Office Staff M.B.Lane R. Talbot-Stokes E.G. Williams DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Professors CA. Croxton, BSc(Leicester),l. Raeburn, BSc(Edin), PhD(Utah) Professor R.S. Laura, BA(Lewis & Clark), MDiv(Harv), MA(Carnb), DPhil(Oxf) I. Raeburn, BSc(Edin), PhD(Utah) Associate Professors ' Associate Professors S.F. Bourke, BSc(NBSW), BA, MLiti(NE< MEd(Monash), PhD(Latrobe), MACE W. Brisley, BSc(Syd), MSc (NSW), PhD, DipEd(NE) LK.S. Chan, BEd, PhD(WAust) J.R. Giles, BA(Syd), PhD, DipEd(Syd), ThL M.N. Maddock, BSc(Tas), BEd(Q'Id), MS, PhD(Fior), DipEd(Tas), FACE P.K. Smrz, PromPhys, CSc, RNDr(Charles(Prague)) P.J. Moore, BA, BEdSwd, MEd, PhD, MAPsA (Head of Department) W.G. Warren, MA, MPsych(Ciin), PhD, MAPsS, AASA Senior Lecturers I.M. Benn, BSc(Edin), PhD(Lancaster) R.F. Berghout, MSc(Syd)

4 5 SECfiONONE FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF SECfiON ONE FACULTY OF ARTS STAFF ~~~~------

J.G. Couper, BSc, PhD(NE) R.Gleghom B. Sims BSc, PhD A.O. Harcombe W. T .F. Lau, ME(NSW), PhD(Syd) D.L.S. McElwain, BSc(Qld), PhD(York(Cant)), MACS Technical Officers W.P. Wood, BSc, PhD(NSW), FRAS (Head of Department) D. Golvers, BA E.M.Huber Lecturers J. Lee-Chin W. Summerfield, BSc(Adel), PhD(Flin) P.W.Smitb E. Vlacbynsky, BSc(Syd), PbD(Syd) Laboratory Craftsperson M. Newton Tutors S. Boswell, BMalh Departmental Oftlce Staff N.E. Hannah, BMalh W.N.Mead W.B. Moors, MSc(Auck) S. Harris L. Davies Professor Emeritus R.G. Keats, BSc, PbD(Adel), DMatb(Waterloo), PIMA, FASA, MACS Departmental omce Staff DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY J. Garnsey, BA(Syd) L. Steel Professors LJ. Bryson, BA, DipEd(Melb), PbD(Monasb) Division of Quantitative Methods M.P. Carter, BA(Nott), PhD(Edin) (Personal Chair) Principal Lecturer W. Galvin, BA(Syd), MMatb, MEd, MEngSc, PIMA Associate Professor Senior Lecturer M.J. Williams, BA, MEngSc, DipEd J.E. Bern, BA(Syd), PbD(Macq) A. Brand, BA(Amst), MA(WAust), PbD(Leiden) Lecturers G.B. Samuel, MA(Oxf), PhD(Camb), DipCompSc (Head of Department) T. Dalby, MSc(Cant), BMalh J. MacDougall, BSc, MA(Dalhousie), MPhil(Waterloo) Senior Lecturers M.J. Roberts, BMatb, PhD L. Connor, BA, PbD(Syd) S. Sciffer, BMalh E. Jordan, BA(Q'id), DipEd(NCAE), PhD K.M. Robinson, BA(Syd), PbD(ANU) Division Office Staff L. Locker Lecturers J. Trayhum R. Donovan, BA(Durh), PbD(Warw) T. Leahy, BA(Syd), MA(Carleton) S. Tomsen, BA, PbD(Macq) DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY Departmental Office Staff Professors L.McNamara D.C. Finlay, MSc, PbD(Melb), MAPsS (Head of Department) A. Holley M.G. King, BA, PbD(Qid), FAPsS, MAPsS Associate Professor R.A. Healh, BSc, PhD(McM) Senior Lecturers M.M. Cotton, MA, PhD(NE), MPsych(Clin), MAPsS M. Hunter, BSc, PhD(Lond), CertEd, MBPsS, MAPsS N.F. Kafer, BA, PhD(ANU), MAPsS C.E. Lee, BA, PhD(Adel), MAPsS S.A. McFadden, BSc, PhD(ANU) D. Munro, MA(Manc), PhD(Lond), Cert Soc St(Glas), Dip Data(SA), MAPsS H.P. Pfister, BA(Macq), PhD, MAPsS J .L. Seggie, BA, PhD J.D.C. Shea, MA(Cant), PhD(Qld) MASH, MASSERT, MACPCP Lecturers R. Brown, BA, PhD J. Kenardy, BSc, PhD(Qld)) Tutor J. Spinks, BA, MA, DipSc Emeritus Professor J.A. Keats, BSc(Adel), BA(Meib), AM, PhD(Prin), FASSA, FBPsS, FAPsS Honorary Associates M. Arthur, BA, DipPsych(Syd), MHP(NSW), MAPsS D.B. Dunlop, MB, BS(Syd), DO, FRSM, MACO B. Fenelon, BA(Qld), MA, PhD, MAPsS, AAAN, MSPR J. Miles, BA, PhD F.V. Smith, MA(Syd), PbD(Lond), FBPsS J.W. Staines, BA, BEc(Syd), BEd(Meib), PbD(Lond), MBPsS, FAPsS Professional Officer D.F. Bull, BSc Senior Technical Officers L.Cooke

6 7 SECTION TWO SECfiON1WO FACULTY INFORMATION

Credit in Undergraduate Degrees in the Faculty (1) The Faculty Board may. grant credit in specified and 144 CP System(1990) 240 CP System(1991/92) unspecified semester subjects to a candidate, on such condtions as 3 5 it may determine, in recognition of work completed in this University 6 10 or another institution, provided that credit shall not be given to any candidateformorethan 11 Ocredit points, except with the permission 12 20 of the Faculty Board 18 30 (2) Candidates granted credit in recognition of work at another 24 40 institution must complete at least 40 credit points at the 300 level in 30 50 this University. 36 60 (3) A candidate seeking credit must provide the Faculty Board 42 70 with details of the courses completed for which credit is sought; 48 80 these details should include the name of the institution, the name 54 90 and content of the courses, the marks, grades or credit points 60 100 awanied,thestructureofthequalificationpreviouslystudied(degree, 96 160 diploma, certificate, etc), wherever possible a staff list of the institution (including qualifications) and such other information as 144 240 the Faculty Board may required 192 320 (4) Credit will be granted by the Faculty Board on the recomendation of the Head of the relevant department(s), or The Review of Academic Progress in the equivalent(s), in consultation with the Dean or Sub-Dean and the Faculty Secretary. Faculty of Arts FACULTY INFORMATION (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1, a candidate Acting under the Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Progress, The following qualifications are offered in the Faculty of Arts:­ whose courses of study have included subjects which are deemed who is an undergraduateenrolledinanothercourse ofthe University the Faculty Board will review the academic progress of all Associate Diploma of Administrative Studies (Aboriginal) (Ass for this purpose to provide an equivalent foundation, may be or other tertiary institution who transfers that enrolment to the students who have failed more than 50% of their total enrolment DipAdminStud(Abor)) admitted to candidature by the Dean on the recommendation of the course leading to the degree may be granted such standing as the expressed in credit points a1 the end of the second year of Bachelor of Arts (BA) Head of the Department of Education. Faculty Board deems appropriate. attendance in the Faculty of Arts. The Faculty Board's policy on Bachelor of Arts (Psychology) (BAPsych) progression also states "that any student who fails any subject The Diploma in Education course is offered in the following (6) All applications for standing will be made to the Faculty twice shall not be permitted to enrol again in that subject except Bachelor of Arts (Honours) (BAHons) methods: Secretary, Faculty of Arts. Master of Applied Ethics (MAppEthics) with the permission of the Dean on the recommendation of the Master of Arts (MA) (a) Secondary Any enquiries should be directed in the first instance to the Faculty Head of Department offering that subject." Secretary (telephone 21.5314). Master of Letters (MUtt) Art Master of Theatre Arts (MThA) Fnglish _/ Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) History The Credit Point System Doctor of Letters (DLitt) Social Sciences (Geography, Commerce, Social Science) Modem Languages At the beginning of 1990,a 144credit point system was introduced Associate Diploma of Administrative Studies Mathematics across the University. In the Faculty of Arts, this replaced the (Aboriginal) Science system whereby students were required to complete nine subjects Drama (as a second method only) to qualify for the awarding of the degree. In order to ensure that, At the time of writing, a proposal was under consideration to in the transition to the new system, candidates who passed upgrade the Associate Diploma of Administrative Studies (b) Primary subjects under the regulations in force prior to 1990 are not (Aboriginal) to Diploma Status. Because of the uncertainty of the Prerequisites disadvantaged, the subjects passed prior to 1990 will be converted situation, there is no information provided in this Handbook on as follows: either the Associate Diploma or proposed Diploma Applicants or For secondary methods normally at least 2/9ths of a degree in the area 20 credit points for each Part I subject other interested persons are invited to contact the Faculty Secretary, main teaching area and 1/9th of a degree in any subsidiary Faculty of Arts on 21.5314 early in 1992 for further information. Forprimarymethodatleast2j9thsofadegreeinaspecifiedareaand 30 credit points for each Part II subject 119th of a degree in each of two others. The specified area is usually 40 credit points for each Part ill subject a secondary teaching area Prerequisites for Diploma in Education Units In 1991, following the amalgamation of the University of Further details may be obtained from the Faculty Secretary, Faculty Students who intend to proceed to a Diploma in Education should Newcastle and the Hunter Institute of Higher Education, a 240 of Education (21.6531). familiarise themselves with the prerequisites for subjects offered in credit points system replaced that existing in 1990. The credit the Diploma course. Students intending to become teachers should contact the NSW points accredited for subjects passed in 1990 will be converted by Department of Education to ensure that they are eligible for a factor of 10:6,ieforevery6credit point subject passed in 1990, Th~se ~isites are stated in terms of passes in subjects of the employment and promotion within the Department. 10 credit points are accumulated under the new credit points Umvemty of Newcastle. Applicants with qualifications from other and those who finished a Newcastle course recently system. The table below provides further information about the conversion of subjects passed in 1990.

8 9 SECTION THREE SECTION TIIREE DEGREE RULES

(2) Except with the permission of the Dean and subject to (2) A candidate enrolled in a subject shall comply with such any contrary provision in the schedule: academic and practical requirements and submit such (a) acandidatemaynotenrolinsubjectstotallingmore written or other work as the Department shall specify. than the equivalent of 40 credit points in any (3) ExceptasotherwisepermittedbytheHeadofDepartment, semester; any material presented by a candidate for assessment (b) a candidate shall not enrol in a subject which does must be the work of the candidate and not have been not count towards the award; and previously submitted for assessment. (c) a candidate shall not be permitted to enrol in any (4) To complete a subject a candidate shall satisfy published subject which is substantially equivalent to one departmental requirements and gain a satisfactory result whichthatcandidatehaspreviouslycountedtowards in such assessments and examinations as the Faculty a degree or diploma. Board shall require. (3) A candidate for an award shall not enrol in a course or Withdrawal part of a course for another award in this University 9. (1) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or the course unless consent has first been obtained from the Dean only by informing the Academic Registrar in writing and and, if another Faculty is responsible for the course the withdrawal shall take effect from the date of receipt leading to that other award, the Dean of that Faculty, of such notification. provided that a student may enrol in a combined course (2) A student shall be deemed not to have enrolled in a approved by the Academic Senate leading to two awards. subject if that student withdraws from the subject: Pre-requisites and Co-requisites (a) in the case of a semester length subject, before the 6. (1) The Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head Higher Education Contribution Scheme census date of the Department may prescribe pre-requisites and/or for that semester; or DEGREE RULES co-requisites for any subject offered by that Department. (b) in the case of a full year subject, before the first (2) Except with the permission of the Dean granted after Higher Education Contribution Scheme census date considering any recommendation made by the Head of for that academic year. Rules Governing Academic Awards Admission the Department, no candidate may enrol in a subject (3) Except with the permission of the Dean: Application of Rules unless that candidate has passed any subjects prescribed 3. An applicant for admission to candidature for an award shall as its pre-requisites at any grade which may be specified (a) a candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw from 1. These Rules shall apply to all the academic awards of the satisfy the requirements ofthe University governing admission and has already passed or concurrently enrols in or is a subject after the relevant date which shall be: University other than the degrees of Doctor and Master. to and enrolment in a course and any other additional already enrolled in any subjects prescribed as its co­ (i) in the case of a semester length subject, the last Interpretation requirements as may be prescribed in the schedule for that requisites. day of that semester; or award. 2. (1) In these Rules, unless the context or subject matter (3) Except with the permission of the Dean, a candidate will (ii) in the case of a full year subject, the last day of Subject otherwise indicates or requires: not have satisfied a pre-requisite if the pre-requisite second semester; and 4. (1) For the purposes of a course, a subject may be classified subject has not been completed in the preceding eight "award" means the degree, diploma(including graduate (b) a candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw from at a level determined by the Faculty Board. diploma and associate diploma) or calendar years. a subject on more than two occasions. for which a candidate is enrolled; (2) Each subject shall be allotted a credit point value by the (4) A candidate attaining a Terminating Pass in a subject Leave of Absence Academic Senate after considering the advice of the shall be deemed not to have passed that subject for pre­ "course" means the total requirements of the program of Faculty Board of the Faculty in which the department is 10. (1) Subject to any provision in the schedule, a candidate in study approved by the Academic Senate to qualify a requisite purposes. located. good academic standing in the course: candidate for the award as set out in the schedule; Credit (3) The Academic Senate, after considering a request from (a) may take leave of absence of one year from the "Dean" means the Dean of a Faculty; 7. (1) A Faculty Board may grant credit to a candidate in course; or a Faculty Board, may determine that a subject be not specified and unspecified subjects, on such conditions "department" means the department offering a particular offered during a particular academic year. (b) with the permission of the Dean, may take leave of subject and includes any other body so doing; as it may determine, in recognition of work completed in (4) The Faculty Board shall approve the subjects for the the University or another institution approved by the absence of two consecutive years from the course "Faculty" means the Faculty responsible for the course; award. Any change in the list of approved subjects which Faculty Board for this purpose or additionally as may be without prejudice to any right of the candidate tore­ enrol in the course following such absence and with "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board ofthe Faculty; will have effect in the following year shall be approved provided in the schedule. by a date determined by the Academic Senate. full credit in all subjects successfully completed "schedule" means the schedule to these Rules relevant (2) Except as may be otherwise provided in the schedule, a prior to the period of leave. to the award listed under the name of the Faculty; (5) Where there is any change in the list of approved candidate shall not be given credit for more than sixty­ subjects, the Faculty Board shall make all reasonable five percent of the total number of credit points required (2) For the purposes of sub-rule (1 ), unless otherwise "subject" means any part of a course for which a result provision to permit students already enrolled in the to complete the course. specified in the schedule, a candidate eligible to re-enrol may be recorded. shall be deemed to be in good academic standing. course to progress normally. Subject Requirements (2) A reference in these Rules to a Head of Department shall Enrolment be read not only as a reference to the person appointed to 8. (1) The subjects which may be completed in the course for Qualification for the A ward that office but also, where a subject is not offered by a 5. (1) A candidate may not enrol in any year in a combination the Award shall be those approved by the Faculty Board department as such, to the person approved by the of subjects which is incompatible with the requirements and published annually as the Approved Subjects section 11. (1) To qualify for the award a candidate shall satisfactorily Academic Senate to undertake the responsibilities of a of the timetable for that year. of the schedule. complete the requirements governing the course Head of Department for the purpose of these Rules. prescribed in the schedule. 10 11 DEGREE RULES ~S~E~CT~I~O~N~THRE~==E~------~D~E~G~R~EE~R~UL~ES SECTIONTHREE (2) There shall be three classes of Honours, namely Class I, (2) A subject which has been counted towards a completed Credit Rules Governing Masters Degrees Class II and Oass Ill. Class II shall have two divisions, award may not be counted towards another award, 4. (1) Credit may be granted for up to 110 credit points, except Part 1-General except to such extent namely Division 1 and Division 2. as the Faculty Board may approve. that a candidate may be granted such credit as the I. (1) These Rules prescribe the conditions and requirements Combined Degree Programs Faculty Board determines for subjects completed in the Credit relating to the degrees of Master of Applied Ethics, University which have not already been counted towards 5. (1) Credit may be granted for up to 110 credit points except Master of Architecture, Master of Arts, Master of ~2. (1) Where so prescribed for a particular course, a candidate may complete the requirements for one Bachelor degree an award. that a candidate may be granted such credit as the Commerce, Master of Education, Master of Educational Faculty Board determines for subjects completed in the in conjunction with another Bachelor degree by (2) Except with the permission of the Dean, candidates Studies, , Master of Engineering University which have not already been counted towards Science, Master of Mathematics, Master of Psychology completing a combined degree program approved by the granted credit in recognition of work completed at Academic Senate on the advice of the Faculty Board another institution must complete at least 40 credit an award. (Clinical), Master of Psychology (Educational), Master and, where the other Bachelor degree is offered in points at the 300 level at the University. (2) Except with the permission of the Dean, candidates of Science, Master of Medical Science, Master of another Faculty, the Faculty Board of that Faculty. granted standing in recognition of work at another Scientific Studies, Master of Special Education, Master of Surveying and Master of Letters. (2) Admission to a combined degree program shall be SCHEDULE- BACHELOR OF ARTS (PSYCHOLOGY) institution must complete at least 40 credit points at the restricted to candidates who have achieved a standard of Interpretation 300 level at the University. (2) In these Rules and the Schedules thereto, unless the performance deemed satisfactory for the purposes of context or subject matter otherwise indicates or requires: 1. In this schedule, "discipline" means a branch of learning SCHEDULE- BACHELOR OF ARTS (HONOURS) "Faculty Board" means the Faculty Board of the Faculty admission to the specific combined degree course by the recognised by the Faculty Board as constituting a discipline. Faculty Board(s). Admission to Candidature responsible for the course in which a person is enrolled Enrolment or is proposing to enrol; (3) The work undertaken by a candidate in a combined 1. A candidate may undertake the honours degree in either one degree program shall be no less in quantity llfld,quatity 2. Except with the permission of the Dean a candidate shall not or two disciplines. "program" means the program of research and study enrol in subjects totalling more than 50 credit points per prescribed in the Schedule; than if the two courses were taken separately. 2. In orderto be admitted to candidature for the degree in a single semester or the semester equivalent for full-year subjects. (4) To qualify for admission to the two degrees a candidate discipline an applicant shall: "Schedule" means the Schedule ofthese Rules pertaining Qualification for Admission to the Degree tothecourseinwhichapersonisenrolledorisproposing shall satisfy the requirements for both degrees, except as (a) have completed the requirements for admission to the to enrol; and may be otherwise provided. 3. (I) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts of the University or Relaxing Provision pass subjects totalling 320 credit points from the to any other degree approved by the Faculty Board; and "thesis" means any thesis or dissertation submitted by a Approved Subjects, including: candidate. 13. In order to provide for exceptional circumstances arising in a (b) have completed any additional work prescribed in particular case, the Academic Senate on the recommendation (a) 20 credit points from 100 level subjects in the accordance with the policy determined by the Faculty (3) These Rules shall not apply to degrees conferred honoris of the Faculty Board may relax any provision of these Rules. discipline of Psychology; Board on the recommendation of the Head of the causa (b) at least 40 credit points from 200 level subjects in Department responsible for the discipline. ( 4) A degree of Master shall be conferred in one grade only. SCHEDULE- BACHELOR OF ARTS the discipline of Psychology; * 3. In order to be admitted to candidature for the degree in two 2. An application for admission to candidature for a degree of Interpretation (c) at least 60 credit points from 300 level subjects in disciplines, an applicant shall: Master shall be made on the prescribed form and lodged with 1. In this schedule, "discipline" means a branch of learning the discipline of Psychology; (a) have completed the requirements for admission to the the Secretary to the University by the prescribed date. recognised by the Faculty Board as constituting a discipline. (d) 80 credit points from 400 level subjects in the ordinary degree of Bachelor of Arts of the University or 3. (1) To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant Enrolment discipline of Psychology taken at either pass or to any other degree approved by the Faculty Board; and shall: Honours level. (b) have completed any additional work prescribed in 2. Except with the permission of the Dean, a candidate shall not (a) (i) have satisfied the requirements for admission accordance with the policy determined by the Faculty enrol in subjects totalling more than 50 credit points per (2) The subjects presented for the degree shall be chosen in to a degree of Bachelor in the University of Board on the recommendation of the Heads of the semester or the semester equivalent for full year subjects. accordance with the following conditions: Newcastle as specified in the Schedule; or Departments responsible for the discipline. Qualification for Admission to the Degree (a) not more than 80 credit points at the 100 level may (ii) have satisfied the requirements for admission be counted; Qualification for Admission to the Degree toadegreeorequivalentqualification,approved 3. (1) To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall 3. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall pass for the purpose by the Faculty Board,inanother pass subjects totalling 240 credit points from the (b) subjects from not more than five discipline areas subjects totalling 80 credit points at the 400 level chosen from tertiary institution; or Approved Subjects chosen in accordance with the may be counted at the 100 level; the list of Approved Subjects. (iii) have such other qualifications and experience following conditions: (c) except with the permission of the Dean, not more as may be approved by the Senate on the than 20 credit points in any one discipline at the 100 Classes of Honours (a) not more than 80 credit points at the 100 level, recommendation of the Faculty Board or level may be counted; chosen from subjects offered in not more than five 4. There shall be three classes of Honours namely Class I, Class otherwise as may be specified in the Schedule; II and Class Ill. Class II shall have two divisions, namely disciplines, may be counted towards the degree; (d) not more than 80 credit points from Group B and subjects may be counted. Division 1 and Division 2. (b) except with the permission of the Dean, not more (b) have satisfied such other requirements as may be than 180credit points in any onedisciplineincluding Grading of Degree Time Requirements specified in the Schedule. not more than 20 credit points at the 100 level may 5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, a candidate 4. (1) The degree shall be conferred as an ordinary degree (2) Unless otherwise specified in the Schedule, applications be counted towards the degree; shall complete the course in not less than one year and not except that, where the performance of a candidate has for admission to candidature shall be considered by the (c) a sequence of at least 30 credit points at the 200 reached a standard determined by the Faculty Board to more than two years of study. Faculty Board which may approve or reject any level and at least 40 credit points at the 300 level be of sufficient merit, the degree shall be conferred with application. must be chosen from a single Group A discipline; Honours. and (3) An applicant shall not be admitted to candidature unless adequate supervision and facilities are available. Whether (d) not more than 80 credit points from Group B subjects may be counted towards the degree. * Subject to formal approval 13 12 SECTION TIIREE DEGREE RULES SECTION TIIREE DEGREE RULES ~~~--~------

these are available shall be determined by the Faculty thesis which shall be conducted in accordance with the 15. The University shall be entitled to retain the submitted copies 4. To qualify for admission to the degree a candidate shall Board unless the Schedule otherwise provides. provisions of Rules 12 to 16 inclusive of these Rules. of the thesis, accompanying documents and published work. complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board the program 4. To qualify for admission to a degree of Master a candidate 11. 1be Faculty Board shall consider the results in subjects, the The University shall~ free to allow~~ thesis to be con~~ specified under section 3(1) of this Schedule. shall enrol and satisfy the requirements ofthese Rules including reports of examiners and any other recommendations or borrowed and, subject to the provlSlons of the Copyngh 5. The Faculty Board may grant to a candidate for the degree by the Schedule. prescribed in the Schedule and shall decide: Act, 1968 (Com), may issue it in whole or any part in coursework such standing on such conditions as it may photocopy or microfilm or other copying medium. 5. The program shall be carried out:- (a) to recommend to the Council that the candidate be determine provided that standing may not be granted in ( a) under the guidance of a supervisor or supervisors either admitted to the degree; or 16.(1) For each candidate two examiners, at least one of whom respect of any other work which has already been counted shall be an external examiner (being a person who is not towards another completed degree or diploma. appointed by the Faculty Board or as otherwise prescribed (b) ina case where a thesis has been submitted, to permit the amemberofthestaffoftheUniversity)shallbeappointed in the Schedule; or candidate to resubmit an amended thesis within twelve 6. (1) A candidate for the degree by research and thesis shall either by the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in (b) as the Faculty Board may otherwise determine. months of the date on which the candidate is advised of submit his thesis for examination in not less than 15 the Schedule. months and in not more than five years. In special cases 6. Upon request by a candidate the Faculty Board may grant the result of the first examination or within such longer (2) If the examiners' reports are such that the Faculty Board the Faculty Board may approve of the submission of the leave of absence from the course. Such leave shall not be period of time as the Faculty Board may prescribe; or is unable to make any decision pursuant to Rule 11 of thesis after only 9 months. taken into account in calculating the period for the program (c) to require the candidate to undertake such further oral, these Rules, a third examiner shall be appointed either by prescribed in the Schedule. written or practical examinations as the Faculty Board (2) A full-time candidate for the degree by coursework shall may prescribe; or the Faculty Board or otherwise as prescribed in the complete the requirements for the degree in two years, 7. (1) A candidate may withdraw from a subject or course only Schedule. and a part-time candidate in three years. by informing the Secretary to the University in writing (d) not to recommend that the candidate be admitted to the and such withdrawal shall take effect from the date of degree, in which case the candidature shall be terminated. sCHEDULE 2-MASTER OF ARTS receipt of such notification. SCHEDULE 16-MASTER OF LEITERS Part ill - Provisions Relating to lbeses 1. The Faculty of Arts shall be responsibleforthe course leading (2) A candidate who withdraws from any subject after the to the degree of Master of Arts. 1. The Faculty of Arts shall be responsible for the course leading relevant date shall be deemed to have failed in that 12. (1) The subject of a thesis shall be approved by the Faculty to the degree of Master of Letters. subject unless granted permission by the Dean to Board on the recommendation of the Head of the 2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall: 2. In this schedule, "Department" means the Department or withdraw without penalty. The relevant date shall be: Department in which the candidate is carrying out his (a) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the research. Departments offering the units comprising the program. (a) in the case of a subject offered in the first semester Degree of Bachelor of Arts with honours class I or class 3. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall: -the Monday of the ninth week of first semester; (2) The thesis shall not contain as its main content any work II of the University ofNewcastleorto a Degree, approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board, of the University (a) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the (b) in the case of a subject offered in the second or material which has previously been submitted by the of Newcastle or any other university; OR degreeofBachelorof Artsofthe UniversityofNewcastle semester - the Monday of the ninth week of candidate for a degree in any tertiary institution unless or another degree, approved for this purpose by the second semester; the Faculty Board otherwise permits. (b) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the Degree ofBachelorof Arts of the UniversityofNewcastle Faculty Board, of the University of Newcastle or any (c) in the case of any other subject- the Monday of 13. The candidate shall give to the Secretary to the University or other approved university and have completed such other university; OR the third week of second semester. three months' written notice of the date he expects to submit athesisandsuchnoticeshallbeaccompaniedbyanyprescribed work and sat for such examinations as the Faculty Board (b) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing 8. (1) If the Faculty Board is of the opinion that the candidate fee.7 may have determined and have achieved a standard at such other qualifications as may be approved by the is not making satisfactory progress towards the degree least equivalent to that required for admission to a Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Head of the 14. (1) The candidate shall comply with the following provisions then it may terminate the candidature or place such Degree of Bachelor with second class honours in an Department. conditions on its continuation as it deems fit. concerning the presentation of a thesis: appropriate subject; OR 4. The Faculty Board shall approve or reject the application on (a) the thesis shall contain an abstract of approximately (2) For the purpose of assessing a candidate's progress, the (c) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing the recommendation of the Head of the Department. Faculty Board may require any candidate to submit a 200 words describing its content; such other qualifications as may be approved by the 5. To qualify for admission to the degree the candidate shall report or reports on his progress. (b) the thesis shall be typed and bound in a manner FacultyBoardontherecommendationoftheHeadofthe complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program prescribed by the University; (3) A candidate against whom a decision of the Faculty Department in which the applicant proposes to enrol. approved by the Faculty Board consisting of: Board has been made under Rule 8(1) of these Rules may (c) threecopiesofthethesisshallbesubmittedtogether 3. (1) An applicant shall apply for admission to candidature in (a) four half-year units, or their equivalent, of advanced request that the Faculty Board cause his case to be with: a program consisting of one of the following patterns: work; and; reviewed. Such request shall be made to the Dean of the (i) main content ofthe thesis has not been submitted (a) primarilythecompletionofathesisembodyingthe Faculty within seven days from the date of posting to the (b) such other work as may be prescribed by the Head of the by the candidate for a degree of any other results of the candidate's research, together with candidate the advice of the Faculty Board's decision or Department. tertiary institution; and suchotherworkastheFacultyBoardmayprescribe; such further period as the Dean may accept. 6. The Faculty Board may grant standing to a candidate on such (ii) a certificate signed by the supervisor indicating (b) primarily lectures and other coursework and conditions as it may determine in respect of work undertaken (4) A candidate may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor against whether the candidate has completed the associated examinations as the Faculty Board may for an uncompleted qualification. Standing shall not be granted any decision made following the review under Rule 8(3) program and whether the thesis is of sufficient of these Rules. prescribe. for more than half the program. academic merit to warrant examination; and Pattern (a) is hereinafter referred to as "research and 9. In exceptional circumstances arising in a particular case, the 7. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the program (iii) if the candidate so desires, any documents or thesis" and pattern (b) is hereinafter referred to as Senate, on the recommendation of the Faculty Board, may shall be completed within one year in the case of a full-time published work of the candidate whether "coursework". relax any provision of these Rules. candidate or within four years in the case of a part-time bearing on the subject of the thesis or not. Part II -Examination and Results (2) The Faculty Board shall approve orreject the application candidate. (2) The Faculty Board shall determine the course of action and the proposed degree pattern on the recommendation 10. The Examination Rules approved from time to time by the to be taken should the certificate of the supervisor of the Head of the Department in which the applicant Council shall apply to all examinations with respect to a indicate that in the opinion of the supervisor the thesis is proposes to enrol. degree of Master with the exception of the examination of a not of sufficient academic merit to warrant examination.

14 15 SECTION TIIREE DEGREE RULES SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS ~------SCHEDULE 22- MASTER OF APPLIED ETHICS (b) such other work as may be prescribed by the Faculty•SCHEDULE OF SUBJECTS APPROVED BY THE FACULTY BOARD, FACULTY OF ARTS 1. The Faculty of Arts shall be responsible for the course leading Board. :GROUP A SUBJECTS to the degree of Master of Applied Ethics. 4. 1be Faculty Board may grant standing to a candidate on such 2. In this schedule, "Board" means the Applied Ethics Board conditions as it may determine. Standing shall not be grantectSub ·ects from this group may be chosen subject to pre and corequisites and the appropriate Degree Rules for more than half the program. constituted by the Senate. ~ 3. To be eligible for admission to candidature, an applicant 5. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board, the progrlllll Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisite Corequisites shall: shall be completed in not less than four semesters and not Number of OtTer Points more than eight semesters. (a) have satisifed all the requirements for admission to the CLASSICS degreeofBachelorof Arts ofthe University ofNewcastle ·Classical Civilisation or another degree, approved for this purpose by the Faculty Board, of the University of Newcastle or any CLAS101 Greek Civilisation 1 10 other University; or CLAS102 Roman Civilisation 2 10

(b) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing CLAS201 Aspects of 10 (CLAS101 and CLAS102) such other qualifications as may be approved by the Greek History or 20 cp of History Faculty Board on the recommendation of the Board. at 100 level 4. To qualify for admission to the degree the candidate shall CLAS202 Greek Society 1+2* 10 CLAS101 and CLAS102 complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program CLAS205 Roman Britain and approved by the Faculty Board consisting of: Anglo-Saxon England 2' 10 As for CLAS201 (a) eight semester units, or their equivalent, of advanced CLAS214 Sparta 2 10 As for CLAS201 work; and CLAS232 Greek and Roman Comedy 10 (CLAS101 and CLAS102) or (b) such other work and examinations as may be prescribed CLAS151 or CLAS155 or by the Faculty·Board on the recommendation of the CLAS161 orCLAS165 or Board. ENGL101 5. The Faculty Board may grant standing to a candidate on such ;CLAS235 Erotic Poetry 1 10 As for CLAS232 conditions as it may determine following advice from the lcLAS236 Novel, Fable and Story 2 10 As for CLAS232 Board. Standing shall not be granted for more than half the ~CLAS243 Herodotus and Tacitus FY 10 (CLAS101 and CLAS102) or program. CLAS151 or 6. Except with the permission of the Faculty Board: CLAS155 or CLAS161 or CLAS 165 or 20 cp of History (a) a full-time candidate shall complete the program in not at 100 level less than two and not more than three calendar years ;cLAS245 Arrian and Quintus from its commencement; Curtius Rufus FY 10 As for CLAS243 (b) a part-time candidate shall complete the program in not kLAS246 Comparative Tragedy 1+2* 10 As for CLAS232 more than five calendar years from its commencement. ~CLAS247 Greek Values ?, 1 5 (CLAS101 and CLAS102) or ~ CLAS151 orCLAS155 or a CLAS161 orCLAS165 SCHEDULE 26-MASTER OF THEATRE ARTS fcLAS248 Roman Values 2 5 As for CLAS247 1. The Faculty of Arts shall be responsible for the course leading to the degree of Master of Theatre Arts. lcLAS301 Aspects of Greek History 10 30 cp at CLASS ClV 200 level ' 2. To be eligible for admission to candidature an applicant shall: I including CLAS247, CLAS248 ~ and either CLAS202 or (a) have satisfied all the requirements for admission to the CLAS204 degreeofBachelorof Arts of the University ofNewcastle CLAS302 Greek Society 1+2* 10 30 cp at CLAS200 level or another degree, approved for this purpose by the including CLAS247, CLASS248 Faculty Board of the University of Newcastle or any andCLAS204 other University; OR CLAS305 Roman Britain and (b) in exceptional cases produce evidence of possessing Anglo Saxon England 2' 10 As for CLAS301 such other qualifications as may be approved by the CLAS311 Alexander the Great- Faculty Board. Augustus FY 10 As for CLAS301 3. To qualify for admission to the degree the candidate shall CLAS312 Greek, Etruscan and complete to the satisfaction of the Faculty Board a program Roman Art FY 10 As for CLAS302 approved by the Faculty Board consisting of: CLAS314 Sparta 2 10 As for CLAS301 (a) eight semester units, or their equivalent, of advanced work; and * Offered Semester 1 at Cefllral Coast Campus aNi Semester 2 at Newcastle Campus t Offered Central Coast Campus only 16 17 SECI'ION FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONi;ECTION FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS

Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Number of OtTer Points Number of OtTer Points CLAS332 Greek and Roman CLAS361 Latin Text & Language I 1 10 Entry to all LATIN CLAS362 Comedy 10 30 cp of CLASS CIV 200 level CLAS362 Latin Text & Language II 2 10 300 level units CLAS361 (including CLAS247, CLAS248 CLAS363 Latin Epigraphy & requires 30 cp at CLAS361 and and either CLAS202 or Text Study FY 10 LATIN 200 level CLAS362 CLAS204) or 30 cp of Greek CLAS364 Latin Special Author CLAS361 and or Latin 200 level Study FY 10 CLAS362 CLAS335 Erotic Poetry 1 10 As for CLAS332 CLAS431 Classical Studies Honours CLAS336 Novel, Fable and Story 2 10 AS for CLAS332 - Latin(F(f) FY 80 CLAS343 Herodotus and Tacitus FY 10 As for CLAS332 CLAS432 Classical Studies Honours CLAS345 Arrian and Quintus -Latin (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 Curtius Rufus FY 10 As for CLAS332 CLAS433 Classical Studies Honours CLAS346 Comparative Tragedy 1+2* 10 As for CLAS332 - Latin (P{f, Yr 2) FY 40 CLAS411 Classical Studies- cCLAS461 Latin Honours (F{f) FY 80 Honours (F{f) FY 80 CLAS462 Latin Honours CLAS412 Classical Studies (P{f Yr 1) FY 40 Honours (P{f Year 1) FY 40 :cLAS463 Latin Honours CLAS413 Classical Studies (P{fYr2) FY 40 Honours (P{f Year 2) FY 40 lCLAS471 Combined Greek & Latin "" Honours (F{f) FY 80 ~CLAS472 Combined Greek & Latin Greek Honours (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 CLAS151 Elementary Greek FY 20 ,,kLAS473 Combined Greek & Latin CLAS155 Advanced Greek FY 20 HSC Greek or equivalent Honours (P{f, Yr 2) FY 40

CLAS251 Greek Text & Language I 1 10 Entry to all GREEK CLAS257 jsanskrit CLAS252 Greek Text & Language II 2 10 200 level units CLAS251 ~CLAS271 Sanskrit Text & CLAS253 Greek Special Study FY 10 requires 20 cp at CLAS251 and Language! 10 CLAS171 GREEK 1 00 level ~ CLAS252 £CLAS272 Sanskrit Text & CLAS351 Greek Text & Language I 10 Entry to all GREEK CLAS352 Language II 2 10 CLAS171 CLAS352 Greek Text& ' 300 level units CLAS351 Sanskrit Special Text Language II ~CLAS273 2 10 requires 30 cp at Study FY 10 CLAS171 CLAS353 Greek Epigraphy & GREEK 200 level CLAS351 and Text Study FY 10 CLAS352 CLAS371 Sanskrit Text & CLAS354 Greek Special Author CLAS351 and Language! 10 CLAS271, CLAS272, CLAS273 Study FY 10 CLAS352 CLAS372 Sanskrit Text & CLAS421 Classical Studies Honours Language II 2 10 As for CLAS371 -Greek(F(f) FY 80 CLAS373 Sanskrit Special Text CLAS422 Classical Studies Honours Study I FY 10 As for CLAS371 -Greek (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 CLAS374 Sanskrit Special Text CLAS423 Classical Studies Honours Study II FY 10 As for CLAS371 - Greek (P{f, Yr 2) FY 40 CLAS451 Greek Honours (F{f) FY 80 CLAS452 Greek Honours DRAMA (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 DRAM101 Introduction to Drama FY 20 CLAS453 Greek Honours (P{f, Yr2) FY 40 DRAM202 The Emergence of Latin Popular Theatre 10 DRAM101 1xDRAM250-262 DRAM203 The Public Stage of the CLAS161 Elementary Latin FY 20 Renaissance 2 10 DRAM101 As for DRAM202 CLASI65 Advanced Latin FY 20 HSC Latin or equivalent DRAM204 Theatre in the Age of Reason 2 10 DRAM101 As for DRAM202 CLAS261 Latin Text & Language I 1 10 Entry to all LATIN CLAS262 DRAM205 Players and the Painted CLAS262 Latin Text & Language II 2 10 200 level units CLAS261 Stage 10 DRAM101 As for DRAM202 CLAS263 Latin Special Study FY 10 requires 20 cp at CLAS261 and DRAM210 The Development of LATIN 100 level CLAS262 Actor's Craft from Garrick 10 DRAM101 30 cp at * Offered Semester 1 at Central Coast Campus and Semester 2 at Newcastle Campus to Olivier DRAM200 level 18 19 SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS; SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS

Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Number of OtTer Points Number of OtTer Points

DRAM212 Directors and Directions ECONOMICS Economics I FY 20 in the Modem Theatre 2 10 DRAM101 As for DRAM210 ECON101 DRAM2SO Acting I 1 5 DRAM101 1x10cp at ECON102 Economic History A 1 10 DRAM200 level ECON103 Australian Economic DRAM251 Acting II 2 5 DRAM250 As for DRAM250 History 2 10 DRAM252 Community Drama I 1 5 DRAM101 As for DRAM250 ECON201 Economics II FY 20 ECON101 ECON102 or ECON103 DRAM253 Community Drama II 2 5 DRAM252 As for DRAM250 ECON202 European Economic 10 orECON101 DRAM254 Theatrecraft I 1 5 DRAM101 As for DRAM250 History 2 DRAM255 Theatrecraft II 2 5 DRAM254 As for DRAM250 ECON204 Asian Economic 10 As for ECON202 DRAM256 Uses of Drama I 1 5 DRAM101 As for DRAM250 History II 2 DRAM257 Uses of Drama II 2 5 DRAM256 or DRAM252 As for DRAM250; ECON205 Asian Economic 10 As for ECON202 DRAM258 Radio I 1 5 DRAM101 As for DRAM25o: History ill DRAM259 Television I 2 5 DRAM101 As for DRAM250l ECON208 Comparative Economic Systems A 10 ECON101 DRAM260 A Director's Perspective I 1 5 DRAM101 As for DRAM250~ DRAM261 A Director's ~ ECON209 Comparative Models and Cases 2 10 ECON101 Perspective II 2 5 DRAM260 As for DRAM250J ECON101 DRAM262 The Dramatic Script 2 5 DRAM101 f~ Political Economics 1 10 M DRAM25of ECON210ECON216 Industry Economics A 1 10 ECON101 DRAM301 The Theatre of Reality 2 15 30cp at DRAM200 1xDRAM350-366 ECON217 Industry Economics B 2 10 ECON216 level ECON218 Problems of Developing DRAM302 The Dramas of Alienation i Countries 2 10 ECON101 and Surrealism 15 30cp at DRAM200 M DRAM30j ECON2W Industrial Relations IIA 1 10 ECON101 or Economic level f~ History or Law subjects to the value of 20cp DRAM304 The Epic Tradition 2 15 30cp at DRAM200 As for DRAM301 DRAM310 Modem British Political I Intending students ECON221 Industrial Relations liB 2 10 ECON220 Theatre 20 }must consult the Head of ECON230 Introductory Labour DRAM312 Contemporary Approaches I Department of Drama Economics 10 ECON101 to Shakespeare 1 20 }Normally 30 cp at DRAM200 ECON240 Introductory DRAM315 Japanese Theatre 2 20 I level or in a cognate discipline Econometrics 1 10 ECON104 DRAM316 Postmodernism and I ECON241 Econometrics I 2 10 ECON240 Performance 2 20 I ECON242 Applied Econometrics I 2 10 ECON240 Mathematical DRAM350 Acting I 1 5 30cp at DRAM200 level 1x15cp at DRAM ECON243 10 ECON104 or MATH103 300 level Economics A ECON290 Readings in European DRAM351 Acting II 2 5 DRAM350 As for DRAM350 Economic History 2 10 As for ECON202 ECON202 DRAM352 Community Drama I 1 5 As for DRAM350 As for DRAM35 ECON291 Readings in Asian DRAM353 Community Drama II 2 5 DRAM352 As for DRAM350 Economic History II 10 As for ECON202 ECON204 DRAM354 Theatrecraft I 1 5 As for DRAM350 As for DRAM350 2 ECON292 DRAM355 Theatrecraft II 2 5 DRAM354 As for DRAM350. Readings in Asian ECON205 DRAM356 Uses of Drama I 1 5 As for DRAM350 As for DRAM35 Economic History ill 1 10 As for ECON202 ECON301 ECON201 DRAM357 Uses of Drama II 2 5 DRAM356 or DRAM352 As for DRAM350 Economics ill FY 20 ECON302 European Economic DRAM358 Radio! 1 5 As for DRAM350 As for DRAM350 DRAM359 Television I 2 5 As for DRAM350 History 2 10 30cp of Economic History at DRAM360 A Director's 200 level ECON304 Perspective I 5 As for DRAM350 As for DRAM35 Asian Economic DRAM361 A Director's History ll 2 10 As for ECON302 ECON305 Asian Economic Perspective II 2 5 DRAM360 As for DRAM35 DRAM366 History 10 As for ECON302 The Dramatic Script 2 5 As for DRAM350 As for DRAM35 m ECON306 DRAM401 Drama Honours (F{f) FY 80 International DRAM402 Drama Honours Economics A 10 ECON201 ECON307 (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 International DRAM403 Drama Honours EconomicsB 2 10 ECON306 ECON308 (P{f, Yr2) FY 40 Macroeconomic Planning 2 10 ECON104 and ECON201 ECON309 Uiban Economics 10 ECON201 ECON310 Regional Economics 10 ECON201 ECON311 Environmental Economics 2 10 ECON201 20 21 SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIO~SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS

Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Number of OtTer Points :Number of OtTer Points ECON312 Managerial Economics 2 10 ECON201 ,EDUC309 Philosophy of ECON313 Growth and Fluctuations 2 10 ECON201 Education 2 20 EDUC201 ECON314 Topics in Economic EDUC310 History of Education - 1 Development 10 ECON201 Contemporary Perspectives 2 20 EDUC201 ECON315 Public Finance 10 ECON201 .EDUC491 Education Honours (F{f) FY 80 ECON316 Australian Public :EDUC492 Education Honours Finance 2 10 ECON315 (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 ECON317 Economic Doctrines and 'EDUC493 Education Honours Methods A 10 ECON201 (P{f, Yr2) FY 40 ECON318 Economic Doctrines and MethodsB 2 10 ECON201 ECON319 Economic Doctrines and JENGLISH iENGL101 English I FY 20 MethodsC 2 10 ECON201 tENGL201 English II (Core) FY 20 ENGL101 ECON322 Monetary Theory 1 10 ECON201 Renaissance Drama 2 10 ENGL101 ECON323 Financial Institutions ~ENGL202 tENGL203 Modernism 1 10 ENGL101 and Policy 2 10 ECON322 'ENGL204 Gender and Writing 2 10 ENGL101 ECON325 Industrial Relations IDA 1 10 ECON221 (IR202, 1991) English II (Writing) FY 20 60 cp from Group A ECON326 Industrial Relations IIIB 'ENGL210 2 10 ECON325 with at least 1 subject ECON330 Labour Economics I 1 10 ECON230 and ECON201 passed at credit level Also available to students or better who have completed ENGL216 19th Century Narrative ECON206 or ECON207 Traditions 1 10 ENGL101 ECON331 Labour Economics II 2 10 ECON330 ENGL218 The Short Story 2 10 ENGL101 ECON340 Econometrics II 1 10 ECON241 or ECON213 ENGL219 19th Century orECON215 American Literature 2 10 ENGL101 ECON341 Econometrics III 2 10 ECON340 ENGL220 Creative Writing - Prose, ECON342 Applied Dramatic Dialogue and Econometrics II 2 10 ECON242 or ECON241 Poetry FY 20 ENGL101 At least one other orECON213 200 level English ECON343 Mathematical subject EconomicsB 2 10 ECON243 ENGL221 Joyce and Criticism 10 ENGL101 ECON350 Philosophical Issues ENGL222 World Cinema 10 ENGL101 in Economics 2 10 ECON201 ENGL223 Contemporary Narratives ECON390 Readings in European of Australia 2 10 ENGL101 Economic History 2 10 As for ECON302 ECON302 ENGL224 Australian Literature ECON391 Readings in Asian 1970-1991 10 ENGL101 Economic History II 2 10 As for ECON302 ECON304 ENGL225 Literature and Deviance: ECON392 Readings in Asian Breaking the Rules 2 10 ENGL101 Economic History ill 1 10 As for ECON302 ECON305 ENGL226 Literature and Empire 1 10 ENGL101 ECON401 Economics IV (Part 1) FY 40 ENGL231 Special Topic 1 10 ENGL101 ECON402 Economics IV (Part 2) FY 40 ENGL232 Special Topic 2 10 ENGL101 ECON404 Industrial Relations IV ENGL233 Special Topic 2 10 ENGL101 (Part 1) FY 40 ECON405 Industrial Relations IV ENGL301 English ill (Core) FY 20 ENGL201 (Part 2) FY 40 ENGL302 Renaissance Drama 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 ENGL303 ENGL301 EDUCATION Modernism 1 10 ENGL201 ENGL304 Gender and Writing 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 EDUC101# Education I Part 1 1 10 ENGL316 19th Century EDUC102# Education I Part 2 2 10 Narrative Traditions 1 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 EDUC202 Education II Part 1 1 15 60cp ENGL318 The Short Story 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 EDUC203 Education II Part 2 2 15 EDUC202 ENGL319 19th Century American EDUC307 Sociology of Education 1 20 EDUC201 Literature 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 EDUC308 Research Methodology in ENGL320 Creative Writing - Prose Education 20 EDUC201 Dramatic Dialogue and Poetry FY 20 ENGL201 ENGL301 # Offered at the Cenlral Coast Campus Only 22 23 SECI'ION FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIOJIISBCfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS

Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Number of OtTer Points Number of OtTer Points ENGL321 Joyce and Criticism 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 fRE303 The Nineteenth Century ENGL322 World Cinema 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 Novel 5 As for FRE301 ENGL323 Contemporary Narratives fRE304 The Twentieth Century of Australia 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 Novel 2 5 As for FRE301 ENGL324 Australian Uterature fRE305 French Poetry from 1970- 1991 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 Baudelaire to Appollinaire 5 As for FRE301 ENGL325 Uterature and Deviance: ,fRE306 Uterature and Society in Breaking the Rules 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 the Seventeenth Century 2 5 As for FRE301 ENGL326 Uterature and Empire 1 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 Approaches to Writing ENGL331 Special Topic . 1 ifRE307 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 % French 2 5 As for FRE301 ENGL332 Special Topic 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 The Spoken Language 1 5 As for FRE301 ENGL333 Special Topic 2 10 ENGL201 ENGL301 Special Textual Study I 1 5 As for FRE301 ENGIA01 English Honours (F{I') FY 80 Advanced French 1 1 10 FRE220 ENGIA02 English Honours Advanced French 2 2 10 FRE230 or FRE310 (P{I', Yr 1) FY 40 Advanced French 3 1 10 FRE320 ENGIA03 English Honours Advanced French 4 2 10 FRE330 (P{I', Yr2) FY 40 ENGIA04 English/History Honours Honours French (F{I') FY 80 (F{I') FY 80 FRE411 Honours French ENGIA05 English/History Honours (P{I' Yr 1) FY 40 (P{I', Yr 1) FY 40 FRE412 Honours French ENGIA06 English/History Honours (P{I', Yr2) FY 40 (P{I', Yr2) FY 40 ' FRENCH GEOGRAPHY GEOG101 Introduction to Physical FREllO Elementary French I 1 orFY 10 Geography 10 FRE120 Elementary French ll 2 10 FREllOor GEOG102 Introduction to Human equivalent Geography 2 10 FRE130 Post-Elementary French 10 HSC French (not 2UZ) and formal placement test GEOG201 Methods in Physical FRE101 Basic French FY 10 Permission of Head of Geography 10 GEOG101 Dept of Modem Languages GEOG202 Methods in Human and Dean Geography 2 10 GEOG102 FRE199 French Australian GOOG203 Biogeography and Contacts 2 10 Climatology 10 GEOG101 FRE201 Voltaire and the GEOG204 Geomorphology of Enlightenment 5 Either FRE210, Australia 2 10 GEOG101 FRE220or GOOG205 Contemporary Australia FRE230 and East Asia 2 10 GEOG102 FRE202 Themes et Textes 2 5 As for FRE201 OEOG206 Socio-Economic FRE203 Robbe-Grillet and the Geography 1 10 GEOG102 Narrative 5 As for FRE201 FRE204 Modem French Drama and GEOG301 Advanced Methods in the Greek Myth 2 5 As for FRE201 '.ii:l;~. Physical Geography 10 GEOG201 and either FRE207 Shorter Twentieth Century GEOG203 or GEOG204 Uterary Texts 5 As for FRE201 Qa)o302 Advanced Methods in FRE208 Aspects of Spoken Human Geography 10 GEOG202 and either French 2 5 As for FRE201 GEOG205 or GEOG206 FRE210 Intermediate French I 1 10 FRE120 The Biosphere and FRE220 Intermediate French 2 n 10 FRE130 or FRE210 Conservation 2 10 GEOG203 FRE230 Post-Intermediate Climatic Problems 1 10 GEOG203 French 10 FRE220 Geography of Australia: FRE301 The French Cinema 5 An Historical Perspective 2 10 As for GEOG302 Society and Space 1 10 As for GEOG302 FRE302 France in the 1920s 5 24 25 BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS SECTION FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIOt:riON FOUR

Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites tbject Number of Offer Points umber of Offer Points

GEOG311 Hydrology 2 10 GEOG201 and GEOG203 tER236 Intermediate Text As for GER233 GEOG313 Behavioural Ecology 2 10 As for GEOG302 Study D, Sem 1 5 As for GER233 lER241 Intermediate German 10 cp at German 200 GEOG401 Geography Honours FY 40 Language A, Sem 2 2 10 level or equivalent GEOG402 Geography Honours FY 40 fER242 Intermediate German Language B, Sem 2 2 10 As for GER241 10 cp at German 200 level A German GERMAN fER243 Intermediate Text 5 or equivalent language option GER101 Basic German FY 10 i Study A, Sem 2 2 GERllO Elementary German, Sem 1 1 10 tER244 Intermediate Text Study B, Sem 2 2 5 As for GER243 As for GER243 GER120 Elementary German, Sem 2 2 10 GER110 or equivalent ~ Intermediate Text GER130 Post HSC German, Sem 1 1 10 HSC German or GER120 tER245 As for GER243 As for GER243 or equivalent Study C, Sem 2 2 5 GER140 Post HSC German, Sem 2 2 10 GER130 or equivalent ER246 Intermediate Text As for GER243 As for GER243 GER111 German Language Study D, Sem 2 2 5 15cp at German 200 Revision, Sem 1 5 HSC German or GER120 ER310 Intermediate German, 20 level or equivalent or equivalent Sem 1 15 cp at German 300 GER112 Basic German Text ER320 Intermediate German, 2 20 level or equivalent Study,Sem 1 5 As for GER111 GER111 Sem2 15cp from GER240- GER113 Business German, Sem 1 5 As for GER111 ER330 Advanced German A, 20 GER246 or equivalent GER121 German Language Sem 1 Revision, Sem 2 2 5 GER111 or equivalent ER350 Advanced German B, 20 As for GER330 GER122 Basic German Text, Sem 2 2 5 GER112 or equivalent Sem 1 1 2 20 At least 10 cp from GER123 Business German, Sem 2 2 5 GER113 ER360 Advanced German A, Sem2 GER330-GER356 GER210 Continuing German, Sem 1 1 15 GER120 or equivalent ER380 Advanced German B, 20 As for GER360 GER220 Continuing German, Sem 2 2 15 GER210 or equivalent Sem2 2 GER230 Intermediate German A, 1 15 20cp of German or ER311 Intermediate German 15cp at German 200 Sem 1 equivalent Language C, Sem 1 10 level or equivalent GER240 Intermediate German A, 2 15 1Ocp of German at 200 Sem2 level or equivalent Intermediate German As for GER311 GER250 Intermediate German B, Language D, Sem 1 10 Sem 1 15 As for GER230 Intermediate German AsforGER311 GER260 Intermediate German B, Literature A, Sem 1 5 Sem2 2 15 As for GER240 Intermediate German 5 As for GER311 GER211 Continuing German Literature B, Sem 1 Language, Sem 1 5 GER120 or equivalent Intermediate German 5 AS forGER311 GER212 Introductory German Literature C, Sem 1 Text Study, Sem 1 5 As for GER211 GER211 Intermediate German 5 As for GER311 GER213 Business German, Sem 1 5 As for GER211 Literature D, Sem 1 GER221 Continuing German Intermediate German 10 GER311or GER312 or Language, Sem 2 2 5 GER211 or equivalent Language C, Sem 2 2 GER351 or GER352 or GER222 Introductory German equivalent Text Study, Sem 2 2 5 GER211 or equivalent GER221 GER223 Business German, Intermediate German As for GER321 Sem2 2 5 GER213 or equivalent Language D, Sem 2 2 10 GER231 Intermediate German Intermediate Text 15cp at German 300 Language A, Sem 1 10 GER121 orGER140 Study E, Sem 2 2 5 level or equivalent or equivalent GER232 Intermediate German Intermediate Text As for GER323 Languge B, Sem 1 10 As for GER231 Study F, Sem 2 2 5 GER233 Intermediate Text GER140 or GER121 A German Intermediate Text 5 As for GER323 Study A, Sem 1 5 or GER120 or equivalent language opti Study G, Sem 2 2 GER234 Intermediate Text Intermediate Text 5 As for GER323 Study B, Sem 1 5 As for GER233 Study H, Sem 2 2 GER235 Intermediate Text 51 Advanced German 10 GER241 or GER242 Study C, Sem 1 5 As for GER233 Language A, Sem 1 26 27 SECTION FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIOl:CfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS

Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Number of Offer Points ~bject umber of Offer Points GER352 Advanced Gennan American History to the Language B. Sem 1 10 As for GER351 i).nsY207 Civil War 15 As for IDSY204 GER353 Advanced Gennan GER351 or ljnsY208 American History after the literature A, Sem 1 5 As for GER351 GER352 Civil War 2 15 As for IDSY204 GER354 Advanced Gennan 210 Reform, Revolution and literature B, Sem 1 5 As for GER351 As for GER353 [1flSY MaiXism in Modem 20 cp at History 100 level GER355 Advanced Gennan China 1 15 or IDST103 or IEAC101 literature C, Sem 1 5 As for GER351 As for GER353 ~SY From Meiji to Showa 2 15 As for IDSY210 GER356 Advanced Gennan 211 The Protestant Cause and literature D, Sem 1 5 AS for GER351 fllSY216 As for GER353 w The English Nation: England GER381 Advanced German GER351 or GER352 or from Refonnation to Language A, Sem 2 2 10 equivalent i Revolution 15 As for IDSY204 GER382 Advanced Gennan The Great Transfonnation?: Language B, Sem 2 2 10 As for GER381 English Society in the 18th GER383 Advanced Gennan GER381 or and Early 19th Centuries 2 15 As for IDSY204 literature A, Sem 2 2 5 10 cp at Gennan 300 GER382level or Women's History 1 15 As for IDSY204 equivalent Australian Social Welfare GER384 Advanced Gennan History 1+21 15 As for IDSY204 literature B, Sem 2 2 5 As for GER383 As for GER383 European Socialism 1 15 As for IDSY204 GER385 Advanced Gennan Colonisation and Culture literature C, Sem 2 2 5 As for GER383 As for GER383 Change: Australia and GER386 Advanced Gennan Melanesia 15 As for IDSY204 literature D, Sem 2 2 5 As for GER383 As for GER383 SY225 Colonisation and Culture GER410 Gennan Honours (F{I') FY 80 Change: The South GER411 Gennan Honours Pacific 2 15 As for IDSY204 (P{I', Yr 1) FY 40 SY301 Traditional and Early 30 cp at History 200 GER412 Gennan Honours Modem India 15 level IDSY302 (P{I', Yr2) FY 40 19th and 20th Century India 2 15 As for HISY301 IDSY301 HISTORY SY303 Indian History: Select Please note that some History subjects carry the code HIST and others IDSY. This derived from changes in co se structures in Documents FY 10 As for HISY301 IDSY301 and 1990. It is most important that you cite the correct code on your enrolment fonn. IDSY302 HISY304 The French Revolution 30 cp in History at 200 IDST101 The Foundations of and its Aftennath 15 level Australian Society 10 HISY305 Nationalism, Fascism and HIST102 Australia in the Twentieth the Search for Peace 2 15 As for IDSY304 Century 2 10 IDSY306 Socialism and the Russian IDST103 East Asian Civilisations 10 Revolution 10 As for IDSY304 IDST104 The Foundations of HISY307 · American History to the Western Culture A 1+21 10 Civil War 15 As for IDSY304 IDST105 The Foundations of HISY308 American Hisory after the 2. Western Culture B 10 Civil War 2 15 As for HISY304 IDSY201 Traditional and Early HISY309 American History, Directed Modem India 15 20 cp at History 100 level Reading FY 10 As for IDSY304 or 20 cp at Economic IDSY310 A Special Topic in Chinese History at 100 level IDSY202 History: Socialism in HISY202 19th and 20th Century China 20 As for IDSY304 India 2 15 As for IDST201 HISY201 HISY311 A Special Topic in Japanese IDSY204 The French Revolution History: Japan in the 1930's and its Aftennath 15 20 cp at History 100 and the Road to War 2 20 As for IDSY304 level HIST314 Selected Documents in IDSY205 Nationalism, Fascism Pacific History FY 10 As for IDSY304 and the Search for Peace 2 15 As for IDSY204

1 Semester 1 at Central Coast Campus, Semester 2 at Newcastle Campus • Central Coast Campus Only 1 Semester 1 at Newcastle Campus, Semester 2 at Central Coast Campus 28 29 BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATI01:-CfiON FOUR

Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Name Semester ~bject Points Number of OtTer Points umber of OtTer

IDSY316 England from Refonnation IJ>N411 Japanese Honours to Revolution 15 As for IDSY304 p (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 IDSY317 The Great Transformation? IPN412 Japanese Honours English Society in the 18th (P{f, Yr2) FY 40 and Early 19th Centuries 2 15 As for IDSY304 IDSY318 Selected Documents in f English History FY 10 As for IDSY304 ~GUISTICS IDSY319 Issues in Australian G101 Introduction to History 2 15 As for IDSY304 J Linguistics FY 20 IDSY320 History and Society 1 15 As for IDSY304 IDSY321 Women's History 1 15 As for IDSY304 Linguistic Description FY 20 LING101 IDSY322 Australian Social Welfare Language and History 15 As for HISY304 Cognition 10 LING101 LING201 IDSY323 European Socialism 15 As for IDSY304 Structure of Languages IDSY324 Colonisation and Culture Other Than English 10 LING101 LING201 Change: Australia and Language in Mulitcultural Melanesia 15 As for IDSY304 Societies 2 10 LING101 orSOC101/102 IDSY325 Colonisation and Culture Variation in Language 2 10 LING101 LING201 Change: The South Analysis of Speech 2 10 LING101 LING201 Pacific 2 15 As for HISY304 IDST401 History Honours (F{I') FY 80 G301 Linguistic Theory 20 LING201 LING301 IDST402 History Honours G302 ResearchnMfinorThesis 1 or2orFY 10 LING201 LING201 (at least credit level) 40cp at (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 G303 ResearchnVlinorThesis 1 or2orFY 10 IDST403 History Honours Linguistics (P{I', Yr2) FY 40 300 level) 30 cp at G304 Directed Reading 1 or2orFY 10 LING201 (at least credit level) Linguistics JAPANESE 300leveland permission of Head of JPNllO Elementary Japanese FY 20 Department JPN210 Intermediate Spoken Japanese FY 20 JPNllO or equivalent LING311 Language and LING301 JPN220 Intermediate Written Cognition 10 LING201 Japanese FY 10 JPN110 or equivalent JPN210 LING314 Structure of Languages LING301 JPN311 Advanced Spoken Other Than English 10 LING201 Japanese I 10 JPN210 LING315 Language in LING301 JPN312 Advanced Spoken Multicultural Societies 2 10 LING201 LING301 Japanese II 2 10 JPN311 LING316 Variation in Language 2 10 LING201 LING301 JPN321 Advanced Written LING319 Analysis of Speech 2 10 LING201 Japanese I 10 JPN220 LING401 Linguistics Honours (FT) FY 80 JPN322 Advanced Written LING402 Linguistics Honours Japanese II 2 10 JPN321 (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 JPN331 Communication in LING403 Linguisitics Honours Japanese I 10 JPN210 (P{f, Yr2)) FY 40 JPN332 Communication in Japanese II 2 10 JPN331 JPN341 Reading in Modern MATHEMATICS Japanese I 10 JPN220 MATH111 Mathematics 111 1 or2 10 JPN342 Reading in Modern Japanese II 2 10 JPN341 MATH112 Mathematics 112 1or2 10 MATH111 or JPN351 Advanced Japanese MATH101 Language Studies 20 JPN332 and JPN342 '~TH102 Mathematics 102 10 MATHill or at least JPN352 Advanced Japanese 120/150 HSC 3 unit Mathematics Language Studies 2 20 JPN351 ,'.',;, JPN410 Japanese Honours (F{I') FY 80

30 31

BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIOf:?'ION FOUR

Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites ~ubject Subject Name Number of Offer Points umber of Offer Points ,. PHIL402 Philosophy Honours Media and Society 2 10 As for SOC201 (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 Housing and Domestic PH1IA03 Philosophy Honours Space 1 10 As for SOC201 (P{f, Yr2) FY 40 The Australian Family 2 10 As for SOC201 Research Methods in PSYCHOLOGY Sociology and Social 20 30 cp at Sociology 200 PSYC101 Psychology Anthropology level including SOC201 Introduction 1 10 andSOC204 PSYC102 Psychology Introduction 2 2 10 PSYC101 Knowledge, Ideology and Psychiatry 20 30 cp at Sociology 200 level including SOC201 PSYC201 Foundations for Psychology 10 PSYC102 Medicine in Industrial 20 20 cp at Sociology 200 PSYC202 Basic Processes 10 PSYC102 PSYC201 Society 2 level including SOC201 PSYC203 Developmental and Social Processes 2 10 PSYC102 PSYC201 Crime, Justice and the. 20 As for SOC304 PSYC204 Individual Processes 2 10 PSYC102 PSYC201 State 2 Women and the Welfare 20 cp at Sociology 200 PSYC301 Advanced Foundations State 2 10 level For Psychology 1 10 PSYC201, 202 and 203 PSYC302 Independent Project FY 10 PSYC201 PSYC301 Knowledge, Power and 10 As for SOC304 PSYC303 Basic Processes 1 1 10 PSYC201 PSYC301 Social Change 1 10 As for SOC308 PSYC304 Basic Processes 2 2 10 PSYC201 PSYC301 The Australian Family 2 20 20 cp at Sociology 200 PSYC305 Individual Processes 2 2 10 PSYC201 PSYC301 Shamanism and Healing 1 level including SOC202 PSYC307 Advanced Applied Topics orSOC205 in Psychology 1 10 PSYC201 PSYC301 PSYC308 Advanced Applied Topics 80 in Psychology 2 2 10 PSYC201 PSYC301 Sociology Honours (F{f) FY PSYC309 Topics in Neural Science 2 10 PSYC201 PSYC301 Sociology Honours (P{f, Yr 1) FY 40 PSYC401 Psychology Honours 401 FY 40 Sociology Honours (P{f, Yr2) FY 40 PSYC402 Psychology Honours 402 FY 40 PSYC403 Psychology 403 FY 30 PSYC404 Psychology 404 FY 50 SUBJECTS

Civilisations 10 SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 40 cp at 100 level Students enrolled SOC111 Religious Studies II FY 20 Introduction to Sociology FY 20 in IRES201 may SOC101 Introduction to also enrol in Sociology A* 10 PHIL203 SOC102 Introduction to Sociology B' 2 10 SOC101 Feminism: Historical and Cross Cultural 10 60 cp at 100 level SOC201 Introductory Theory Perspectives 1 2 10 IDS201 (Sociology) 1+2' 10 SOC101 and SOC102 Gender and Knowledge orSKllOW SOC202 Medical Systems 2 10 As for SOC201 SOC204 Introductory Research Methods and Design 10 As for SOC201 SOC205 Introductory Theory (Social Anthropology) 10 As for SOC201 SOC206 Politics and Public Policy 2 10 As for SOC201

• Semester 1 at Central Coast Campus, Semester 2 at Newcastle Campus • Only available in special circumstances. Refer to Sociology subject descriptions 34 35 SECTION FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS

GROUP B SUBJECTS Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites of OtTer Points Not more than 80 credit points from this Group may be counted towards the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Arts(Psychology) degrees. Bioinorganic Coordination Chemistry 2 5 CHEM221 Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Organic Chemistry 1 10 CHEM231 Number of OtTer Points Organic Reaction Mechanisms 2 5 CHEM231 BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES Physical Chemistry 1 10 CHEM241 BIOL101 Plant and Animal Electrochemical Solar Biology 10 Energy Conversion 2 5 CHEM241 and MATII102 BIOL102 Cell Bio Genetics and Molecular Spectroscopy 2 5 CHEM241 Evolution 2 10 Environmental Chemistry 2 10 CHEM261 BIOL201 Biochemistry 10 BIOL101 and BIOL102 BIOL202 Animal Physiology 10 As for BIOL201 BIOL204 Cell and Molecular Biology 10 As for BIOL201 Introductory Quantitative BIOL205 Molecular Genetics 2 10 As for BIOL201 Methods FY 20 BIOL206 Plant Physiology 2 10 As for BIOL201 BIOL207 Ecology 2 10 As for BIOL201 The Environment 1 and2 10 BIOL301 Cell Processes 10 BIOL201 and one Earth Materials 2 10 GEOL101 BIOL200 BIOL303 Environmental Plant Optical Mineralogy 5 GEOL102 Physiology 10 20 cp at BIOL200 level Introductory Petrology 10 GEOL211 BIOL304 Whole Plant Ancient Environments Development 10 As for BIOL303 And Organisms 2 10 GEOL102 BIOL305 Immunology 10 As for BIOL303 Geological Structures BIOL307 Molecular Biology of and Resources 2 10 GEOL102 Plant Development 2 10 BIOL201 or BIOL204 Geology Field Course or BIOL205 and one other 215 10 GEOL102 BIOL200 Geology Field Course BIOL310 Microbiology 2 10 BIOL201 and one other 216 2 5 GEOL215 GEOL214 BIOL200 level subject Igneous Petrology and (BIOL204 advisable) Crustal Evolution 2 10 GEOL312 BIOL311 Environmental Biology 2 10 BIOL203 or BIOL207 Metamorphic Petrology 1 10 GEOL212 BIOL312 Animal Development 2 10 BIOL201 or BIOL204 and Structural Geology and one other BIOL200 Geophysics 1 10 GEOL214 Stratigraphic Methods 2 10 GEOL213 CHEMISTRY Sedimentology 2. 10 GEOL212 and GEOL213 CHEM101 Chemistry 101 1 10 Geology of Fuels 1 10 GEOL213 CHEM102 Chemistry 102 2 10 Resource and Exploration CHEM211 Analytical Chemistry 2 10 CHEM101 and CHEM102 Geology 10 GEOL212 and GEOL214 CHEM221 Inorganic Chemistry 1 10 As for CHEM211 Geology Field Course CHEM231 Organic Chemistry 1 10 As for CHEM211 318 5 GEOL215 GEOL314, 315 CHEM241 Physical Chemistry 2 10 As for CHEM211 andGEOL316 CHEM261 Environmental Geology Field Course Chemistry 1 10 As for CHEM211 319 2 5 GEOL216, 312, and 313 CHEM311 Analytical Chemistry 1 10 CHEM211 Geology of Quaternary CHEM312 Chemometrics 2 5 CHEM211 and MA TII1 02 Environments 2 10 GEOL213 CHEM313 Industrial Chemical Analysis 2 5 CHEM211 CHEM314 Trace Analysis in Environmental Systems 2 10 CHEM211 Introduction to Information CHEM321 Inorganic Chemistry 1 10 CHEM221 Systems 1&2 10 CHEM322 Metal-Metal Bonding Information Storage and and Cluster Chemistry 2 5 CHEM221 Management 2 10 INF0101

36 37 BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIONS SECTION FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE FOUR

Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisites Corequisites Subject Name Semester Credit Number of OtTer Points of OtTer Points

INF0201 Human Context of lnfonnation Systems 2 10 INFOIOI Introductory Music* FY 20 Subject to approval, 2 Unit HSC Music or Grade 4 AMEB INF0202 Analysis of lnfonnation Systems 10 INFOIOI Titeory/Musicianship and INF0203 Infonnation Systems Practical or equivalent at Design 2 10 INF0102 & INF0202 discretion of Dean of Faculty INF0204 Commercial of Music. Programming 10 INF0102 INF0301 Database Management Systems 10 INF0203 & INF0204 INF0302 Infonnation Systems Physics 101 10 Methods & Techniques 10 INF0203 Physics 102 1 and2 10 PHYS101 INF0303 Infonnation Systems Physics 103 2 10 PHYS102 and the Organisation 2 10 INF0202 Quantum Mechanics and INF0304 Knowledge Systems 2 10 MATH212 & INF0301 Electromagnetics 10 MATH103 and PHYS103 INF0305 lnfonnation Systems Mechanics and Thennal Project FY 20 INF0301 Physics 10 MATH102 and PHYS103 INF0306 Industrial Research FY 10 INF0201, 202, 203 & 204 INF0301 Solid State and Atomic INF0302 Physics 2 10 PHYS201 MNGT203 Foundations of Scientific Measurement Management 1 10 70 cp at 100 level Principles, Processes 2 10 PHYS102 MNGT230 Marketing Principles 1 10 MNGT203 and Applications MNGT231 Marketing Research 2 10 MNGT203 & STAT101 Mathematical Methods MNGT224 Consumer Behaviour 2 10 MNGT230 and Quantum Mechanics 10 MA TH201 and 203 and MNGT225 Enterprise Management 2 10 MNGT203 PHYS201 MNGT226 Business Venturing 1 10 MNGT203 Electromagnetics and MNGT227 Human Resource Electronics 10 MATH201 and PHYS201 Management 2 10 MNGT203 Atomic, Molecular and MNGT228 Organisation Structures Solid State Physics 2 10 PHYS203 and PHYS301 and Design 10 MNGT203 Statistical Physics and MNGT333 Strategic Marketing Relativity 2 10 MATH201 and PHYS202 Management 1 10 MNGT230 & MNGT224 Nuclear Physics and MNGT335 International Marketing 1 10 MNGT230 Advanced MNGT336 Analytical Marketing 2 10 MNGT230 Electromagnetics 2 10 PHYS302 MNGT338 Advertising and Promotions Mngt 2 10 MNGT230 MNGT339 Industrial Marketing 2 10 MNGT230 MNGT341 Entrepreneurship 10 MNGT225 Introductory Statistics 1 and2 10 MNGT343 Enterprise Development 10 MNGT226 Mathematical Statistics 10 MATH103 orSTAT101 MNGT344 Government and and MATH112 Business 2 10 MNGT203 & MNGT112 Regression Analysis 2 10 STAT201 orSTAT101 MNGT345 Issues in Small and andSTAT204 Medium Enterprise 2 10 MNGT225 Queues and Simulation 1 5 MATH112 or STAT204 Management Non-parametric Statistics 2 5 STAT201 orSTAT101 MNGT346 Small and Medium Engineering Statistics 1 5 MATH112 Enterprises Policy 2 10 MNGT225 MNGT347 Organisational Change 1 10 MNGT228 Statistical Inference 10 STAT201 andSTAT202 MNGT348 Strategic/Advanced HRM 10 MNGT227 andMATH201 MNGT351 Training & Development 10 MNGT227 Study Design 10 STAT201 andSTAT202 MNGT352 Info Systems and Human Resource Management 2 10 INF0101 & MNGT227 MNGT353 Organisational Psychology 1 10 MNGT203 MNGT354 International HRM 2 10 MNGT227 mo.y be applicable to this subject. Intending students should consult the Faculty Secretary prior to enrolment or re·

38 39 SECfiON FOUR BACHELOR DEGREE REGULATIO . CfiON FOUR

Subject Subject Name Semester Credit Prerequisite Corequisite i Number of Offer Points t

STAT303 Generalized Linear Models 2 10 STAT201 and STAT202 STAT301 I' (advisory) STAT304 Time Series Analysis 2 10 STAT201 andSTAT202 STAT301 (advisory)

FACULTY OF ENGINEERING CHEElll Industrial Process Principles 5 CHEE112 Introduction to Chemical Engineering 2 10 CHEE113 Chemical and Manu- factoring Processe 2 10

CNLlll Mechanics and Structures 1&2 5 CNL131 Fluid Mechanics 1 2 5 CNL141 Environmental Engineering 1 2 5

SURVlll Surveying 1 1 10 SURV112 Surveying 2 2 10 DESCRIPTION ELEC101 Introduction to Classics Subject Descriptions Electrical Engineering FY 5 outlines and reading lists are set out in a standard format The Department offers undergraduate subjects in several quite distinct disciplines: Oassical Civilisation (including units of COMPIOI* Computer Science 1 FY 20 -· <'a .•• m,,a,a reference. An explanation of some of the technical used in this Handbook is given below. Society, History, Literature in Translation, Historiography and Art}, Ancient Greek, Latin, and Sanskrit. At Honours level there MECH101 Introduction to .'fer>ecplisiites:aresubjectswhichmustbepassedbeforeacandidate are courses on offer in Oassical Studies, Greek, and Latin. At Engineering FY 5 enrol in a particular subject. present there is no Honours course in Sanskrit. a Prerequisite for a subject is marked "(advisory)", it to a pass in the Higher School Certificate. In such cases "'"'""'11"mll subject will be given on the assumption that a pass CLASSICAL CIVILISATION achieved at the level indicated. 100 LEVEL * A .quo~ applies to enrolment in COMP 101. Students studying courses outside of til£ Faculty of Engineering will need to apply to til£ Engmeermg Two semester length courses which treat the Greek and Roman origins of western literature, thought, and political organisation . • W.miltatiion.Thelegislation defines "examination" as including Important aspects of each civilisation are examined through examinations, assignments, tests or any other work by topics in classical history, literature, values and thought. grade of acandidatein a subject is assessed. Some madetoindicateforeach subject how assessment CLAS101 [CIV: I] GREEK CIVILISATION lOcp Offered Semester I Prerequisite Nil Hours 4 lecture hours per week and a regular tutorial Examination Examination paper plus progressive assessment iJP,I)in.tvldn•~• associated with each subject are shown to the The course will be taught in parallel strands: subject description and are abbreviated to "cp". (a) Historical and political issues (b) Literary and related issues Content (i) Early Greek history to 510 BC; the Fifth Century to 404 BC (ii) Homer's Iliad, Greek Tragedy, Greek Old Comedy

40 41 SECfiON FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECf FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

(iii) Greek Thought and Values Jones, A.H.M., Augustus, Chatto & Windus. tivilisaticln at 200 level which will enable them to progress to Text Texts Plutarch, The Fall of the Roman Republic, Penguin. level should take note of the following conditions: Ewans, M.C., Greek Values and Society, Department of Classics History Literature minimum requirement is 30 credit points, to be made up of: Fine, J.V.A, The Ancient Greeks, Belknap. Horace, The Complete Odes and Epodes, Penguin. BOTH CLAS247 GREEK VALUES (5 cps) and CLAS248 References VALUES (5 cps) or Livy, The Early History ofRome, Penguin. Adkins, A.W.H.,MoralValuesandPoliticalBehaviour inAncient CLAS202GREEKSOCIETY (10cps)orCLAS204 Greece, Challo & Windus. Bum, A.R., The Pelican History ofGreece, Penguin. Plautus, Pot of Gold and other Plays, Penguin. SOCIETY (lOcps) Hesiod, Hesiod and Theognis, Penguin. Plutarch, Penguin. Rise and Fall ofAthens, Virgil, The Aeneid, tr. C. Day Lewis, Oxford UP. ANY ONE of the studies from:- Thucydides, Penguin. CLAS248 [Civ. Soc m ROMAN VALUES Scp The Peloponnesian War, Values Civ. Hist: CLAS201, 203,205,214,215 (10 cps) Literature Texts Supplied by the Department Offered Semester Il Aeschylus, The Oresteia, tr. M. C. Ewans, Department of Drama References Prerequisites As for CLAS247 1 hour per week Aristophanes, The Wasps and Other Plays, Penguin. Brunt, P.A. & Moore, J.M., Res Gestae Divi Augusti, --...... -,,,_student who has passed any 200/300 course as a 200 level Hours Homer, The lliad,tr. Richmond Lattimore, Chicago U.P. Plutarch, Makers ofRome, Penguin. may attempt it as a 300 level subject or vice versa Examination Examination paper plus progressive assessment or, Dio, The Roman History, Penguin. Content The Iliad, tr. R. Fitzgerald, Oxford. [For use at Central Coast Special Note: 300 level unit has its own prerequisite and may be taken A study of the key value terms and concepts of the Romans through the use of original terminology set within translated Campus]. Students who intend to undertake a major sequence in Cl;iiSsiiAnde:pertdently of other units by eligible students. contexts. Sophocles, Electra and Other Plays, Penguin. Civilisation are advised to consider purchasing the wishing to complete a major sequence of Classical Euripides, Medea and Other Plays, Penguin. [Central Coast reference works: at 300 level should take note of the following Text Campus only). Howatson, M.C. (ed.), The Oxford Companion to Ckissita:O!Kliti

42 43 SECTION FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECf CLASSICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Stockton, D., Tlu! Classical Atlu!nian Democracy, Oxford. Content seventh Century; the kingdom of Northumbria and the CLAS311 [Civ. Hist Ill] ALEXANDER 10cp Swaddling, J., Tlu! Ancient Olympic Games, British Museum. Detailed treatment of critical themesandepisodesintwokeyeJ'ilt;u 1prelma;~y of Mercia; the Danes; Alfred the Great. THE GREAT· AUGUSTUS of Greek history: thesetopicstudiesattentionwillbepaid, where appropriate, Offered Full-Year CLAS204 [Civ. Soc II] ROMAN SOCIETY 10cp (i) The Delian League and Periclean era military, political and administrative, religious and social Prerequisites As for CLAS301 CLAS304 [Civ. Soc Ill] Hruti8liSUI:::>· Considerable emphasis will be plwred upon the use of in (ii) The era from the end of the Peloponnesian War to the source materials in translation. Hours 1 hour per week Not offered 1992 of Chaeroneia, 338 BC. Examination Examination paper plus progressive assessment CLAS312 [Civ. Soc II] GREEK, 10cp Texts A History oftlu! English Church and People, Penguin. (i) Alexander the Great ETRUSCAN AND ROMAN ART (i) Tbe Delian League and Periclean Era D.J.V., Tlu! Anglo-Saxon Age c400-1042, Longman. Content NB: Intending Classical Studies IV Honours candidates should Fine, J. V.A., Tlu! Ancient Greeks, Belknap. The aim of this course is to come to an appreciation of the consider including this subject in their choices. .Uflllil"'u• S., Roman Britain: A Sourcebook, Croom Helm. or problems involved in defining Alexander the Great. The adopted Offered Full-Year Hornblower, S., Tlu! Greek World: 479-323 BC., U.P. approa;OO throughout will be a combination of historical and Prerequisites As for CLAS302 historiographical elements, which will allow a balance between Plutarch, Tlu! Rise and Fall ofAtlu!ns, Penguin. Examination Examination paper plus progressive assessment use of the main Alexander sources for historical infonmation and Thucydides, Tlu! Peloponnesian War, Penguin. an evaluation of the methods and biases of these authors, Content •l{eynes, S. and Lapidge, M.(eds), Alfred tlu! Great: Asser' s Life (ii) Tbe Fourth Century and otlu!r Contemporary Sources, Penguin. particularly Arrian and Curtius. Semester I: GREEK ART Hornblower, S., Tlu! Greek World: 479-323 BC., U.P. .Richmton

44 45 SECfiON FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECf FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Jones, A.H.M., Augustus, Chatto & Windus. CLAS234 [Civ. Lit II] ROMAN SATIRE Laistner, M.L.W., Tlu! Greater Roman Historians, California CLAS334 [Civ. Lit III] Suetonius, Tlu! Twelve Caesars, Penguin. course will study the concept of tragedy, and the extent to Usb:er, S., The Historians ofGreece and Rome, UP. Not offered in 1992 major tragedies created in subsequent European culture do References [Civ. H'pby II] THUCYDIDES lOcp do not conform with the Greek conception of its form and CLAS242 Chisholm, K. & Ferguson, J.,Rome: Tlu! Augustan Age, Oxford. [Civ. H'pby AND SALLUST CLAS235 [Civ. Lit II] EROTIC POETRY ... "'111lm1!0!ie. The starting-points will be Aristotle's theory and CLAS342 1m Walker, S. & Burnett, A., The Image ofAugustus, British Museum. CLAS335 [Civ. Lit Ill] &ol~h~>~~tes practice; the main dramas to be considered thereafter Not offered i1t 1992 (c) Literature In Translation Offered Semester I Hippolytus, Phaedra, Hamlet, Woyzeck, Tlu! Master­ andlenufa CLAS243 [Civ. H'pby II] HERODOTUS lOcp The conditions applying to CLAS231-9, 246 and 331-9, 346 Content CLAS343 [Civ. H'pby 1m AND TACITUS inclusive are as follows: The origins of Erotic Lyric in the Greek world in the age Offered Shortland and Central Coast Campus Offered Semester Sappho and Alcaeus will be treated by way of introduction to ~-0,pnc~e•es, Oedipus tlu! King, tr. D. Grene. Content Prerequisites major erotic writers at Rome, Catullus, Propertius and Ovid. Oedipus at Colonus, tr. Greg McCart. Herodotus is unquestionably the 'Father' of ancient historiography. (i) For 200 level, 20 credit points in Oassical Civilisation or Texts Hippolytus, tr. R. Warner. TheepicscopeofhistreatmentoftheconflictbetweentheGreeks Greek or Latin or English at 100 level Catullus, Tlu! Poems, tr. T J. Ryan, Department of Classics. Phaedra and otlu!r plays, tr. Caimcross, Penguin. and the Persians, the encyclopaedic nature of his researches, and (ii) For 300 level, 30 credit points in Classical Civilisation at 200 Ovid, TM Erotic Poems, Penguin. Hamlet, Signet. the remarkable impartiality of his presentation constitute the level (including CLAS247. 248, and either 202 or 204)or Greek Propertius, Tlu! Poems, Penguin. , Woyzeck, tr. M. Ewans, Peter Lang. yardstick for measuring all subsequent historians in the ancient or Latin at 200 level. world. Reference Tlu! Master Builder, tr. M.B.N. Akerholt. Hours Tacitus is, arguably, the finest practitioner in antiquity of Luck, G. Tlu! Latin Love Elegy, V.P. Jenufa, in Opera Guide 33, Calder. 2lecture hours per week plus 1 text analysis hour* per week 'psychological' historiography. His works are permeated by the [exceptforCLAS237{337 The Greek Theatre andCLAS246{346 theme of the study of power and its effects upon both ruler and CLAS236 [Civ. Lit II] NOVEL, FABLE AND ruled. The evolution of this theme- and related themes and issues Comparative Tragedy] a'l.rlSliOUI~. On tlu! Art of Poetry. CLAS336 [Civ. Lit III] STORY - will be traced from his earliest work of history, the Agricola, Examination Examination paper plus progressive assessment Offered Semester II M., Janacek's Tragic Operas. through to his crowning achievement, the Annals. NB * In this hour each week students will be required to treat Content Texts selected passagesfrom tlu! relevant author for in-depth analysis. Tlu!se passages will be presented in translation, occasionally The evolution of the art of story-telling in the ancient world wll(li:I:Hiisto,riogrltpbly Herodotus, The Histories, Penguin. with key terms left in tlu! original. A separate hour will be particular reference to minor epic and fable and the applying to CLAS242/342 to 245!345 inclusive Tacitus, Complete Works of Tacitus, Modem Library Edition. a"anged for students with GREEK and/or LA TIN to treat tlu! the genre of the novel. References material in the original. Texts Hart, J., Herodotus and Greek History, Croom Helm. Aesop, Tlu! Fables ofAesop, Penguin. CLAS231 [Civ. Lit II] GREEK AND lOcp Benario, H.W., An Introduction to Tacitus, Georgia. CLAS331 [Civ. Lit III] ROMAN EPIC Apollonius, Voyage ofArgo, Penguin. 200 level, 20 credit points in Oassical Civilisation or or Latin or History at 100 level Apuleius, Tlu! Golden Ass, Penguin. CLAS244 [Civ. H'phy II] POLYBIUS lOcp Not offered in 1992 Longus, Daphnis and Chloe, Penguin. 300 level, 30 credit points in Classical Civilisation at 200 CLAS344 [Civ. H'phy 1m AND LIVY (in<:ludling CLAS247, 248, and either 202 or 204) or Greek CLAS232 [Civ. Lit II] GREEK AND lOcp Ovid, Metamorphoses, Penguin. at 200 level. Not offered in 1992 CLAS332 [Civ. Lit III] ROMAN COMEDY Petronius and Seneca, Tlu! Satyricon,Apocolocyntosis, Offered Semester I CLAS245 [Civ. H'phy II] ARRIAN AND lOcp Examination paper plus progressive assessment. [Civ. H'phy III] QUINTUS CURTIUS Content CLAS237 [Civ. Lit II] THE GREEK CLAS345 CLAS337 [Civ. Lit III] THEATRE ~o student who has passed any 200!300 course as a 200 level RUFUS A survey of the origins of Greek Comedy; Old and New Greek may attempt it as a 300 level subject or vice versa Alexander the Great became the focus of attention for a great Comedy; the origins of Italian Comedy; Roman Comedy in the Not offered in 1992 number of writers in antiquity, both Greek and Roman. Two of 2nd Century BC. these, Arrian and Curtius Rufus, represent quite differing views CLAS238 [Civ. Lit II] CLASSICAL ETHICAL of the four Historiography Studies sets out to study the Texts and methods in their treatment of Alexander, not to mention a CLAS338 [Civ. Lit III] AUfHORS in writing, and the artistic qualities of major historians widely divergent purpose in writing. Despite their preoccupation Aristophanes, Wasps and Otlu!r Plays, Penguin, Lysistrata and Greek and Roman worlds, as well as the insights they Not offered in 1992 with Alexander, they are rightly described as historians rather Otlu!r Plays, Penguin, Birds and Otlu!r Plays, Penguin. as individual historians, to the nature of ancient than biographers on account of their theme - the campaigns and Menander, Plays and Fragments, Penguin. CLAS239 [Civ. Lit II] CLASSICAL . In each study, a Greek and a Roman historian will CLAS339 achievements of Alexander- and their methodology. Plautus, Pot ofGold and Otlu!r Plays, Penguin. [Civ. Lit III] LITERARY CRITICISM linked because of a commonality of method, scope, or Not offered 1992 Texts Terence, Tlu! Comedies, Penguin. in Arrian, Tlu! Campaigns of Alexander, Penguin. CLAS246 [Civ. Lit II] COMPARATIVE Quintus Curtius Rufus, Tlu! History ofAlexander, Penguin. CLAS233 [Civ. Lit II] GREEK AND lOcp CLAS346 [Civ. Lit III] TRAGEDY of the studies has its own set texts and, occasionally, CLAS333 [Civ. Lit III] ROMAN ORATORY references, the following works provide a general Offered Semester I at Central Coast Campus, II at GREEK to the nature of Greek and Roman Historiography Not offered in 1992 Campus prove of use to students reading any of the options. 100LEVEL Hours 3 lecture/seminar hours per week The Department offers TWO Full-Year Courses in Greek at 100 Examination Two Major Essays Level:

46 47 SECfiON FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

(i) CLAS151 GREEK (1): ELEMENTARY is for students who Content Corequisite CLAS351-352 have not passed HSC Ancient Greek or its equivalent. Students are required to undertake a course in Greek lantgu:agel. ••hi•: le\ Department offers two full-year subjects and two Hours 1 hour per week (ii) CLAS155 GREEK (1): ADVANCED is for students who hr pw) and read two prescribed texts (2 hrs pw). Lnnc~ste~r subjects in Ancient .Greek. To complete a major Examination Final Examination have passed HSC Greek or its equivalent. L e~nce at 300 level, all four must be passed. Texts and References, As for CLAS155 10 Content Study of a major work CLASlSl GREEK (1): ELEMENTARY Uk:p GREEK (Ill): lOcp Text CLAS252 GREEK (II): TEXT & TEXT AND LANGUAGE I Offered Full-Year LANGUAGE II Euripides, Medea, ed D.L. Page, Clarendon. Prerequisite Nil Offered Semester II LATIN a>,erec7uiJ:ites Greek ITA or CLAS251, 252 and 253 Hours 5 hours per week Prerequisite Greek I or CLAS151 or CLAS155 100 LEVEL ~o•reQitiSI~es CLAS352 Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment Corequisite CLAS251 The Department offers TWO Full-Year Courses in Latin at 100 Content Hours 3 hours per week Level: ss:ess;meflranciluctio•n Examination papers plus progressive assessment Students are introduced to the study of Ancient Greek in an Examination Examination papers plus progressive ru (i) CLAS161 LATIN (1): ELEMENTARY is for students who have not passed HSC Latin or its equivalent. intensive course of grammatical instruction and reading in the Content original language. (ii) CLAS 165 LATIN (1): ADVANCED is for students who have Students are required to undertake a course in Giree'k l:mg:uaJ~eiFtuc~~ are required to undertake a course in Greek language (1 Text To be advised passed HSC Latin or its equivalent. hr pw) and read two prescribed texts (2 hrs pw). pw) and read two prescribed texts (2 hrs pw). and References As for CLAS155 Texts and References, As for CLAS155 CLAS161 LATIN (1): ELEMENTARY Uk:p CLASlSS GREEK (1): ADVANCED Uk:p Offered Full-Year GREEK (Ill): lOcp Offered Full-Year CLAS253 GREEK (II): SPECIAL STUDY TEXT AND LANGUAGE II Prerequisite Nil Prerequisite HSC Ancient Greek or Equivalent Offered Full-Year Hours 5 hours per week Hours 3 hours per week Corequisite CLAS251-252 .,.,...,,u,ui.•it••s Greek ITA or CLAS251, 252 and 253 Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment Hours 1 hour per week CLAS351 Content Content Examination Examination papers plus progressive Students are introduced to the study of Latin in an intensive Students are required to undertake an intensive course in Greek Content language (1 hr pw) as well as the reading of two prescribed texts Examination papers plus progressive assessment course of grammatical instruction and reading in the original (2hrs pw). (a) Students will be required to read, in conjunction with language. enrolled in CLAS353, a special author study (1 hr pw Text To be advised Texts semester); and are required to undertake a course in Greek language (1 Plutarch, Life of Pericles, ed H.A. Holden, Bolchazy-Carducci. and read two prescribed texts (2 hrs pw). (b) (i) Students will be required to read a course in Greek CLAS165 LATIN (1): ADVANCED Uk:p Sophocles, Oedipus Rex, ed R.D. Dawe, Cambridge U.P. References As for CLAS155 in conjunction with those enrolled in CLAS247 (1 hr pw, Offered Full-Year References semester). GREEK (Ill): EPIGRAPHY lOcp Prerequisite HSC Latin or Equivalent Liddell, H. G.& Scott, R., 1968, A Greek-English Lexicon, new or AND TEXT STUDY Hours 3 hours per week edn by Jones, H.S. & McKenzie, R., with Supplement Clarendon. (ii) Students, who have read/are currently reading the Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment Smyth, H.W. 1963, Greek Grammar, revised edn Harvard U.P. CLAS247 Values course, in lieu of (b) (i) will be required to the Greek Epigraphy study as for CLAS353 (b) (1 hr pw Content Raven, D.S., 1968, Greek Metre: an Introduction, 2nd edn, semester). Faber. Students are required to undertake an intensive course in Latin Texts Examination papers plus progressive assessment language (1 hr pw) as well as the reading of two prescribed texts Rosenmeyer, T.G. & Ostwald, M. et al, 1963, The Meters of (2 hrs pw). Greek and Latin Poetry, Bobbs-Merrill. For(a) Texts West, M.L., Introduction to Greek Metre, Oxford U.P. Xenophon, Anabasis IV, ed E.D. Stone (available will be required to read a special author study (1 hr Department). Vergil, Aeneid II, ed. R.G. Austin, Clarendon. 200LEVEL For (b)(i) Livy, Book I, eds H.E. Gould & J.L. Whiteley, Bristol Classical. At this level the Department offers two full-yearunits in Ancient will be required to read a course in Greek Epigraphy Greek. To progress to 300 level, students must pass in both units. Ewans, M.C., Greek ValuesandSociety, Department References For (b)(ii) Glare, P.G.W.(ed.), 1982, Oxford Latin Dictionary, Clarendon. (II): & CLAS251 GREEK TEXT lOcp Materials supplied by the Department. Woodcock, E. C., 1959, A New Latin Syntax, Methuen. LANGUAGE I References Cooper, C.G., 1952, An Introduction to the Latin Hexameter, Offered Semester I For (b)(i) Macmillan. Prerequisite Greek I or CLAS 151 or CLAS 155 AdkinsA.W.H.,MoralValuesandPoliticalBehaviour will be supplied by the Department. Rosenmeyer, T.G. & Ostwald, M. et al, 1963, The Meters of Corequisite CLAS252 Greece, Chatto & Windus. Greek and Latin Poetry, Bobbs-Merrill. GREEK (Ill): SPECIAL AUTHOR lOcp Hours 3 hours per week Hesiod, H esiod and Theognis, Penguin. 200LEVEL STUDY Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment At this level the Department offers one full-year subject and two semester subjects in Latin. To progress to 300 level, students must pass in all three subjects. 48 49 CLASSICS SUBJECr DESCRIPTIONS SECTION FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECT

CLAS261 LATIN (II): TEXT & lOcp References CLAS272 SANSKRIT (m.: TEXT AND lOcp LANGUAGE I LANGUAGE II ~ooro oo Offered Semester 11 Offered Semester I Adcock, F.E., Roman Political ideas and Practice, Ann for CLAS263 (a) Prerequisite Latin I or CLAS161 or CLAS165 Prerequisite Sanskrit I or CLAS 171 Earl, D.C., The Moral and Political Tradition ofRome, '"'··-•~-- (b) Hours 3 hours per week Corequisite CLAS262 & Hudson. materials will be supplied by the Department. Hours 3 hours per week 300LEVEL Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment LATIN (lm: SPECIAL AUTHOR lOcp Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment At this level the Department offers two full-year subjects and STUDY Content Content one semester subjects in Latin To complete a major sequen

50 51 SECfiON FOUR CLASSICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

CLAS372 SANSKRIT (ill): TEXT AND lOcp HONOURS (P{f - CLAS472-3). at high level in a major sequence of Classical Civilisation or LANGUAGE II Each can be attempted as a Full-Year course in one year or a major sequence in Latin. (b) (i) THREE special studies; and Offered Semester IT Time, spread over two years. Candidates planning to unrlert:•lr• (ii} Candidates who have not met the conditions laid down in (i) (ii) A supervised extended essay of 12,000- 15,000 words. Prerequisite Sanskrit IT or 30 cps at Sanskrit 200 level an Honours Degree MUST consult the Head of Department ay be admitted at the discretion of the Head of Department: plus Hours 3 hours per week advance to plan their choice of studies. ;ndelines can be obtained from the Department. (c) Unprepared translation from Latin. There are no set lectures Examination Examination papers plus progressive assessment CLAS411 -CLASSICAL STUDIES HONOURS Content Content CLAS411-3 CIVILISATION Eitber (a) FIVE special studies, each prepared in a class of one (d) Advanced prose and/or free composition in Latin prepared in a class of one hour per week. The lecture course is the same as for CLAS27I-2 except that an NB:StudentsareadvisedtoconsiderthedesirabilityofincludinalbQUf per week. These studies are to be arranged between the appropriately higher standard of proficiency will be expected of (a) either Greek or Latin, at least to IOO level, in their candidates and members of staff. CLAS471 COMBINED GREEK AND LATIN 300 level students. pattern, and, (b) CLAS3I2 Greek, Etruscan, and Roman Art. or· CLAS472-3 HONOURS Prerequisites (i,Hi) THREE special studies; and Texts AsforCLAS27I-2 Prerequisites References As for CLAS27I-2 (i) Passes at high level in a sequence of Civilisation units !{Jj:A supervised extended essay of I2,000 - I5,000 words Passes at high level in major sequences of both Greek and Latin, includes a minimum of 120cps at the combined 200/300 · 1 d b th De f (c) Treatment of passages se ecte y e partment rom an preferably with at least one sequence of Classical Literature in CLAS373 SANSKRIT (ill): SPECIAL lOcp of which at least 80cps must be obtained at 300 level. extensive reading course of original texts linked with the Translation, either 200 or 300 level. TEXT STUDY I (ii) The above sequence must include 20cps of Society, qlndidate's chosen special studies. Candidates who do not fulfil all ofthese prerequisites but who are Values, and at least 20cps of History, 20cps of Literature Offered Full-Year deemedabletosuccessfullyundertakethecoursemaybeadmitted Translation and 20cps of Historiography. GREEK HONOURS Prerequisite As for CLAS37I-2 to Combined Greek and Latin Honours by special permission of (iii) Candidates who have not fulfilled the conditions in (i) and(lllltCliW\~1431.•:) the Head of Department. Hours I hour per week may be admitted at the discretion of the Head of Dejpartmeli]l Content Examination Examination paper guidelines can be obtained from the Department. at high level in Greek at 100, 200, and 300 level plus Content Content (a) 1WOSpecialStudies in Greek, each prepared in a class of one Literature in Translation at 200 and 300 level. hour per week. The lecture course is the same as that for CLAS273 except that Either (a) FIVE special studies, each prepared in a class of who do not fulfil all of these prerequisites but who are (b) 1WO Special Studies in Latin, each prepared in a class of one an appropriately higher standard of proficiency will be expected hour per week. These studies are to be arranged between able to successfully undertake the course may be hour per week. of 300 level students. candidates and members of staff. to Honours in Greek by special permission of the Head Texts As for CLAS273 or (c) ONE special study in both Greek and Latin, prepared in a class of one hour per week. References As for CLAS273 (b) (i) THREE special studies; and NB: The studies undertaken in (a), (b) and (c) are to be arranged (ii) A supervised extended essay of 12,000- 15,000 words (a) FIVE special studies, each prepared in a class of one between the candidates and members of staff. CLAS374 SANSKRIT (ill): SPECIAL lOcp week. These studies are to be arranged between the (d) Unprepared translation from Greek and Latin. There are no set TEXT STUDY II CLAS421 -CLASSICAL STUDIES HONOURS and members of staff. lectures. Offered Full-Year CLAS422-3 GREEK (e) 1WO separate courses in Greek and Latin language, each of Prerequisites Conditions As for CLAS373 one hour per week: advanced prose and/or free composition. Content (i) Passes at high level in a major sequence of Classical with a major sequence in Greek. Students will be required to read an advanced Sanskrit text, I hr pw. (ii) Candidates who have not met the conditions laid down may be admitted at the discretion of the Head of Text guidelines can be obtained from the Department. Kalidasa, Meghadutam, Nerurkar. Content References As for CLAS37I-2 Either (a) FIVE special studies, each prepared in a class of LATIN HONOURS HONOURS hour per week. These studies are to be arranged between The Department of Classics offers courses at Honours level in the candidates and members of staff. following areas: or CLAS4II (F{f) CLASSICAL STUDIES HONOURS: (b) (i)THREE special studies; and CIVIUSATION (P{f- CLAS4I2-3). (ii) A supervised extended essay of 12,000 - 15,000 words who do not fulfil all of these prerequisites but who are CLAS42I (F{f) CLASSICAL STUDIES HONOURS: (c) Treatment of passages selected by the Department to successfully undertake the course may be GREEK (P{f - CLAS422-3). extensive reading course of original texts linked with· Honours in Latin by special permission of the Head CLAS43I (F{f) CLASSICAL STUDIES HONOURS: LATIN candidate's chosen special studies. (P{f - CLAS432-3). CLAS431 -CLASSICAL STUDIES HONOURS CLAS45I (F{f) GREEK HONOURS (P{f- CLAS452-3). FIVE special studies, each prepared in a class of one CLAS432-3 LATIN CLAS46I (F{f) LATIN HONOURS (P{f- CLAS462-3). Week. These studies are to be negotiated between the Prerequisites and members of staff. CLAS47I (F{f) COMBINED GREEK AND LATIN

52 53 SECfiON FOUR DRAMA SUBJECf FOUR DRAMA SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Drama Subject Descriptions Hartnoll, P. (ed), Concise History of the Theatre, Thames B., Acting Shakespeare, Theatre Arts. technical applications used in the organisation of a production with particular reference to the production progrant within the Hudson. 'II.li81IJL_,__, ..,., M., Training for the Theatre, Heinemann. Department The aim of the Department is to develop a critical understanding Hunt, A., Hopes for Great Happenings, Methuen. J., Brecht on Theatre, Methuen. of the elements which make up drama-in-performance. Major Styan, J., Modern Drama in Theory & Practice, C.U.P. ReconuMnded reading theatrical traditions are studied in relation to their texts, staging conditions, performance conventions, and the composition of Styan, J., The Dramatic Experience, C.U.P. Griffith, T., Stagecraft, Phaidon. their audiences. Practical Courses COMMUNITY DRAMA I Scp Baker, H., Stage Management and Stagecraft, Miller.

In addition to lectures and seminars, teaching in the Department AfterthecompletionofDRAM101,studentswishingto4::on,~-·RArn~•::>.oJ is conducted through practical, investigative workshops, since a DRAM2SS} THEATRECRAFT II Scp studies in Drama may undertake a one sennesterpractic;al :sub!ie111~r;r4rd DRAM355} first hand experience of the theatre arts is regarded as essential to ie DRAM250 - 262 inclusive, for each theoretical a proper understanding of the theatrical medium. which they enrol, ie DRAM201-205 inclusive. Offered Semester ll Major in Drama continuing to third year studies in Drama may select a nniCtiwl•edge,' semester length course concentrates on Stanislav:!kilut Lawson, J.H., Theory and Technique of Playwriting, Hill and Examination To be advised lOcp at DRAM 200 level for DRAM253; 15cp at techniques and exercises. Weekly three-hour problem Wang. Content level for DRAM353 workshops attempt to bring students to an awareness Field, S., The Screenwriters' Workbook, Dell. The course is designed to introduce students to a close, critical problems underlying the actor's art; this is not a analysis of the dramatic event and to the language of the theatre. Egri. L., The Art of Dramatic Writing, Simon and Schuster. course in acting. (ialltpplicailirnts of the theoretical and experiential principles The nature and conditions of the event are studied together with Community Drama! including a period of secondment Griffith, S., How Plays are Made, Heinemann. plays as texts for performance. Recommended reading organisation, theatre company or community drama Uses of Drama Texts Carey, D., The Actor's Audition Manual, Currency. Beckett, S., Waiting for Godot, Faber. Moore, S., Training an Actor, Penguin. DRAM256} USES OF DRAMA I Scp Stanislavski, C., An Actor Prepares, Methuen. Bentley, E. (ed) The Theory of the Modern Stage, Penguin. DRAM356} Boucicault, D., The Colleen Bawn, Supplied by the Department Stanislavski, C., Building a Character, Methuen. Community Theatre inAustralia, Methuen Offered Semester I Brecht, B., The Good Person of Setzuan , Methuen. Prerequisite DRAMl 0 I for DRAM256; or 30cp at DRAM300 DRAM251} ACTING II level for DRAM356 Gow, M., The Kid, Currency. DRAMJSl} Corequisite lOcp at DRAM200 level for DRAM256; 15cp at Heilpern, J., The Conference ofthe Birds, Peter Brook in Africa, Offered Semester ll DRAM300 level for DRAM356 Methuen. Scp Prerequisite DRAM250/350 Content Ibsen, H., Plays: Two , Methuen. Corequisite lOcp at DRAM 200 level for DRAM251; Consists of one semester learningtouseandapply drama workshop Ionesco, E., Three Plays , Penguin. DRAM 300 level for DRAM351 techniques- including group dynamics and playbuilding-in non­ Plater, A., Close the Coalhouse Door , Methuen. Content theatrical situations. This may involve secondment to primary Strindberg, Plays II, Methuen. Has Acting I as its prerequisite. Acting ll is a semester and secondary schools in the region. Wedekind, F., Spring Awakening, Methuen. course in presentational acting styles: acting in lOcp at DRAM200 level for DRAM254; 15cp at Recommended reading Shakespearian acting, Brechtian acting. In contrast to level for DRAM354 Recommended reading Bolton, G., Towards a Theory ofDrama in Education, Long mans. Acting IT offers the opportunity to explore Braun, E., The Director and the Stage , Methuen. personality in the actor's craft. Hunt, A., Hopes for Great Happenings, Taplinger. and practice of stage management. The logistical and Redington, C., Can Theatre Teach?, Pergamon. Coult, T. & Kershaw, B. (eds), Engineers of the Imagination, Recommended reading Methuen. Berry, C., The Actor and his Text, Harrap.

54 55 SECfiON FOUR DRAMA SUBJECf FOUR DRAMA SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

DRAM257} USES OF DRAMA II Scp DRAM365 TELEVISION Ill P., Popular Culture in Early Modern Europe, UNSW. References DRAM357} Not offend in 1992 eaputi, A., Buffo, Wayne State. Bruford, W.H., Theatre, Drama and Audience in Goethe's Gemuuay, Greenwood. Offered Semester II A Director's Perspective Prerequisite DRAM256/356 or DRAM2521352 Craik, T. (ed.),RevelsHistoryofDrama in English, Vols. 6 & 7, Methuen. Corequisite lOcp at DRAM200 level for DRAM257; 15cp at DRAM260} A DIRECTOR'S PERSPECTIVE I S., Traditions of Medieval English Drama, Hutchinson. DRAM 300 level for DRAM357 DRAM360} Moore, W.O., The Classical Drama ofFrance, O.U.P. Content Offered Semester I Nagler, A.M. (ed.), A Sourcebook in Theatrical History, Dover.

Uses of Drama II allows students to specialise in areas of non­ Prerequisites DRAMl 01 for DRAM260; or 30cp at DRlAI~(~InRA~I2013 THE PUBLIC STAGE OF THE theatrical drama technique applications: special schools (students level for DRAM360 RENAISSANCE IOcp DRAM205 PLAYERS AND THE PAINTED STAGE lOcp taking the Dip. Ed of this university and who intend to teach Corequisites lOcp at DRAM200 level for DRAM260; 15cp Drama are encouraged to take Teaching Practices/Drama instead DRAM300 level for DRAM360 Offered Semester I of Uses of Drama II); psychodrama; sociodrama; and Prerequisite DRAMIOl developmental drama. A substantial secondment component is Introduces students to the practice of play-directing involved in addition to a solid theoretical background. practical examination of an exemplary text. Corequisite 1 x DRAM250-262 Recommended reading Content Recommended reading A;~dy of the English public theatre of the Renaissance, with an Hodgson, J. (ed), The Uses of Drama, Methuen. Braun, E., The Director and the Stage, Methuen. e111phasis on the historical and cultural forces which shaped its This coorse looks at performance styles, staging conventions and Chinoy, H. & Cole, T. (eds), Directors on Directing, Crown. plaYS and styles of staging and performance. dramatic forms from 1800 to the advent of the silent movies. The Electronic Media Wiles, T., The Theatre Event, Chicago. Tixls Texts Holcroft, T., A Tale of Mystery, supplied by the Department. DRAM258} RADIO I Scp DRAM261}A DIRECTOR'S PERSPECTIVE II DRAM358} ,...... n•w". C., Complete Plays, Penguin. Moncrief!, W., Van Dieman' s Land, supplied by the Department DRAM361} Offered Semester I G. (ed), Three Jacobean Tragedies, Penguin. Pinero, A.W., The Schoolmistress, supplied by the Department Offered Semester II Prerequisite DRAM I 01 for DRAM258; or 30cp at DRAM300 lllkewe

56 57 SECfiON FOUR DRAMA SUBJECf DRAMA SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Coquelin, C., The Art of the Actor, Allen & Unwin. DRAM302 DRAMAS OF ALIENATION AND Titus Andronicus, Penguin. SURREALISM Duerr ,J.L., The Length and Depth of Acting, Holt,Rinehart. • Pr1mu1U,ISU•es Normally 30cps at 200 level in 1 discipline Recommentkd reading Offered Semester I Gielgud, J., Stage Directions, Mercury. Corequisites Major in Drama: or at discretion of Head of Dollimore, J. & Sinfield, A. (eds), Political Shakespeare, Joseph, B.L., A Tragic Actor, Routledge. Prerequisite 30cp at DRAM200 level Department Manchester. Marowitz, C., Papers on Acting, Taplinger. Corequisite 5cp at DRAM300 level Drakakis, J. (ed), Alternative Shakespeares, Methuen. DRAM310 MODERN BRITISH POLITICAL Content Stanislavsky, K.,AnActor Prepares, Methuen., THEATRE 20cp DRAM314 AMERICAN DRAMA AND THEATRE 20cp An exploration of structure and antistructurein a range of Building a Character, Methuen. Offered Semester I dramatisations. (Not offered in 1992) My Life in Art, Methuen. Tuts Content Strasberg, L. {ed), The Paradox ofActing; Mas/csor Faces?. Two An examination of some British alternative and oppositional DRAM315 JAPANESE THEATRE 20cp Foucault, M., Madness and Civilisation, Vintage. Classics of the Art ofActing, Hill & Wang. theatte and drama of the 1970s and 1980s, which will attempt to Offered Semester II Gordon, M. (ed), Dada Performance, PAJ Publications. ptace it in its social, cultural and theoretical context. The text list Content DRAM212 DIRECTORS & DIRECTIONS IN THE Jarry, A., The UbuPlays, Methuen. Mil be supplemented by video material of Belt and Braces,7:84, A study of the major forms of Japanese theatre from the 14th MODERN THEATRE lOcp --=··~·Griffiths etc., and by handout material. Kesselman, W., My Sister in this House, French. century to the present, including Noh, Kabuki and puppet theatre. Offered Semester II Marcus, G., Lipstick Traces: a Secret History of the Recommentkd reading Prerequisite DRAMIOI Century, Seeker & Warburg Amott, P., The Theatre ofJapan, Macmillan. Corequisite 30cp at DRAM200 level Orton, J., What the Bulter Saw, Methuen. Ernst, Seeker and Warburg. W!HaJxer, H., For the Love of a Good Man, Calders. E., The Kabuki Theatre, Content Showalter, E., The Female Malady, Virago H., Plays l, Methuen. Haar, F., Japanese Theatre in Highlight The development of the director's role from the mid-19th century Waldberg, P., Surrealism, Thames and Hudson. to the present day. H. et al, Lay By, Calders. Hare, T.B., Zeami' s Style, Stanford. Films Recommended reading C., Plays I, Methuen. Mason, R. & Caiger, J., A History ofJapan, Tuttle. Artaud/Dulac., The Seashell and the Clergyman Braun, E., The Director and the Stage, Methuen. Roberts, C., The Japanese Mind, Simon & Schuster. Parker, A., The Wall Cole, T. and Chinoy, H., Directors on Directing, Bobbs Merrill. Sekime, M., Zeami and his Theories ofNoh Drama, Smythe. Greenaway, P., The Cook, the Thief, his Wife and her Styan, J., Modern Drama in Theory and Practice , volsl-3, S., The Ragged Trousered Philanthropists, Faber. Watts, A., The Way of Zen, Pelican. Polanski, R., Frantic C.U.P. D., 'Progress' and 'Hard Feelings', Methuen. Scott, R., Alien DRAM316 POST-MODERNISM & 20cp DRAM211 THE THEATRE CRITICS lOcp J., Fish in the Sea, Pluto. PERFORMANCE DRAM304 THE EPIC TRADITION J., The Game's a Bogey, Pluto. (Not offered in 1992) Offered Semester II Offered Semester II J., The Cheviot, the Stag and the Black, Black Oil, 300 LEVEL SUBJECTS Content Prerequisite 30cp at DRAM200 level A study of postmodernist theories of contemporary culture and DRAM301 THE THEATRE OF REALITY lScp Corequisite 5cp at DRAM300 level P., Gay Sweatshop: Four Plays and a Company, their reflection in a range of performance practices including live drama and dance, film performance and performance art. Offered Semester II Content Taking Our Time, Pluto. Performances studied will include unscripted works by The Prerequisite 30cp at DRAM200 level Brechtian epic theatre, its tradition, theoretical S., 'Pignight' and 'Blowjob', Calders. Sydney Front, Sidetrack Theatre and Pinalt Bausch. Corequisite 5cp at DRAM300 level influences. M., Strike While the Iron is Hot, Journeyman. Texts Content Texts i01111nenden Reading To be Advised Baudrillard, J., Simulations, Semiotexte. Developments in the realistic tradition from Ibsen to Barrie Arden,J.&D'Arcy,M.,TheNon-Sto;>ConnollyShow, Benjamin, W., Illuminations, Schocken Books. Keeffe. Willett, J. (ed), Brecht on Theatre, Methuen. CONTEMPORARY APPROACHES TO Goldberg, R. L., Performance Art, Thames & Hudson. Texts Brecht, B., The Messingkauf Dialogues, Methuen SHAKESPEARE 20cp Foster, H., The Anti-Aesthetic, Bay Press. Ayckbourn, A., Three Plays, Penguin. The Measures Taken and Other Lehrstiicke, Methuen. Hutcheon, L., The Politics of Postmodernism, Routledge. Chekhov, A., Plays, Penguin. Life ofGalileo, Methuen. Me}\encamp, P.,lndiscretions: Avant-Garde Film, Video and Hellman, L., The Children's Hour, supplied by the Department. Mother Courage and her Children, Methuen. ~uces ~Lraitgeof recent critical and theoretical approaches to Feminism, Indiana University Press. Ibsen, H., Plays: Two , Methuen. llllpc:~llll drama BUchner, G., Danton's Death, Methuen. Muller, H., Hamletmachine and other Texts, PAJ. Keeffe, B., Gimme Shelter, Methuen. Lenz, J.R, The Tutor & The Soldiers, Chicago U.P. Wallis, B. (ed).,ArtAfter Modernism Museum of Contemporary Marowitz, C. {ed), Four American Plays, Penguin. Piscator, E., The Political Theatre, Methuen. G., The Shakespeare Myth, Manchester UP. Art Publications, New York. Osborne, J., Look Back in Anger, Faber. McGrath, J., The Cheviot, the Stag and the Black, w. Films Methuen. Pinter, H., Plays: Two, Methuen. Batman Shakespeare, W., Rattigan, T., Plays: One, Methuen. Coriolanus, Penguin. Night's Dream, Penguin. Blade Runner Weiss, P., Discourse on VietNam, Calder. Penguin. The Home of the Brace

58 59 I've Heard the Mermaids Singing Economics Subject Description (b) the background to, origins and economic development of the white settlement in New South Wales 1788-1860 A.D. DRAM401} DRAMA HONOURS ECON101 ECONOMICS 1 20cp RecommeNkd Reading and Texts DRAM402} Blainey, G. 1982, Triumph of the Nomads, 2nd edn, Macmillan. DRAM403} Lecturers To be advised Dingle, T. 1988, Aboriginal Economy, Penguin. Prerequisites prerequisite Nil Jackson, R.V. 1977, Australian Economic Development in the Students will be accepted into Drama Honours at the discretion Hours 3lecture hours per week, weekly tutorials and fortnightly Nine~enth Century, A.N.U. Press. of the Head of Department. In order to qualifyforentryto Drama workshops Honours a student must normally have passed at least seven examination Two 1-hour quizzes plus one 2-hour examination References: Drama units of which four should be at a 300 level each semester. Blainey, G. 1983, A Land Half Won, Sun Books. Hours As prescribed by the Head of Department Content Nicholas,S. (ed.) 1989, Convict Workers Interpreting Australia's Examination As prescribed by the Head of Department This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles Past. Content of economics. While emphasis through the course is on the Flood,J. 1989,Archaeology ofthe Dreamtime, 2ndedn., Collins. meoietical underpinnings of economics the concepts are used to 1. An essay of 12-14000 words on an approved topic, under the ;ve insight into contemporary issues and problems. ECON103 AUSTRALIAN ECONOMIC HISTORY guidance of a supervisor. Tbefirstsemesterwill examine the principles of Microeconomics 2. An approved practical project, together with an extensive • Economic History constitutes a discipline distinct from · their applications. Microeconomics is concerned with the Economics within the Faculty of Arts project report. of rationality for decisions made by individuals who wish Lecturer P.R. Bum 3. A special studies program concerned with research toJmaJdmisetheir wellbeing, and the impact these decisions have methodology. the allocation of resources throughout an economy or Hours 2lecture hours and one tutorial per week 4. A theoretical topic which may take the form of a Directed Emphasis will be placed on contrasting theoretical Examination End of semester examination and progressive Reading Course. with real-world praxis. assessment It Texts To be advised. second semester is concerned with Macroeconomics. will Content a study of the relationship between aggregates such as This course is intended to provide students with an understanding ,investment, employment, exchange rates, inflation MASTER OF THEATRE ARTS of how the Australian economy has evolved since 1850. A Basic theoretical analysis will be used to explain particular focus is on the relatively poor performance of Australia Please refer to Postgraduate section of this Handbook alternatives and some of the problems involved in making as compared to most other affluent economies in this period. The policy decisions. The course will include a discussion importance of the international economy in the process of of theoretical controversy and provide some explanation Australian economic development is stressed as is the changing why economics can advocate incompatible "solutions" to roles that governments have played in Australian economic problem. experience. References: W J. & Blinder, A.S. et al1988, Economics Principles Oyster, B. & Meredith, D. 1990, Australia in the International Australian edition, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Economy, Cambridge. Boehm, E. A. 1979, Twentieth Century Economic Development in Australia 2nd edn, Longman Cheshire. State of Play 6, Allen and Unwin. Lougheed,A.L.1988,AustraliaandtheWorldEconomy,McPhee ~rere·rencesto be supplied. Gribble/Penguin. Maddock,R.&McLean,!.W.(eds)1987,TheAustralian&onomy ECONOMIC HISTORY A in the Long Run, Cambridge. History constitutes a discipline distinct from Sinclair, W.A. 1976, The Process of Economic Development in within the Faculty of Arts Australia, Cheshire. J.R. Fisher ECON201 ECONOMICS II 20cp End of semester examination. and progressive Prerequisite Economics 1 (ECON101) Hours 3 lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week Examination Two 3 hour papers looks at the background to modem Australian Content development. Using simple concepts and theory, it (i) Microeconomics: Lecturers P.R. Anderson and C.W. Stahl This section covers some specialised microeconomic topics not covered in Economics 1. The following subjects are amongst

60 61 SECI'ION FOUR ECONOMICS SUBJECI' ECONOMICS SUBJECI' DESCRIPTIONS those considered: Theories of production and consumption, (ii) Macroeconomics: E;ro171ination End of semester and progressive assessment Text Paretian optimality conditions, market failure, special aspects of Indecs 1990, State ofPlay 6, Allen & Unwin. Eastman, L.E. 1989, Family, Fields and Ancestors, Oxford UP. imperfect competition and microeconomic aspects of distribution Content Japanese Economic History References theory. ECON202} EUROPEAN ECONOMIC HISTORY Elvin, M. 1973, The Pattern of the Chinese Past, Methuen. (ii) Macroeconomics: ECON302} 'Jbe economic development of Japan from circa 1600 to the period after 1945. Major topics are the Tokugawa heritage, the Lecturers W.F. Mitchell and A.C. Oakley Lecturer S.R. Shenoy FaiJbank, J.K. & Uu, K.C.(eds) 1980, The Cambridge History of economictransformation since 1868 and government and business China Vol II, Cambridge U.P. The principal part of the course deals with the determination of Prerequisites For ECON202, Economic History A in modem Japan. Jones E.L. 1988, Growth Recurring, Oxford UP. the level of economic activity in the macroeconomy. This work or Australian Economic History (ECON103) or Ec(>nornics stresses the interdependent nature of economic activity, the (ECON101) Myers, R.H. 1980, The Chinese Economy, Past and Present, linkages between the major macroeconomic markets, and the MacPherson, W.J. 1987, The Economic Development ofJapan c. Wadsworth. Prerequisites For ECON302, 30 credit points of Ec

ECON209 COMPARATIVE MODELS AND ECON211 THEORY OF PUBLIC CHOICE References Norris, K. 1989, The Economics of Australian Labour Markets, 2nd edn, Longman Cheshire. CASES l~p Not offered in 1992 'fhere is no one set text recommended for purchase, but a list of Whitfield, K. 1987, The Australian Labour Market, Harper and Lecturer J.C. de Castro Lopo xe(erences (mainly Industries Assistance Commission and Bureau ECON216 INDUSTRY ECONOMICS A of Industry Economics reports and papers) will be provided. Row. Prerequisite Economics 1 (ECON101) Lecturer P.J.C. Stanton and C.J. Aislabie PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPING Whitfield, K. (ed) 1989, Contemporary Issues in Labour Hours 2lecture hours per week Economics, Harper and Row. Prerequisite Economics 1 (ECON101) COUNTRIES l~p Examination Progressive assessment and examination King, J.E. 1990, Labour Economics: anAustralianPerspective, Hours 2lecture hours per week [;ecturer C.W. Stahl and M.A. Hossain Content Macmillan. Examination One 2 hour paper and progressive assessment Prerequisite Economics I (ECON10l) Continuation of the work in systemic description, classification McCormell, C.R. & Brue, S.L. 1989, Contemporary Labor and analysis undertaken in ECON208. Emphasis is placed on essays, depending on enrolment Hows 2lecture hours per week for one semester Economics, 2nd edn, McGraw-Hill. economic systems with large components of centralised decision­ Content ~ination One 3 hour paper and progressive assessment making, including existing command systems, labour-managed The following content outline and reference list is an apJ)roxinlallll Content ECON240 INTRODUCTORY ECONOMETRICS l~p systems and systems in transition. The subject may be taken guide to the course as taught in 1991 but may be subject course commences with a discussion of the concepts of Lecturers To be advised independently of comparative Economic Systems A, which is not a requirement. Case study material will include the USSR, China, alteration in 1992. and poverty. Major topics to follow are growth, Prerequisite Introductory Quantitative Methods (ECON104) Hungary and Yugoslavia The study of market structure, conduct and performance, and income distribution; population growth and Offered Semester 1 particular reference to Australian government policies in rural-urban migration; industrial and agricultural References area The topics include extensions to the theory of the firm; government policies and economic growth; Hours 2lecture hours and 1 hour tutorial per week Bornstein,M. (ed) 1985,ComparativeEconomicSystems Models role of the large corporation in industry; the importance of aid and economic growth; and foreign trade and economic Examination One 2hourexarnination and progressive assessment. and Cases, 5th edn, Irwin. and profitability objectives; integration, diversification Throughout the course case study materials from various Content merger; determinants of market structure (stochastic World countries will be used, with particular emphasis on Kohler, H. 1989, Comparative Economic Systems, Scott, The course extends the economic statistics component of Foresman. cost conditions, advertising etc.); relationships Asia. and market conduct, reasons for government intervention. Introductory Quantitative Methods to include two-sample Zimbalist, A. & Sherman, H.J. 1984, Comparing Economic hypothesis testing (means and proportions) and k-sample Systems, Academic Press. References M.P. 1988, Economic Development in the Third World, hypothesis testing (analysis-of-variance and Chi-square tests). Clarke, R. 1985, Industrial Economics, Blackwell. Longman Cheshire. The simple regression model is extended to the multiple regression ECON210 POLITICAL ECONOMICS l~p Clarke, R. & McGuiness, T. (ed) 1987, The Economics of model and the basic assumptions and problems of econometrics Lecturer K.J. Burgess and R.H. Green Firm, Blackwell. are discussed. Hypothesis testing in the classical general linear 1984, Labour Absorption in model framework is also covered. Detailed economic applications Economics I (ECON101) Devine, P.J. et al1985,An Introduction to Industrial Prerequisite are investigated using software packages such as SHAZAM, Hours 2lecture hours per week 4th edn, Allen & Unwin. N. 1987, Surveys in Development Economics, MINIT AB and DX. George, K.D. & Joll, C. 1981, Industrial Organisation, Examination One 3 hour paper and other assessment Text Unwin. Content et al. 1983, Economics of Development, Norton. Berenson, M.L. & Levine, D.M. 1989, Basic Business Statistics, Martin, S. 1988, Industrial Economics, Macmillan. This course will examine a range of economic issues and theories G.M. (ed) 1988,Leading lssuesinEconomic Development, 4th edn, ·Prentice Hall. Shepherd, W.G. 1985, The Economics ofl.nd~r.str.ialiJrR•am'satw within a political context. Contemporary policy questions such as Oxford. References 2nd edn, Prentice-Hall. the environment, unemployment, income distribution and the Hamburg 1987, Statistical Analysis for Decision Making, 4th INTRODUCTORY LABOUR role of planning and markets, will be evaluated. Emphasis is Scherer, F.M. 1980, Industrial Market Structure and edn, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. placed upon ideology, power and conflict in the assessment of Performance 2nd edn, Rand McNally. ECONOMICS l~p these issues. Brown, W.S. 1991, Introducing Econometrics, West Publishing Co. References ECON217 INDUSTRY ECONOMICS B Economics 1 (ECON1 01) This course is not available Joiner, B.L., Ryan, B.F. et al 1985, Minitab Student Handbook, Lecturer C.J. Aislabie and P.J.C. Stanton who have passed ECON206 (Labour Economics A) B yrt, W. 1990, Business and Government inAustralia, Macmillan. Duxbury. Prerequisite Industry Economics A (ECON216) Deane, P. 1989, The State and the Economic System: An Kenkel, J.L. 1990, Introductory Statistics for Management and Introduction to the History of Political &anomy, OUP. Hours 2 hours per week One 2 hour paper, plus progressive assessment Economics, PWS. Eatwell, J. & Milgate, M. (eds) 1984, Keynes's Economics and Examination One 2 hour paper plus seminar Lapin, L.L. Statistics for Modern Business Decisions, Harcourt the Theory of Value and Distribution, Duckworth. Content of this course is to offer an introduction to the multi­ Brace Jovanovich. Fitzgerald, T. 1990, Between Life and Economics, ABC. The following content outline is an approximate guide per'Soc::cti·ves of the economics of labour markets and Mansfield, E. 1990, Statistics for Business & Economics, W. W. Galbraith, J. 1977, The Age of Uncertainty, Hutchinson. course as taught in 1991 but may be subjectto alterations in :

64 65 SECTION FOUR ECONOMICS SUBJECT ECONOMICS SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Hours 2lecture hours plus 1 tutorial hour Hours 2lecture hours Refer~nce Examination One 2hourexamination and progressive assessment Examination One2hourexaminationandprc•gn!ssiiveassess;menl 'fhis course focuses on Australia's conciliation and arbitration Baldwin, R.E. & Richardson, S.E. (eds) 1986, International Content Content system. It covers the structures and processes of conciliation and Trade and Finance, 3rd edn, Boston, Uttle Brown. ~tration, the law governing strikes and industrial action, the This course examines those mathematical and statistical This course is designed primarily to provide an principles and operation of wages policy and the nature and ECON307 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS 8 lOcp techniques, necessary to undertake a detailed reading of mathematical tools used in economics and econometrics. diJeClion of industrial relations reform. econometrics. Particular emphasis is given to the derivation of topics dealt with include economic applications of

66 67 SECTION FOUR ECONOMICS SUBJECT ECONOMICS SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS Content Gore, C 1984, Regions in Question Space, Development Theory ExJ.unination One 2 hour paper and progressive assessment ASEAN Experumce, Allen & Unwin. This course provides a survey of the economic issues arising and Regional Policy, Methuen. within the particular framework of the url>an or metropolitan lsard, W 1960, Methods ofRegional Analysis, MIT Press. Content Booth, A. 1988,Agricultural Development in Indonesia, Allen & '\'h,e content of the course can be gauged from a perusal of the Unwin. environment with emphasis on the major contemporary socio­ Jensen, R.C., Mandeville, T.D. et a! 1979, Regional Jic.om•11ii) The application of statistical methods in a managerial economic issues poverty, crime, congestion, sprawl, slum Planning, Croom Helm. textbOOk. Gillis, M., Perkins D. et a! 1983, Economics of Development, development, and decline in the quality of life. The course also oontext should be particularly noted. Norton. McKee, D.L., Dean, R.D. eta! (eds) 1970,RegionalL!.c,oru:>ml,c.• includes discussion of the following topics the relation of cities Hughes, H. 1988, Achieving Industrialisation in East Asia, to the national and regional economy; central place theory and Free Press. ~ppers, L.C. & Bails, D.G. 1987, Managerial Economics, Cambridge UP. location analysis; housing and land use theory; url>an economic Prentice Hall. Meier, G.M. (ed) 1988,Leading Issues in Economic Development, development and growth; url>an sociology; url>an planning; public Richardson, H.W. 1979,Regional Economics, Illinois UP. policy and welfare. 5th edn, Oxford UP. Richardson, H.W. 1973, Regional Growth Theory, IVHscnnUIII!i GROWTH AND FLUCTUATIONS IOcp References Todaro, M.P. 1988, Economic Development in the Third World, 4th edn, Longman Cheshire. Bish, RL. & Nourse, H.O. 1975, Urban Economics and Policy ECON311 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS Analysis, McGraw-Hill. Lecturer C.W. Stahl ECON315 PUBLIC FINANCE .i'lll-·fh•.r• 2lecture hours for one semester IOcp Brown,D.M.1974,1ntroductionto UrbanEconomics,Academic Prerequisite Economics II (ECON201) Lecturer C.J. Aislabie Press. ~imil'lat,ron One 3 hour paper and progressive assessment Hours 2lecture hours per week for one semester Prerequisite Economics II (ECON201) Edel, M. & Rothenburg, J. 1974, Readings in Urban Economics, Examination Two 2 hour examinations mid-semester and Hours 2lecture honrs per week for one semester Macmillan. conrse is devoted to a study of the various dimensions of the One research essay Hirsch, W.Z. 1973, Urban Economic Analysis, McGraw-Hill. and 'motion' of the capitalist economic system through Examination One 2 hour paper and progressive assessment Content It considers explanations of capital accumulation and Leahy, W.H., McKee, D.L., & Dean, R.D. 1970, Urban Content change, real economic growth and fluctuations in Economics, Free Press. Topics covered include externalities, pollution, valuation The effects of government intervention in the economy through Specific topics will include expanding reproduction environment, conservation oflivingresources, andlhe>ec·on<>mi the budget and inter-governmental fiscal relationships are Neutze, M. 1978, Australian Urban Policy, Allen & Unwin. balanced growth, capital accumulation and income of natural resources. examined. sh<>rt-term fluctuations, and the role of iMovations Perloff, H.S. & Wingo, L. 1968, Issues in Urban Economics, Text John Hopkins UP. IeonmJIUJgi"'.., change in growth and fluctuations. At the microeconomic level, there is an analysis of the effects of Pearce, D.W. & Turner, R.K. 1990, Economics of taxandexpenditurepolicieson,inparticular,communitywelfare Richardson, H. 1978, Urban Economics, Dayden. Resources and the Environment, Harvester Wheatsheaf. and incentives. At the macroeconomic level, aggregate models 1978, CapitalAccumulationand Income Distribution, Schreiber, Gatons & Clemmer 1971, Economics of Urban References are used to analyse the relation of fiscal policy to other economic Problems, Houghton-Mifflin. policies for stability and growth. Baumol, W J. & Oates, W.E. 1979, Economics, Envir£>NIIrent. M. 1971, Selected Essays on the Dynamics of the References Policy and the Quality ofLife, Prentice Hall. ECON310 REGIONAL ECONOMICS lOcp Economy, Cambridge UP. Common, M. 1988, Environmental and Resource Ec<)nomill< Brown, C.V. & Jackson, P.M. 1982, Public Sector Economics, Lecturer M.T. Gordon J. 1971, Rate of Profit, Distribution and Growth: Two An Introduction, Longman. Martin Robertson. Prerequisites Economics II (ECON201) Macmillan. Harris, S. & Taylor, G. 1982, Resource Development and Buchanan, J.M. & Flowers, M.R., The Public Finances, Irwin. A. 1976, The Path ofEconomic Growth, Cambridge UP. Hours 2 lecture hours per week for one semester Future ofAustralian Society, CRES. Groenewegen, P.D. 1990, Public Finance in Australia Theory A. 1990, Schumpeter' s Theory of Capitalist Motion, and Practice, Prentice-Hall. Examination Progressive Assessment Hartwick,J.M. &Olewiler,N.D. 1986, Elgar. Content Resource Use, Harper and Row. Houghton, R.W. (ed) 1970, Public Finance, Penguin. L. 1974, Growth and Income Distribution, Cambridge The focus of this course is the region as a sub-unit of the national Johansson, P. 1987, The Economic Theory andM•?as,ure•ment' Johansen, L. 1965, Public Economics, North Holland. economy. We will be concerned with delineating regional areas Environmental Benefits, Cambridge University Press. Mishan, EJ. 1982, Cost-Benefit Analysis, Allen & Unwin. and investigating the determinants of regional growth or decline, Kneese,A.V. &Sweeney,J.L. (eds) :986,Handbook TOPICS IN ECONOMIC Musgrage, R.A. & P.B. 1984, Public Finance in Theory and and how these determinants might be altered by policy. Topics Resource and Energy Economics, North Holland. DEVELOPMENT lOcp Practice, McGraw-Hill. included are: regional accounts; regional macro models; factor mobility; regional growth; techniques of regional analysis (eg Seneca, J.J. & Taussig, M.K. 1984, Environmental Shoup, C.S. 1969, Public Finance, Weidenfeld & Nicolson. Prentice-Hall. exportbasemodels,shift-share,input-outputmodels,econometric Prerequisite Problems of Developing Countries models); contemporary patterns of regional change in Australia; 8) ECON316 AUSTRALIAN PUBLIC FINANCE IOcp policy issues. Tietenberg, T. 1988, Environmental & Natural Lecturer C.J. Aislal>ie and P.R. Bum References Economics, 2nd edn, Scott Foresman & Co. Prerequisite Public Finance (ECON315) Armstrong, H. & Taylor, J. 1987, Regional Economics and World Commission on Environment and Development One 3 hour paper and progressive assessment Hours 2lecture honrs per week for one semester Policy, Philip Allan. Our Common Future, Oxford University Press. Examination One 2 hour paper and progressive assessment Beckman, M. 1968, Location Theory, Random House. ECON312 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS liiUnc!JUde dual economy models, mobilisation of resources, Content Brown, A.J. & Burrows, E.M. 1977, Regional Economic lfmligr.lllion, ilnduJstriialiliati,om;traJtegi.es in East and Southeast Problems, Allen & Unwin. Lecturer C.J. Aislabie The first part of the course places a heavy emphasis on the economics of taxation in the Australian context. This is followed Prerequisite Economics II (ECON201) Butler,G.J. &Mandeville, T.D.1981,RegionalEconomics: An by a segment which disrusses Australian public finance from a Australian Introduction, UP. Hours 2lecture hours per week for one semester macroeconomic point of view. The course is rounded off with an & Hill, H. 1985, Export-Oriented Industrialisation The

68 69 SECfiON FOUR ECONOMICS SUBJECf ECONOMICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS examination of various specialised aspects of Australian public business cycles in the capitalist economic system; and Blaug, M. 1985, Economic Theory in Retrospect, 4th edn, ECON323 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS finance. (3) the essential concepts of the older Austrian School. of eambridge UP. AND POLICY lOcp References Menger, Mises and Hayek are considered in some JjatWell, J. & Milgate, M. (eds) 1984, Keynes's Economics and Lecturer P.R. Anderson partirular attention being paid to the development of the Theory of Value and Distribution, Duckworth. Available from lecturers. the Prerequisite Monetary Theory (ECON322) a spontaneous order and its implications. fitzgibbons, A. 1988, Keynes's Vision, Clarendon. Hours 2lecture hours per week ECON317 ECONOMIC DOCTRINES AND References Jteekie, W.D. 1984, Markets, Entrepreneurs and Liberty: an METHODSA l~p Examination One 3 hour paper Carver, T. (ed.) 1975, Karl Marx Texts on Method. Austrian View of Capitalism, Wheatsheaf. Lecturer B.LJ. Gordon Content Hayek, F.A. 1955, The Counter Revolution of Science, spiegel, H.W. The Growth of Economic Thought, 2nd edn, This examines the Australian financial system in detail, Prerequisites Economics II (ECON201) Press. ~ce-Hall. course considering the main financial institutions and markets. The Hours 2lecture hours per week for one semester Hayek, F. A. 1967, Studies in Philosophy, Politics, EcllnolnicJ.II $flackle, G.L.S. 1967, The Year ofHigh Theory, Cambridge UP. changing structure and operation of the financial system are Examination One 2 hour paper, plus progressive assessment Routledge & Kegan Paul. considered. Particular attention is given to recent reports on the MONETARY THEORY Content Hayek, F.A. 1978,New Studies inl'hil'o:r<.•ph,y,P'oliltics,Et:onomj~~ l~p Australian financial system - such as the Campbell Report, and Chicago UP. the Martin Review, and recent development in financing. A The course deals with some of the schools and streams of ideas second main theme is the review of Australian monetary, and which stand behind modem Economics. Study of pre-modem Howard, M. & King, J. 1975, The Political &onomy of broader financial policy in the post World War II period. economic thought has a number of rationales including increased Longman. awareness of the ways in which major economists integrated their Marx, K. Capital, volumes I, II and III. Text ideas, and the opportunity to judge the present scope and Manger, C. 1963, Problems of Economics and Sociology, To be advised preoccupations of professional Economics from the perspectives Illinois Press. References of its former dimensions. course begins with an examination of the controversy Mises, L von 1960, Epistemological Problems ofEc.om•mi!li Hicks, John R. & Wheller, Denise ( eds) 1990, Money and Capital In the course we are concerned mainly with the classical political the definition of money and proceeds to a brief Van Nostrand. Markets in Australia, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. economy of the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. the financial system. The classical, Keynesian and Major emphasis is on the ideas of Adam Smith; Thomas Malthus; Oakley, A. 1990, Schumpeter' s Theory of Capitalist theories of the role of money in the economy are Davis, K. and Lewis, M. (eds) 1981, Australian Monetary David Ricardo and his followers; and John Stuart Mill. Also, Elger. and compared, and their policy implications are Economics, Longman Cheshire. attention is given to the types of economic analysis which Schumpeter, J.A. 1951, The Theory of Economic n .. v,.L.nnfl"" Topics such as the supply and demand for money and Moore, D. etal1988,Financiallnstitutionsand Markets, Serendip preceded the emergence of classical economics. This involves Harvard UP. ~ationtshi.p of the real and monetary sectors of the economy Publications. examination of Mercantilism; Physiocracy; and earlier ethical­ !)ns:tIo:yment are also examined. ECON325 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS III A l~p Prentice-Hall. Hours 2lecture hours per week for one semester Lecturer R.H. Green Hollander, S. 1987, Classical Economics, Basil Blackwell. Industrial Relations II B (ECON221) Examination One 2 hour paper, plus progressive ....., ••, .. .,.! Prerequisite References Content Hours 2lecture hours per week Gordon, B. 1975, Economic Analysis Before Adam Smith, The major topics in this course are the

70 71 SECfiON FOUR ECONOMICS SUBJECf ECONOMICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

Doeringer, P. (ed) 1981,1ndustrial Relations in International labour market discrimination and segregation, inflation lind 1 (ECON241), or Applied Econometrics (ECON213). Theory, Prentice-Hall. Perspective. unemployment, the effects of the Prices and Incomes Accord lind Offered Semester II Theil, H., Boot, J.C.G. & Kloek, T. 1965, Operations Research special labour market programmes. Hours 2 lecture hours, one tutorial hour and Quantitative Economics: An Elementary Introduction, ECON326 INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 11m Hkp References McGraw-Hill. · · Jixamination One 2hourexamination and progressive assessment Lecturer D.K. Macdonald A list of references will be distributed in the first lecture. References Same as for Applied Econometrics I (ECON242) Content Prerequisite Industrial Relations Ill A (ECON325) ECON340 ECONOMETRICS 11 .} FuJtber testing of applied econometric models is covered, ECON350 PWLOSOPWCAL ISSUES IN Hours Two lecture hours per week including distributed lags, diagnostic checking, model selection ECONOMICS lOcp Examination One 2 hour paper plus progressive assessment Lecturers To be advised and specification, econometric forecasting, time series analysis Lecturers S.N. Jacobi and A.C. Oakley Content Prerequisite Econometrics I (ECON241 ), Applied ooJnc•me,tJidfl and simultaneous equation models (with special reference to (ECON213) or Advanced Statistical Analysis (ECON215) AUstralian models). Extensive use is made of 'SHAZAM' and Prerequisite Economics IT (ECON201) Building on the foundations laid in the earlier industrial relations Offered Semester I 'dX' database. Hours 2 hour lecture per week for one semester courses, this course will focus on recent developments and contemporary issues such as award restructuring, enterprise Hours 2lecture hours plus one tutorial hour Assessment Written aJSsessments; details to be advised bargaining, wages policy, occupational health and safety and R.S. & Rubinfeld, D.L. 1991, Econometric Models and Examinalion0ne2h~·examinati~~plluspro~~ssive•assessmef Content disadvantaged groups in the labour market. Forecasts, 3rd edn, McGraw-Hill. Content This course will critically examine the following major issues: Text This is a course in econometric theory which investigates What are the appropriate criteria for demarcating science from Deery, S. & Plowman, D. 1991,Australian Industrial Relations, consequences ofviolating the claJssi<;aliiSstlmlJticons ,of tlhe <:Jend W.S. 1991,1ntroducing Econometrics, West Publishing non-science?; what are the appropriate criteria for demarcating 3rd edn, McGraw-Hill. linear Model. Topics include non-spherical disturha••P~ 'hard' science from 'soft' science, or natural science from social References multicollinearity, dummy variable maximum J.L. & Adibi, E. 1988, Econometric Analysis, Prentice- science?; what claims can economics make for being a science?; Dufty, N. & Fells, R. 1989, Dynamics of Industrial Relations in estimation, time series models, cointegration, and what methodological alternatives are available for economics relative to these criteria? Australia, Prentice Hall. expectations, errors in variables, qualitative dependent K, Peel, D.A. & Thompson J.L. 1991, Economic Ford, G. W. et al (eds) 1987, Australian Labour Relations Texts · An Introduction, Cambridge University Press. The investigation of these issues will involve consideration of the following topics: an overview of the major positions and debates Readings, 4th edn, Macmillan. Judge, G., Carter Hill, R., Griffiths, W., Lutkepohl, H. & D.N. 1988, Basic Econometrics, McGraw-Hill. in the philosophy of science during the 20th century; a review of T.C. 1988, Introduction to the Theory and rrt>rnw"'' G.S. 1988, Introduction to Econometrics, Macmillan. the philosophical foundations of econometrics from a variety of ECON330 LABOUR ECONOMICS 1 lOcp Econometrics, Wiley. , R. 1989, Introductory Econometrics with perspectives; the concept of rationality and human agency in Lecturers K.J. Burgess and M.J. Watts Johnston, J. 1984, Econometric Methods, Third Ed., Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. economic decision-making; a discussion of selected major Prerequisites Introductory Labour Economics (ECON230) and Hill. philosophical issues in contemporary economic thought. Economics II (ECON201). This course is also available to References MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS B lOcp References students who have passed ECON206 (Labour Economics A) or Maddala, G.S. 1988,1ntroduction to Econometrics, ECON207 (Labour Economics B). Blang, M. 1980, The Methodology ofEconomics, Cambridge UP. Pindyck, R.S. and Rubinfeld, D.L. 1991, Econometric Mathematical Economics A (ECON243) Caldwell, B. 1990,Beyond Positivism, 2nd edn,Allen & Unwin. Hours 2 one hour lectures per week and a fortnightly tutorial. and Economic Forecasts, McGraw-Hill. Chalmers, A. 1979, What is this Thing Called Science?, Uni of Examination End of semester examination and progressive Qld Press. assessment. ECON341 ECONOMETRICS III Hollis, M. 1977, Models of Man, Cambridge UP. Content Lecturers To be advised One 2 hour paper and progressive aJSsessment Machlup, F. 1978, Methodology ofEconomics and Other Social A more advanced treatment of important theoretical issues in Prerequisite Econometrics IT (ECON340) Sciences, Academic Press. labour economics is presented in this subject. Offered Semester IT is designed to extend the application of mathematical in economics and econometrics. The topics dealt with Wagner, H. 1983, Phenomenology of Consciousness and Text 2lecture hours plus one tutorial hour Hours ue tne :sotiJU

72 73 SECfJON FOUR ECONOMICS SUBJECf PRINCIPAL DATES 1992

Program III (Honours by coursework and thesis) Under this program the student would be required to take 4 semester subjects and submit a thesis not to exceed 20,000 words. Each student's program must have the approval of the Head of Department upon recommendation by the Departmental Board. Subjects Students may choose from subjects and topics currently offered atthethirdand fourth year level by the Department of Economics. Topics offered at the fourth year level include Econometrics IV, Macroeconomic Analysis, Microeconomic Analysis, Labour Economics III, Issues in Australian Economic History Additionally, up to 2 semester units from suitable programs offered by other Departments may be taken, subject to approval from the Head of Department of Economics.

ECON404} INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS IV 40cp ECON405} 40cp

Full-time candidates will enrol in ECON404 and ECON405. 30 Wtdnesday Oosing date for UAC applications for enrolment in 1993 Part-time candidates will enrol in ECON404 in the first year and (Undergraduate courses Clber than Medicine) ECON405 in the second year. October Prerequisites As listed in Schedule or contact Department 5 Monday Public Holiday- Labour Day 12 Monday Lectures resume Content Monday Last day for return of Enrolment Application Fonns -Continuing Students November (a) Industrial Relations Theory and Policy; and 6 Friday Second Semester concludes -last date for withdrawal from (b) Three of the following Labour Economics III, Contemporary Semester II and Full Year subjects Issues in Industrial Relations (ECON504 (MBA)), Workplace 9 Monday Annual Exantinations begin Industrial Relations (ECON505 (MBA)) any Economic IV topic, 27 Friday Annual Exantinations end topics offered by the Department of History, Management or Thursday 1993 February Sociology and approved by the Head of the Department of Friday last date for payment of General service charge Economics; and 22 Monday First Tenn begins'

(c) A research thesis of approximately 20,000 words. Monday First Semester begins DATES FOR THE 1992 ACADEMIC YEAR FOR THE BACHELOR OF MEDICINE PROGRAM Tu.sday Last day for (a) variation of program in relation to HECS liability for Semester I, and (b) addition of Semester I and full Year I year subjects. Semester 1 commences Monday 2 March, 1992 recess Friday 17 April 1992 lo Friday24April 1991 -- Lectures Resume resumes Monday 27 april 1991 concludes Friday 3 July 1991 Public Holiday - Queen's Birthday First Semester ooncludes -- Last date for withdrawal from Semester2 commences Monday 20 July 1992 I subjects. recess Monday 28 September 1992 Mid year Examinations begin to Closing dale for applications for selection 1o the Bachelor of Friday 9 October 1992 and Bachelor of Science (Aviation) in 1993. resumes Monday 12 October 1992 concludes Friday 6 November 1992

Exantinations commence Monday 9 November 1992 conclude Friday 20 November 1992 Mini-Elective commences Monday 23 November 1992 concludes Friday 4 December 1992 day for (a) variation of program in relation to HECS liability for II, and (b) addition of Semester II subjects. NOTI:: StmUIIr 01111 t:onsist.r of Block Otle (10 wtelc.r) and 7 ~•lc.r ofBlock Two. SUtW/er Two t:QMi.lts ofthe remaining J wtelc.r ofBioc/cTwo, all ofBiockThree (10 ~•lc.r), andStUWlc (1 week). Mid Semester recess begins ' Dat•to be [uralised

74 RMATION STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES

Nolt: Years 3, 4 cl5 do not conform wilh lht University o[Ntwcastle's Austudy information. Mrs Anne Lang, phone (049) 215599. the ~niv.ersities.Adrnission Cenlre (UAC) by 30 September 1991. Late dolts. Recreation Office Monday 2 March 1992 applicatiOns will be accepted through UAC until 31 Octob ·r runences conlrols and administers allsportingactivitiesofthe University. Friday 17 April 1992 accompanied by ~ $50.00 late ~ee. I:"te applications will be ace:;~ ••• to classes in wide range of sporting and recreational pursuits. after 31 October drrect to the Uruvers~ty, but such applications will only Friday24 April 1992 Advice and Information assistance to the student sporting and recreation clubs. be considered ifplaces remain after applications that have been submitted 11mes Monday 27 April 1992 Advice and information on matters concerning the Faculties of the student accident insurance scheme on behalf of the through UAC are considered. 1cludes Friday3 July 1992 Mr A. lakin, phone (049) 215584. University can be obtained from a number of people. If a student's request to lransfer to another course is successful, the Monday 20 July 1992 Bmences student must complete a separate Higher Education Contribution Scheme ••• Monday 28 September 1992 are available to discuss matters of a spiritual, religious or to Faculty Secretaries (HECS) Payment Option form for the new course at enrolment time. irrespective of denominational interest. Br. Damian, Friday 9 October 1992 For general enquiries about University regulations, Faculty rules 215571. omes Monday 12 October 1992 policies, studies within the University and so on, students may RE-ENROLMENT BY CONTINUING STUDENTS 1992 office, Hunter Building room C69, phone (049) 216648. •eludes Friday 6 November Facully There are five steps involved for re-enrolment by continuing students: Monday 9 November 1992 Service runence Ms Sheila Proust/Ms Vickie Drewe • receive are-enrolment kit in the mail 1clude Friday 20 November 1992 Architecture Auchmuty Library building, phone (049) 215801. lodge the Enrolment Application form with details of nmences Monday 23 November 1992 Art, Design& who are having academic or personal difficulties, or who your proposed program 1cludes Friday 4 December 1992 Communication Ms Sheila Proust/Ms Vickie Drewe to function more effectively. Individual counselling and • receive a fees & charges notice in the mail once the enrolment Mr David Donnelly available. Director, Dr. P. Bamford, phone (049) 215801. Arts form has been submitted. Service rBiockFour (/0 wuks) and 7 w.. ks ofBlock Fivt. Economics & Mrs Linda Harrigan • payment of the General Service Charge at any W estpac Bank by Shortland Union Building, phone (049) 216000. (tht romtJining 3 Wttks ofBlock Fivt, all of B I oc k. Commerce Ms Natalie Downing 28 Februaryl991. Hunter Building (nursing sister), phone (049) 216467 IC (1 w.. k) Education Mr Chandra Murti • receive an approved program and students card. care similar to a general doctor's surgery with a special Ms Katrina Booth-Kittel Re-Enrolment Kits in the health needs of students. All consultations are slrictly Ms Irene Blyth Re-enrolmentkits for 1992 will be mailed to students in November. The Health education and information also provided. Director, Feb 10 - May 1 12 weeks: 11 week block Ms Nerida Yee re-enrolment kit contains the student's Enrolment Application and I week AVCC/Easter Brookman, phone (049) 216000. Statistical Form, the 1992 Class Timetable, the 1992 General HECS Vacation 17-24/4 Engineering Mr Geoff Gordon booklet and re-enrolment instructions. June 26 8 weeks Ms Jill Norburn WITH DISABILITIES May4 - A fees and charges notice will be mailed separately once the enrolment 2 weeks (A common Health Sciences Ms Jenny Hughes of Newcastle has a policy to provide equi opportunity June29- July 10 vee form has been returned. (Please note a Fees and Charges Notice will not week) Mr Maurice Chalmers with Special Needs. be sent until all outstanding debts/fmes have been paid.) July 13 - Sept 11 9 weeks: 8 week block Mr Brian Kelleher assistance, which may be required by students with a Medicine Lodging Enrolment Application Forms 1 week review to facilitate their participation in their course of study, can Music Mr Chris Palmer The Enrolment Application form must be completed carefully and Sept 14 - Sept 18 1 week through the Student Support Officer, Ms Annette lodged at the Student Division Office by 6 January 1992. Students Nursing Ms Janet Hallinan in the Temporary buildings opposite Mathematics, Sept 21 - Oct 9 3 weeks should know their examinationresults before completing there-enrolment Ms Estelle Graham (049) 215766 or the Sub-Dean of Students, Ms Marj Kibby, Oct 12 Oct16 1 week form. There is no late charge payable if the form is late, but it is very Science& Ms Helen Hotchkiss C18, Hunter Building, phone (049) 216604. Octl9 Dec 11 8 weeks Elective important that the Enrolment Application form is lodged by 6 January Mathematics 1992 as late lodgement will mean that enrolment approval may not be Social Science Ms Susan Eade/Ms Jennie Gow Feb3 Marl3 6 weeks available for the start of the semester. Marl6- May1 6 week attachment academic assistance, please do not hesitate to contact Enrolment Approval For enquiries regarding particular studies within a faculty, 1 week AVCC/Easter Faculty Adviser. All re-enrolling students will receive in early February either a department Sub-deans, Deans, Course Coordinators or Vacation 17-24/4 confirmation program and student card or a letter asking them to attend Heads (see staff section) should be contacted. May4 - May8 1 week Mr Arthur Kingsland (049) 215783 in person because there is a problem with their proposed pro gram. May 11- June 19 6weeks Mr Bruce Wilson 216606 Enrolment in tutorial or laboratory sessions should be arranged with June22- July 31 6weeks STUDENT SERVICES A/Prof. A. Barthofer 215372 Departments on an individual basis. Aug3 - Aug 14 2weeks Ms. Anne Finlay 215062 Payment or Charges Augl7- Sept2S 6 weeks Ms Margaret Davies 216283 The Fees and Charges Notice will be mailed to re-enrolling students once Dr David Wood 216198 Sept28- Nov6 6weeks they have returned the re-enrolment form. (Please note a Fees and The Dean or Students, Professor K.R. Dutton (located in the Ms Suzanne Lyons 216312 Nov9 - Nov 18 One and a half weeks Building) is responsible for the network of Student Charges Notice will not be sent until all outstanding debts/fmes have (inclusive) A/Prof. David Powis 215625 been paid). The 1992 General Service Charges must be paid at any assistance or advice is available to students where am>ro·Dri:ate. Mr Paul Curtis 294133 Nov 19- Nov27 One and a half weeks Westpac Bank branch using the Fees and Charges Notice. Payments or Sub-Dean (Ms M. Kibby) can be contacted on (049) Ms Margaret McEniery 216331 Nov30- Dec4 1 week made after 28 February 1992 will incur a $50.00 late fee. Student Support Office Dr Graham Couper 215529 Student Service enquiries, referral, assistance for Ms Sue Muloin 216787 All charges listed on the Fees and Charges Notice must be paid. The Feb3 Mar20 7 weeks disabilities, matters of a welfare nature. Ms Annette Rudd, Bank will not accept part payment. Mar23 May8 7 weeks 215766. Ms Alicia Hardy 215831 LATE PAYMENT (Easter 17 -24/4) Accommodation Office Ms Anne Robinson 215831 Mayll- May 15 I week Advice on renting and assistance with finding The Final date for payment ot the General Service Charge is 28 February 1992. Payments made after this date will incur a $50.00 late Mayl8- May22 1 week accommodation. Listing service available. Mrs Kath OF NEW UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS fee. May25- July 10 7 weeks (049) 215593. July 13 28Aug 7 weeks Careers & Student Employment Office enrolment are required to attend in person at the Great Tbereafter enrolment will be cancelled lr charges remain unpaid by n_.. _:t--1 : __ .._ __ .!-~- --- -~- -- • -' _, 4 1 week CarP.et information and nlanninu~ re..;.ume and interview .... ---1 examinations have been missed, this fact should be noted in the :ring for use when borrowing books from the subject or subjects in question. reading time no writing will be permitted. The seat allocation list for td contains the student's interim password for examinations will be placed on the Noticeboard of the Department Withdrawal Dates e Computing Centre. Please note that the Student of an exemption from attendance at classes does not carry running the subject, and on anoticeboardoutside the examination room. tied until the General Service Charge has been First Senuster Second Semester/Full Year it any waiver of the General Services Charge. Materials which may be taken into each exanlination will also be Subjects Subjects displayed outside the examination room. A complete day seat listing CONDUCT will also be displayed in the Great Hall Foyer and Hunter Building Foyer. Ike good care of ,their Student Card. If the card is l2June 1992 6 November 1992 Students can take into any exanlinalion any writing instrument, drawing is a service charge of $5 payable before the card Except with permission of the Dean: accepting membership of the University, students undertake to the by-laws and other requirements of the University. instrument or eraser. Logarithmic tables may not be taken in: they will (a) a candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw from a sKoJecr,v, be available from the supervisor if needed. Calculators may not be taken aws completely from studies should return the the dates Usted above, are expected to conduct themselves at all limes in a seemly into an exanlination room unless the Examiner has instructed on the Smoking is notperrniued during lectures, in examination rooms ~dent Division Office. (b) a candidate shall not be permitted to withdraw from a examination paper that the calculator specified is a pennitted aid. the University Library. Gambling is forbidden. 1 more than two occasions. Calculators must be hand held, battery operated andnon-prograrnmable TERABSENCE of the academic staff of the University, senior administrative and students should note that no concession will be granted: If a student believes that a failure should not be recorded and other persons authorised for the purpose have authority to esume an course who has circumstances leading to his or her withdrawal, it is (a) to a student who is prevented from bringing into a room a disorderly or improper conduct occurring in the University. ly at the University of Newcastle, bUl not enrolled details of these circumstances be provided with the aPJ?lic•ati,~n programmable calculator; pply for admission again through the Universities withdraw . (b) to a student who uses a calculator incorrectly; or ..ocked Bag 500 Lidcombe 2141. Application (c) because of battery failure. od from the UAC or from the Student Division University notices are displayed on the notice boards and ENROLMENT CONFIRMATION the UAC on 30 September each year. There is a are expected to be acquainted with the contents of those RULES FOR FORMAL EXAMINATIONS >licalions. , Students should ensure that all details on their <.:OTI/Il'mtUio'n or n·ollt IUIIICen•en,ts which concern them. form are correct. Failure to check this information could createprobl PART 1- PRELIMINARY board on the wall opp<)site the entrance to Lecture Theatre B is \TUS at examination time. Please note that it is the studenes re!;ponsibilii the specific purpose of displaying examination time-tables and Application of Rules talificalion other than a postgraduate qualification (i) ensure that all enrolment details are correct and about exanlinations. 1. These Rules shall apply to all exanlinations of the University with •e quarters or more of a normal full-lime program (ii) to withdraw from a Semester II subject if a failure has been the exception of the exanlination of a thesis submitted by a candidate a full-time student whereas a candidate enrolled in the Prerequisite Semester I subject. for a degree of Master or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. The course or less than three-quarters of a full-lime exanlination of theses for these degrees or the assessment of published ned to be a part-lime student. , FAILURE TO PAY OVERDUE DEBTS works submitted for Higher Doctoral Degrees shall be conducted in tgraduate qualification shall enrol as either a full­ Any student who is indebted to the University by reason accordance with the requirements for the degree. men! as determined by the Faculty Board. ofanyfeeorcharge,non-paymentofanyfmeimposed,orwho Interpretation to pay any overdue debts shall not be permitted to: RESS 2. In these Rules, unless the context or subject matter otherwise • complete enrolment in a following year; indicates or requires: on record both an address for correspondence and • receive a transcript of academic record; "award" means the degree, diploma (including dents are responsible for notifying the Student • graduate or be awarded a Diploma; or and associate diploma) or graduate certificate for which a candidate iting of any change in their address. A Change of • receive a replacement Student ID Card be used and is available from the Student Division is enrolled; until such debts are paid. "Department" means the department assigned responsibility for a tges to your correspondence address could lead to Students are requested to pay any debts incurred without delay. particular subject and includes any other body so responsible; lence or course information not reaching you. The 9 to 27 November, 1992 "Departmental Examinations Committee" means the LEAVE OF ABSENCE ~ept responsibility if official communications fail !lBine•• snow'mg the time and place at which individual examinations Departmental Examinations Committee of the Department o has not notified the Student Division Office of a Subject to any provision concerning your course (as set out posted on the examinations notice board near Lecture constituted in accordance with the Rules governing Departments; schedule), a candidate in good academic standing in the course: B (opposite the Great Hall) and other prominent locations on "examination" includes any form of exanlination, assignment, test (a) IE or any other work by which the fmal grade of a candidate in a subject (b) with the permission of the dean, may take leave of of the timetable will not under any circumstances be is assessed; e their name should advise the Student Division two consecutive years from the course as an excuse for failure to attend an examination. "external examiner for a candidate" means an exanliner, not or deed poll certificate should be presented for being a member of the staff of the University, appointed to assist in ; the change can be noted on University records. without prejudice to any right of the candidate to re-enrol in following such absence. the exanlination of an extended essay, project or similar work lat e:xaJnintaticms, where prescribed, are compulsory. Students should submitted by a candidate; •GRAM Please consult your Faculty Secretary for further information. the final timetable in advance to find out the date, time and place enrol in your course after leave of absence, you must re-apply "external examiner for the Department" means an exanliner, not mght for any changes to the program for which a exanlinalions and should allow themselves plenty of time to get the University Admissions Centre (UAC), Locked Bag 500, being a member of the staff of the University, appointed to assist in This includes adding or withdrawing subjects. examination room so that they can take advantage of the 10 NSW2141. the examining processes within a Department; es should be entered on the Program Varialion .....- ,, ---·,., ....._that is allowed before the exanlination commences. "FacultyBoard"meanstheFacultyBoardoftheFacultyresponsible ·se side of your Confirmation of Program form. The UAC closing date is 30 September each year. into the examination room will be perrniued from 15 for the course in which a candidate is enrolled and includes a Board ; and where appropriate documentary evidence in the actual commencement of the examination writing of Studies where given powers relevant to this Rule; Jr other appropriate certificates must be submiued. ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES is to allow the candidate time to locate the allocated seat and Where a student's attendance or progress has not been the necessary attendance slip and any related necessary "formal written examination" means an exanlination conducted action mav be taken under the Regulations Governing details before the commencement of reading time. During under Part4 of these Rules; EXAMINATIONS

or other appropriate evidence to the Academic Registrar and (f) a candidate shall not bring into the examination room any each candidate for submission amlnatlon" means an examination administered request that they be taken into account in the assessment of the bag, paper, book, written material, device or aid Examinations Committee. ~espect of whom any doubt exists as to the examination results of that candidate. Such request shall be whatsoever, other than such as may be specified for the orded in an examination return. Deparhnental recommendations of results made on the prescribed form. particular examination; 9. The Departmental Exantinations Committee shall consider A request made pursuant to sub-rule (1)(a) shall be submitted (g) a candidate shall not by any means obtain or endeavour to judgements recorded for candidates and sh•illrnu;e r•=mrnerldati~ by the candidate within seven days after any absence arising 1an In single department obtain intproper assistance, give or endeavour to give to the Faculty Board as to the result in the subject to be recorded from the illness or event on which the request is based, or such assistance to any olher candidate, or comntit any breach of ty is notcomposedofDepartments, the functions each candidate. longer period as the Dean of the Faculty in which the candidate good order; •ilities of the Head of a Department and the Determination of results In subjects is enrolled may accept Examinations Committee shall be undertaken (h) a candidate shall not take from the examination room any A request made pursuant to sub-rule (1 )(b) shall be submitted y the person or body in that Faculty approved for 10. (1) The recommendations of the Departmental ~x•ununau011 examination answer book, any examination paper so by the candidate not later lhan three days after the date of lhe f these Rules by the Academic Senate. Committee shall be presented to the Faculty Board by marked, graph paper, drawing paper or other material of the Department or the representative of that Head, ex&nlination or within such furlher period as the Dean of lhe issued for use during the ex81llination; ct is not the responsibility of a single Department, Faculty in which the candidate is enrolled may permit be entitled to vary any recommended result if of the (i) no candidate may smoke in the ex81llination room. ~dy to undertake the functions and responsibilities it is appropriate to do so on the request of the Faculty Where a candidate is personally unable to take lhe action l Department and the Departmental Examinations (2) The provision of sub-rule (1) may be relaxed: prescribed under this Rule, some other person may take such respect of that subject shall be decided by the (2) The Dean shall ensure that in making its recommendations action on behalf of that candidate. (a) by the Academic Registrar; and 1 concerned or, where Departments from more Departmental Exantinations Committee has considered (b) with the exception of paragraphs (c), (f), (g) and (h) by the llty are involved, by the Academic Senate. request for special consideration made by a candidate The Academic Registrar may call for such olher evidence in to Rule 13. respectofthecandidate'srequestasmaybereasonablerequ~. supervisor upon the direction of lhe Academic Registrar 1re and extent or examining or at lhe discretion of the supervisor, provided that the (3) Each Faculty Board shall consider the rec:ommend>1tions c•fd A candidate who is granted special consideration may be shall determine the nature and extent ofexamining circumstances of any case in which discretion has been Departmental Examinations Committee and, uocmgmu> accou required to attend a further examination or to undertake further ~awards for which the Faculty is responsible and exercised shall be reported in writing to the Academic any change to a recommendation under sub-rules (1) or assessment to deterntine a resull ay be written, oral, clinical or practical or any Registrar intmediately following the conclusion of lhe shall either: se. examination. (a) confmn the results; or ~ments PART 5 ·OTHER EXAMINATIONS (b) defer the decision pending the outcome of such >artment shall ensure the publication of the action as the Faculty Board deems appropriate. Academic Registrar shall be responsible for the administration Responsibility tination requirements in each subjeet by the end University. 17. The Head of Department shall be responsible for the administration of the semester in which the subject commences Grading of results In subjects and supervision of the examinations of the University, other lhan ht and tinting of each task comprising the total 11. The result awarded in a subject to a candidate shall be one of formal written examinations, in the subjects offered by lhe pplied in determining the fmal grade. The Academic Registrar shall publish a tintetable showing in the list of approved results determined by the Academic Department from time to time. when and where formal written ex81llinations will be held and it.shall be the responsibility of candidates to attend those Timetable r any of the rules setout in Rule 16(1),other than Review of result In subject examinations prescribed for the subjects in which they are 18. (1) Where appropriate, the Head of Department shall publish a {2), or the instructions referred to in Rule 19 shall 12. (1) A candidate may apply for a review ofanyresultawarded enrolled. timetable showing when and where ex81llinations will be held ce against discipline. subject to that candidate. Notwithstanding the previsions of Rule 15(1), where the and it shall be the responsibility of candidates to attend those JRES (2) An application made under sub-rule (1) shall be made to Academic Registrar considers it justified on religious, examinations prescribed for the subjects in which they are Academic Registrar on the prescribed form and shall· conscientious or other grounds, special arrangements may be enrolled. accompanied by the prescribed fee. made to allow a candidate to attend a prescribed examination (2) Notwithstanding lhe provisions of Rule 18(1), where the Head 1ic Senate may, on the recommendation of a (3) A review of lhe result shall include a check: for a subject at a time and place different from that published ofDepartment considers itjustified on religious, conscientious rd made on the recommendation of a Head of in the examination tintetable. or other grounds, special arrangements may be made to allow appoint one or more external ex81lliners for the (a) thatallrequiredpartsoftheassessmenthave Subject to lhe provision of Rule 13(l)(b), candidates who fail a candidate to attend a prescribed examination for a subject at Such appointment shall be for a term of one year in the fmal determination of the result; to attend an ex81llination which is show on lhe examination a time and place different front !hat published in lhe examination with the approval of the Academic Senate, no (b) that lhe content of ex81llination scripts has been timetable will be deemed to have sat for and failed the timetable. niner for the Department shall be reappointed for considered, including, where possible, a review examination. ,ur consecutive terntS of office. awarded by the exantiners; and CompUance with Instructions , for formal written examinations pointment of an external examiner for a candidate (c) that all marks contributing to the fmal grade have 19. Candidates shall comply with any irtstructions given by the Head of by the Rules for an award, or where the Faculty correctly weighted and their total accurately Formal written examinations shall be conducted in accordance Department or the supervisor relating to an examination. lers it appropriate that an external examiner for a with the following rules: Anyinfringementoflheserulesconstitutesanoffenceagainstdiscipline. appointed, such appointment shall be made by the but shall not include any review of earlier assessments have been made available to the candidate on a candidates shall comply with any instructions given by a rd or as otherwise prescribed in the Rules for that supervisor relating to the conduct of lhe examination; EXAMINATION RESULTS basis throughout the subject. (4) Ifthe Faculty Board, on the recommendation of the before the examination begins candidates shall not read End of year examination results will be mailed out by late December. Department concerned or lhe representative of the examination paper until granted permission by the Examination results for Semester I subjects will be mailed out by the end h. Department shall arrange for the member or changes the result following review, the fee shall be supervisor which shall be given ten minutes before the of July. :ademic staff responsible for each of the subjects to the candidate. start of the ex81llination; No results wUI be given by telephone. partment: Special Consideration no candidate shall enter lhe examination room after lhirty After the release of both Semester I and end of year ex&nJination results 1e examination papers in the subjects; minutes from the time lhe ex&nJination has begun; a student may apply to have a result reviewed(see page ix). There is a 13. (1) A candidate who claims thac on with an other members of staff involved in the no candidate shall leave the. ex Aminatinn rnnm clurino lhP l"hDrDP .,..,_ t:!nh1""..-t wh1rh 1c:. rpflmAahlA ;n th• PVPnt nf an """"n• ha~rtn CHARGES \TION

(2) In hearing an appeal the Admissions Committee may take into tATION REQUESTS 2. (1) A student's enrolment in a subject may be terminated by Head of the Department offering that subject if that student consideration any circumstances whatsoever including matters ecial consideration should be made on the not maintain a rate of progress considered satisfactory not previously raised and may seek such information as it CHARGES Consideration form. HeadofDepartmenllndeterminingwhetherastudentis thinks fit concerning the academic record of the appellant and The General Services Charge (details below) is payable by all students. ial Consideration could involve a further to maintain satisfactory progress the Head of Department the making of the determination by the Faculty Board. Neither New undergraduate students are required to pay all charges when they ent held shortly after the formal examination. take into consideration such factors as: the Dean nor the Sub-Dean shall act as a member of the attend to enrol. n or assessment administered will be by the (a) unsatisfactory attendance at lectures, tutorials, Admissions Committee on the hearing of any such appeal. lhe subject Consequently you must therefore Re-enrolling students receive in October each year, as part of their re­ laboratory classes or field work; (3) The appellant and the Dean or the Dean's nominee shall have tment that offered the subject to ascertain enrolment kit, a Fees'and Charges Notice. Students are expected to pay the right to be heard in person by the Admissions Committee. !qulrements. You should also watch the (b) failure to complete laboratory work; charges in advance of re-enrolment at any Westpac Bank. The last date ard for further advice concerning Special (c) failure to complete written work or other assiigrunert~ The Admissions Committee may confmn the decision made for payment of charges with the Westpac Bank is 8 March 1991. and by a Faculty Board or may substitute for it any other decision which the Faculty Board is empowered to make pursuant to 1. General Services Charge Per Annum •Y be obtained from your Faculty Office, (d) failure to complete field work. these Regulations. (a) Students Proceeding to a Degree or Diploma $258 lry Counter, Student Health Service, Student (2) The enrolment of a student in a subject shall not be Plus Students joining Examinations & Services Counter, Hunter The Admissions Committee shall consider any case referred to pursuant to regulation 2 (1) of these Regulations it by a Faculty Board and may: Union for the first time $35 student has been given prior written notice of the (b) Non-Degree Students ty's Examination Rules specifies procedures consider the matter with brief particulars of the grounds (a) make any decision which the Faculty Board itself could Newcastle University Union Charge $134 tSideration Requests, for details see page (vi) doing and has also been given a reasonable opportunity to have made pursuant to regulation 3 (I) (a), (b) or (c) of .cation form. You should read the instructions representations either in person or in writing or both. ·these Regulations; or (c) Exremal Students $37 'before applying for Special Consideration. (3) A student whose enr.olment in a subject is terminated (b) exclude the student from enrolment in such other subjects, The exact amooot must be paid in full by the prescribed date. courses, or Faculties as it thinks fit; or regulation 2 (1) of these regulations may appeal to the 2. Late Charges lCADEMIC RECORD Board which shall determine the matter. (c) exclude the student from the University. Where the Pees and Charges Notice is lodged with all charges payable after the 28 February 1992 $50 with a statement of your academic record, you ( 4) A student whose enrolment in a subject is terminated The Committee shall not make any decision pursuant to ropriate application form and lodge it with the Regulation shall be deemed to have failed the subject regulation 6 (1) (b) or (c) of these Regulations ooless it has frrst 3. Other Charges ng with the appropriate fee (see pl\ge x). The given to the student the opportunity to be heard in person by the (a) Examination under special supervision $15 ed out as soon as it becomes available, to the 3. (I) A Faculty Board may review the academic performance Committee. per paper plicants should allow adequate time for this to student who does not maintain a rate of progress A student may appeal to the Vice-Chancellor against any (b) Review of examination results, per subject $25 1ced statements can normally be mailed within satisfactory by the Faculty Board and may determine: decision made by the Admissions Committee under this (c) Replacement of Re-enrolment kit $10 rolving pre 1979 records might be expected to (a) that the student be permitted to continue the course; Regulation '· Indebted appUcants must clear their debt (d) Replacement of Student Card $5 Where there is an appeal against any decision of the Admissions 'be Issued. Application forms may be obtained (b) that the student be permitted to continue the course . Committee made under Regulation 6 of these Regulations, the Vice­ (e) Statement of Matriculation Status ion Enquiry Counter, Chancellery Building and to such conditions as the Faculty Board may decide; Chancellor may refer the matter back to the Admissions Committee for non-member of the University $10 :ervices Counter, Hunter Building. (c) that the student be excluded from further enrolment: recommendation or shall arrange for the appeal to be heard by (f) (i) Statement of Academic Record, (i) in the course; or th!~O:,uncil.TheCouncil may confmn thedecision of the Admissions minimum 2 copies $10 RYPROGRESS (ii) in the course and any other course offered in may substitute for it any other decision which the (ii) Each additional copy $1 iopted Regulations Governing Unsatisfactory Faculty; or Admissic>ns Committee is empowered to make pursuant to these Note: tout below. (iii) in the Faculty; or (i) Graduands will be provided with two copies of their statement liable for action under the Regulations will be (d) if the Faculty Board considers its powers to deal A student wbo has been excluded from further enrolment in a free upon notification of eligibility to graduate. by mail after the release of the End of Year case are inadequate, that the case be referred Faculty may enrol in a course in another Faculty only with the otd will be informed of the procedure to be Admissions Committee together with a recomme1ndal permission of the Faculty Board of that Faculty and on such (ii) Statements will be issued on request free of charge to other to 'show cause'. for such action as the Faculty Board considers conditions as it may determine after considering any advice tertiary education institutions .. 1sion must be lodged together with Enrolment (2) Before a decision is made under regulation 3 (1) (b) (c) .· from the Dean of the Faculty from which the student was 4.Indebted Students Friday 4 January 1991. of these Regulations the student shall be given an excluded. All charges, including debts outstanding to the University, must be paid to make representations with respect to the matter before or upon enrolment-part payment of total amount due will not ss requirements are set out elsewhere in this A student who has been excluded from further enrolment in person or in writing or both. any course. Faculty or from the University under these Regu­ be accepted. (3) A student may appeal agairtStanydecisionmade lations may apply for permission to enrol therein again pro­ METHODOFPAYMENT ·ning Unsatisfactory Progress 3 (1 )(b)or (c)oftheseRegulations to the Admissions vided that in no caseshall such re-enrolment commence before which shall determine the matter. the expiration of two academic years from the date of the Students are requested tu pay charges due at any Westpac Bank up to and lations are made in accordance with the powers 4. Where the progress of a student who is enrolled in acc>mt>m<:u"' exclusion. A decision on such application shall be made: including 2g February 1992. After 28 February 1992, payment of ~Council under By-law 5.1.2. charges muststill be paid at any Westpac Bank but a$50.00 late fee will or who has previously been excluded from enrolment in (a) by the Faculty Board, where the student has been lations shall apply to all students of the University course or Faculty is considered by the Faculty Board excluded from a single course or a single Faculty; also apply. ~ who are candidates for a degree of Master or unsatisfactory, the Faculty Board shall refer the matter or HIGHER EDUCATION CONTRWUTION SCHEME (H.E.C.S.) Admissions Committee together with a recommendation (b) by the Admissions Committee, in any other case. gulations, ooless the context or subject matter action as the Faculty Board considers appropriate. The Higher Education Contribution Scheme (H.E.C.S)requires students Klicates or requires: to contribute towards the cost of their higher education. Each semester 5. (1) An appeal made by. a student to the Admissi?ns A student whose application to enrol pursuant to Regulation DERS AND SPONSORED STUDENTS BANKING

tpt form H.E.C.S. charges and some students are together with a warrant or other written evidence that charges will Director (Property Services), after affording the person a period of CASHIER paid by the sponsor. Sponsors must provide a separate voucher mpaymentofthe Higher Education Contribution ••trlleeJl w•y• in which to submit a written statement is satisfied that any The cashiers' office on-campus in k>cated on First Floor, Chancellery or letter for each student sponsored. is in breach of Regulations, he may: Building. udent in a "fees-approved postgraduate award Hours ofOpening LOANS Students who do not have sufficient funds to pay the general (a) During Semester lO.OOam -4.00pm basic nurse education course" charge should seek a loan from their bank, building society, credit (Open during lunch break) (b)Vacation Period lO.OOam -1230pm ing overseas student" union or other financial institution. 2.00prn - 4.00pm ' has paid the Overseas Student Charge" An application for a loan from the student loan funds is possible when no other help is available. Appointments for loan from these failing to notify the registered ored overseas student" funds must be made before the 28 February, 1992 to avoid the of a vehicle brought on to the campus $10 CHAPLAINCY SERVICE addition of a late fee. Student loan funds are available for other "enabling course" in areas not set aside for parking. $10 The Chaplain's offices are located in the temporary buildings adjacent essential needs. Contact the Student Loans Officer, Ms Anne 1non-award''course in special designated parking areas to the Computer Teaching Building and opposite the Mathematics phone (049) 21.5599 or Student Support Officer, Ms Annette a parking permit for that area $15 Building and also in C69 in the Hunter Building. has been awarded "a HECS postgraduate Rudd, phone (049) 215766 to arrange an appointment. offences - including speeding and Pastoral care is available at both the University and the Conservatorium driving $30 , courses will not be exempt form H.E.C.S. after REFUND OF CHARGES of Music from the following denominations:- to stop when signalled to do so by an led students continuing their studies in such a ArefundoftheGeneralServicesChargepaidonenrolment Anglican Catholic (Patrol) $30 1le for H.E.C.S. in 1994 and in subsequent yoars. when tbe studentnotifios the Student Division of a complete Baptist Presbyterian to give information to an Attendant d as part of the enrolment process. Students from studies by the following dates. Uniting Church ' Assembly of God $30 ll'Semustselectoneofthree sections on the HECS For students enrolled in normal award programmes for the full Seventh Day Adventist l. Notification on or before $30 Hours of Opening for both Centres ; must do one of the following: Semester 1 HECS Census Date 100% refund parking in areas set aside for disabled Monday to Friday 8.30am - 5.00pm mt which would require payment of 85% of the Notification after $50 A Chaplain is also available at the Central Cost Campus Tuesday te semester, with the balance to be .paid by the Semester 1 HECS Census Date No refund 9.30am- 3.00pm. :tudents electing to pay up-front will be asked to and Parking Regulations are stated in full in the Calendar, For students permitted to enrol in Semester 2 only: 1eement of each semester. COMMUNITY PROGRAMMES md elect to pay through the taxation system,in Notification on or before Conservatorium of Music, located at the corner of Semester 2 HECS Census Date 100%refund ust either provide a tax file number or apply for a and Auckland Streets in the centre of Newcastle, has no parking The Department of Community Programmes offers bridging courses for part of their enrolment. Institutions are required Notification after Semester 2 however, there is a Council car-park in Gibson Street. students in its Summer programme (January and February), as well as information given by students of their tax fde HECS Census Date No refund courses for people who do not have to be formally accepted as University n is the same as that on their enrolment form. For students enrolled in non4egree programmes or subjects: students. to defer their HEC and pay through the taxation Notification on or before Students interested in bridging courses should call at the Department's tired to make a payment towards their contribution Semester 1 HECS Census Date office in Room V31, Ground Floor of the Mathematics building. income reaches a minimum threshold level. For Courses, workshops and seminars for the public can be in virtually any ne year the minimum threshold is $27,098. This Notification on or before subject area, and those interested should telephone (049) 215551 or creased each year; or Semester 2 HECS Census Date 215558 for further details. and after Semester 1 of exemption from the HECS. HECS Census Date Uing in a new course must complete a Payment CONVOCATION cting one of the above three options. Deferred or All students of the University of Newcastle become members of tg srudents will automatically maintain their elected Convocation upon graduating. Convocation is the graduate body of the Students must complete a new Payment Options University of Newcastle and, under the provisions of the University of :e courses or wish to change their payment option. of the Hamilton Branch of Westpac is located outside the Newcastle Act, is one of the constituent parts ofthe University. By virtue h to change their Payment Option in any semester Notification after Semester 2 It offers normal banking facilities and services. of the Act and the University By-Laws, Convocation has a voice in the , the census date for that semester. Changes to the HECS Census Date government of the University through its right to elect members of ill not be permitted after the due date for payment Council and the Standing Committee's right to direct communication A refund cheque will be mailed to a student or if applicable, a unts (approximately one month before the course 9.30am - 5.00pm* with the Council and the Senate. Through its membership of the Any change of address must be notified. Australian University Graduate Conference, Convocation also co­ operates with its counterparts in other universities to give effective UPFRONTACCOUNTSBYTHEDUEDATE A refund will not be made before 31 March. expression of opinion on matters of concern to graduates. THE DEFERRED OPTION BEFORE THE (the HECS Census Dates are 31 March and 31 August). WILL LEAD TO AUTOMATIC The Convocation Officer may be contacted on (049) 216464. OF YOUR ENROLMENT. CAMPUS TRAFFIC AND PARKING branch of the Universities Credit Union is located with tudent Union on the former University side of the campus. :WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. Persons wishing to bring motor vehicles (including motor CO-OP BOOKSHOP of Opening E.C.S. Office if you have any queries about your the campus are required to •:o~npl.ete a ~tarldn1g reogi!:tra.tio1n fc>rm The Co-op Bookshop is located within the Shortland Student Union. It vehicle. Completed forms may be lodged either with the 9.00am- 4.00pm stockstextbooks,generalpublications,computerdiscsandothersoftware, ., l"'t.r~ __ 1- --•-..l !- •L~ C-··---C•t...... ~ ...... U .. lJ .... wouJ;th tlu~

UES

0 cents per day per item until the material is (ii) Semester Breaks rial is lost or damaged, the replacement cost plus Monday to Friday Saturday& Sunday charged. 830am to 7.00pm l.OOpm to 5.00pm (iii)Long Vacation nditions apply at the Auchmuty and Huxley Monday to Friday 8.30am to 5.00pm

oks overall for 2 weeks (iv )Library Closed stgraduate Diploma (Pass or Honours) 12 Australia Day, Easter except Easter Monday, Chrislolas to :ks Year lfylng/Bachelors Honours/Masters by (v) Library Open Easter Monday, Anzac Day, Queen's Birthday, Show Day, Neeks * Day * (b) Huxley Library eiPbD and Masters by research (i) TermHours weeks* Monday to Thursday Friday Saturday & * 8.30am to 9.00pm 8.30am to 5.00pm l.OOpm to 5 mdmaterial will be available on 3 day loans only (ii) Semester Breaks :dents. Wednesday Other Days Weekends ~e classification range 610-619 are not available 9.00am to 7.00pm 9.00am to 5.00pm Closed (iii)Long Vacation Monday to Friday de the computerised catalogue, ALLEYCAT, 9.00am to 5.00pm :ccess to information about materials held in the ttral Coast and Gardiner Libraries. The Auchmuty (iv)Library Closed also hold databases on CD-ROM to enable All public holidays d journal articles in their subject areas. The print (c) Conservatorlum Library ; will be available in the Reference Collection for ~e will be available as computerised databases (i) Monday to Friday tunication networks. AARNET, the Australian 9.00am to l.OOpm provide access to others. 2.00pm to 5.00pm Closed for four weeks over Chrislolas/New Year vacation 1 are available in all University Libraries. The by magnetic-strip cards which can be purchased e photocopiers can be added to these cards from nes as needed. Users must observe the relevant >ns which are on display near the photocopiers.

!S he University of Newcastle Libraries may be ~raries within Australia or overseas. This service tic staff, higher degree and honours/final year erials readily available within Australia should .s. A Fast Track Service is available, at extra cost,

luxley Libraries.cater for the needs of physically mpaired library users. Contact librarians in each information about the library, parking, lift keys e the Braille Library and the Kurzweil machine 1 English printed text Toilet facilities for disabled llf the entrances in Reading Rooms 2 and 4 of the •hils! sinlilar facilities exist in the foyer areas i>rary. EDUCATION SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Reimer, E., School is Dead. Penguin, Macquarie Dictionary of Australian Education.

study of Education within the Faculty of Arts provides an EDUC102 EDUCATION 1 ·PART 2 10cp -~"""'nitv to examine a broad range of developments from the individual and society. The undergraduate Offered Semester II (Central Coast Cmnpus only) in Education approach that subject from the perspective Prerequisites Nil history, philosophy, theory, sociology and research styles Coordinaror R. Mackie teChniques. This is a general or academic approach distinct an immediately vocational one. Hours 2lecture hours and 1 tutorial hour per week Essay, tutorial, hour exmnination Department offers subjects at the 100 level (EDUC 101 & Exmnmalion 2 students enrolled at the Central Coast Campus only. It also Content subjects at the 200 and 300 level. There is no specific This unit can be undertaken subsequent to EDUC101 or prerequisite for Education at 200 level, but before independently of it. Ina further exploration of the question "What to this subject a student must have obtained at least 60 is Education'?", the course will concentrate on class and gender in In special circumstances this requirement may be education; the history, role and function of public, private and on the recommendation of the Head of Department. alternllltive education, and exmnine policy and politics in Australian lceJillaJ1ce as ;a<:~mdlidl!~e for Honours will depend on meritorious Education Reform Bill in NSW (1990). rformwnce in Education 200 and 300 level subjects and References subjects. Intending Honours students should note the of study areas made available by the staff, and should Barcan, A., Two Centuries of Australian Education. lus!i thE~ir~IIOflOSC~progrmnmes with the Head of Department. Byrne, M., Women and Education. Connell, R.W., Ruling Class, Ruling Culture, Making the Difference .. studies in Education are also offered within the Neill, A.S., Summerhill. Education leading to the Diploma in Education and the !lees of'BachE~lor·oflEdtlcatiortalStudies, Master of Educational EDUC202 EDUCATION II· PART 1 15cp Master of Education, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Offered Semester I . Details of these programmes are given in the of the Faculty of Education. Prerequisites 60 cp and staffmg of subjects listed below may vary Hours 3 lecture hours per week and 1 tutorial depending on staff availability. Examination Progressive assessment and exantination at the end of Semester I EDUCATION 1 ·PART 1 Hkp Students will complete all topics offered. Semester I (Central Coast Cmnpus only) (a) Introduction to Educational Psychology rea£1isit.~s Nil This component first overviews the major goals and areas of educllltional psychology and then focusses on three major areas. These are: human development, motivation, and learning and memory. TheCOilrseexantines some central problems in education Essay, tutorial, 2 hour exmnination in these areas from elementary to university levels and how applying psychology may help solve them. will introduce the student to the study of Education as Texts To be advised. body of knowledge. In exploring the question what (b) History of Australian Education I: the,COilfSC~willC(li!OentJrateonifivethemes-childhood, Schooling and Child Life in colonial New South Wales schools, learning and curriculum. The approach themllltic and interdisciplinary, looking at the selected This .course explores the nature of childhood and child life in from the standpoint of disciplines that contribute to colonial New South Wales between 1788 and 1901, with particular This preliminary unit will seek to emphasise the considerllltion given to various provisions made for elementary of scholarship in Education and its practical effects. educllltion and child care by government and church agencies. The development of various types of schools in both urban and SECfiON FOUR EDUCATION SUBffiCf DESCRIPTIONS New South Wales, Kensington. EDUCATION 300 LEVEL (c) Modern Educational Theories 1: Progressive Education From 1992 new arrangements will apply for units offered at EDUC491} EDUCATION HONOURS EDUC492} Theory and Its Critics leveL Each unit will require EDUC 201 or EDUC202 and W. 1986, Research Methods in Education: An EDUC493} prerequisites, and each unit will be tau:ghtforom~ se:me:ster·oflfoi. itroduc,tzo'"· 4th edn, Allyn and Bacon Inc., distributed in This course examines the rise of progressive education from its by Prentice-Hall. varioustributariesincludingtheideasofRousseau,Psychoanalysis hours per week, and be worth 20 cp. Two units will be otflei'eph.y orin sociology or history of Education would be an (b) A programme to be arranged, in consultation with the Head Petersen Progressive Education: An Introduction, would be of of Department, from some of the units listed below. these will be Prerequisites EDUC201 or EDUC202 & 203 The course focuses on philosophical and theoretical value. education including theories of knowledge, of social selected to meet the needs and interests of individual students. Hours 4 hours per week Semester I political organisation, of morality; and considers such Class-time should amount to the equivalent of six hours per week. EDUC203 EDUCATION II· PART 2 lScp Assessment Progressive Assesment including classwork as authority, freedom, discipline and indoctrination (i) Appropriate units in Education 300 level subjects or Offered Semester IT assignments the nature of the University, and some problems in subjects not previously taken by the research. candidate (each unit 2 hours per week). Prerequisites EDUC202 Content (ii) Historiography and Methodology in the History of Education Hours 3 lecture hours per week and 1 tutorial This course introduces fundamental concepts in the soc:lol~~gy: (iii) Modem Educational Theories Examination Progressive assessment and examination at the end education such as Functionalism, Neo-Marxist Structura:[i$ of Semester IT Phenomenology and Poststructuralism. A specific area of (iv) Australian Education - Sociological and Historical will be upon studies of gender, race and class in J., Democracy and Education Perspectives Students will complete all topics offered. schooling in Australia, with the aim of examining not W.1915,ReasonandRhetoric, Wiley. (v) Progressive Education in Australia (a) Educational Psychology content but the sociological perspective within which This component surveys some major areas of educational been written. C. & Morris, Van Cleve 1972, The Anti-Man Culture: (vi)Studies in Educational Psychology and Research Methodology ~U··teclln•7cr,acv and the Schools, University of lllinois. psychology: individual differences in such traits as intelligence, Text To be advised Students are required to participate in the postgraduate research K. 1979, Knowledge and Education: The Structural seminar programme. creativity and cognitive styles, evaluation, special education, and References psychological and educational testing. Much of the course will :epr,eseJ'Itat'wn ofReality, Routledge. Texts To be advised. Connell, R. W., Ashenden, D.J., Kessler, S. & Dowseu, examine new work on the nature of intelligence and ability and K. 1981, Teacher~ and Classes, Routledge. its implications for education. The course also will include a 1982, Making the Difference, Allen & Unwin. practical component on psychological testing. Davies, B.D. 1989, Frogs and Snails and Feminist Tales, HISTORY OF EDUCATION 20cp Texts To be advised. &Unwin. • CONTEMPORARY PERSPECTIVES (b) History of Australian Education II: Education in 20th Keeves, J. & Saba, L 1990,Schooling and Society in EDUC 201 or EDUC202 and 203 Century Australia A Sociological Perspective, Pergamon. Walker, J.C. 1988, Louts and Legends, Allen & Unwin. Beginning with a consideration of the neo-Herbartian reforms in Seminar, assignment, essay education of the 1900s, this course considers the growth, Willis, P. 1977, Learning to Labour, Saxon House. development and nature of formal education in Australia in the 20th century. Primary, secondary and tertiary education in New EDUC308 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN examines developments in Australian education for South Wales will be a particular focus, but considerations will be EDUCATION 1920 through to the early sixties. The impact of the given to particular educational developments in other Australian Prerequisites EDUC201 or EDUC 202 & 203 two World Wars and subsequent demographic, states. Contemporary Issues in Australian Education in their economic changes as well as the influence of historical context will be emphasised. Hours 4 hours per week Semester I in education in Britain, Europe and America will (c) Modern Educational Theories II: Large-Scale Theories, Examination Assignments plus Seminar presentations A key theme in the course will be the educational of the 'Baby Boom' generation. Throughout the Radical Theorists and Their Critics Content a strong emphasis will be placed on current This course considers the educational significance of the major This course consists of an introduction to the nature and trends and theoretical perspectives, and theoretical positions that have developed since the mid-1800s, of educational research, including experimental, . attention will be given to the increasing use of oral essentially from the ideas ofG.W.F. Hegel (1770-1831). These experimental, survey, historical, and ethnographic m education history. positions are Marxism, Existentialism, Anarchism, Humanism, Students will be assisted to identify educational . be advised. Fascism/Nazism. The significance of philosophy of technology issues in research terms, to review the literature is also considered, and the ideas of some recent theorists of specific educational problem or issue, to evaluate and education outlined with regard also to some critiques of them. simple research projects, to discuss and select appropriate of educational programs and to undertake the reporting of the results of a research project.

76 77 SECfiON FOUR ENGLISH SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONs ~~-IO_N_F_O_UR______~E~N~G~L~IS~H~S~U~BJE~Cf~~DES~C~RIP~TI~O~NS

English Subject Descriptions SEMESTER I: 1: 17th Century Literature Late 19th and Early 20th Century Literature (a) Introduction to Narrative Tennyson, Selected Poetry, Modem Library. The English Department offers a wide range of subjects in Prose Narrative II: 18th Century literature Englishandrelaledliterature, film, expository writing (FNGL21 0), James, Portrait ofa Lady, Oxford. and creative writing (ENGL220). Students who wish to complete Conrad, Heart of Darkness, Penguin. Dr D.M. Osland Conrad, Lord Jim, Oxford. a BA Pass with a MAJOR in English must, in order to meet the Bronte, C., JaM Eyre, Penguin. Students who are also enrolled in ENGL213/313 Woolf, To the Lighthouse, Panther. requirements of the Faculty of Arts, attain at least 90 credit points Tragedy are advised to use The Complete Fowles, The French Lieutenant's Woman, Panther. Yeats, Selected Poems, Macmillan. in English subjects. These points can be attained by the following Shakespeare, Harcourt, Brace. combination of core subjects and optional subjects: Film Narrative ENGLISH OPTIONS AT 200 AND 300 LEVEL (a) ENGL101 (20cp). Welles, Citizen KaM. Century Literature ENGL202} RENAISSANCE DRAMA (b) ENGL201 (20cp) and one 200 level optional subject (10cp). Hitcbcock, Rebecca. 10cp H. (ed), The Metaphysical Poets, Penguin. ENGL302} (c) ENGL301 (20cp) and two 300 level optional subjects (20cp). Allen, The Purple Rose of Cairo. hak,espeare, Macbeth, (ed. K. Muir), Methuen. Offered Semester II The Department stresses that these requirements are a bare (b) Introduction to Poetry liiOOespeare, The Tempest, (ed. F. Kermode), Methuen. Prerequisite for ENGL202 is ENGLl 01 minimum and encourages students to build on this major sequence TheNortonAnthologyofPoetry, (ed. A.W. Allisonetal), 3rd Prerequisite for ENGL302 is ENGL201 by studying other optional subjects that will broaden their Norton. Paradise Lost in Milton's Poems, Everyman. knowledge of the discipline. It is especially emphasised that for ENGL302 is ENGL301 Murray, Collected Poems, Angus & Robertson. Pre- or corequisite students who wish to proceed to postgraduate work at Honours, Century Literature Lecturer Dr D.H. Craig Masters or Doctoral level should complete more than the minimum SEMESTER II: Hours 2 hours per week requirements of the major sequence. (c) Shakespeare .The Rape of the Lock, Oxford Those students not majoring in English may include any English A Midsummer Night's Dream, New Penguin Shakespeare. Exmnination 100% progressive assessment 200 level optional subjects in their courses, provided they have Texts Hamlet, New Penguin Shakespeare. Pamela, Volume I, Everyman. passed ENGL101. King Lear, New Penguin Shakespeare. Marlowe, The Jew of Malta, Edward ll, Dr Faustus in The Students who wish to study at postgraduate level may do so either Complete Plays, Penguin. through coursework programmes (BA Hons and MA) or through Coriolanus, New Penguin Shakespeare. Shakespeare, The MerchanJ of Venice, Julius Caesar, Othello, a research thesis (MA, PhD). In order to qualify for entry into the The Winter's Tale, New Penguin Shakespeare. Individual Signet Classic. BA Hons programme (ENGIA01) a student must have completed (d) Dickens a BA pass at the University of Newcastle or another recognised ENGLISH III (CORE): 20cp or institution, withal least an English major and a credit in ENGL301, Oliver Twist, Penguin. (19th & EARLY 20TH The Complete Signet Shakespeare, Harcourt, Brace. but entry is fmally at the discretion of the Head of Department. Penguin. CENTURY LITERATURE) Hard Times, Jonson, Sejanus, Volpone, Bartholomew Fair in Five Plays, Students must complete theBA Hons programme before they can Great Expectations, Penguin. Oxford. enrol in the MA by coursework or the MA and PhD by thesis. enrolled in an English major must add at least Bleak House, Penguin. at 300 level. ENGL203} MODERNISM 10cp ENGL101 ENGLISH I 20cp Recommended Reading ENGL303} Offered Semesters I & II The following are not set texts, and will not be lectured on, Content Prerequisite Nil recommended for reference This course introduces students to the historical and intellectual The Australian Concise Oxford Dictionary, 7th edn. Hours 2lecture hours and I tutorial hour per week 50% progressive assessment, 50% examination background, and to some important texts, from the twentieth­ Exmnination 50% progressive assessment 50% examinations Abrams, A Glossary of Literary Terms, 5th edn, century literary movement known as 'Modernism'. Content Bernard, A Short Guide to Traditional Grammar, Offered Semester I University Press. Semester!: 1: Romantic Poetry and the Mid-Nineteenth Century Prerequisite for ENGL203 is ENGL101 Talbot, A Glossary of Poetic Terms, University of (a) Introduction to Narrative Prerequisite for ENGL303 is ENGL201 Lecturer Dr D.V. Boyd ENGL201 ENGLISH II (CORE): Pre· or corequisite for ENGL303 is ENGL301 (b) Introduction to Poetry (17th & 18th CENTURY II: Late 19th and Early 20th Century Literature Lecturer Dr C.P. Pollnitz Dr R.P. Jolly Lecturer Dr C.P. Pollnitz Hours 2 hours per week (Students enrolled in an English major must add at Exmnination 100% progressive assessment Semester II: one option at 200 level). Poetry and the Mid-Nineteenth Century Novel Texts (c) Shakespeare Offered Semesters I & II Blake, Selected Poems, (ed. P.H. Butter), Dent. Hardy, Poems of Thomas Hardy, (ed. Creighton), Macmillan. Lecturer Dr P. Holbrook Prerequisite ENGL101 Worosworth. William Wordsworth, (ed. S. Gill), Oxford. Forster, Where Angels Fear to Tread, Penguin, A Passage to (d) Dickens Hours t lecture hour per week and 1 tutorial hour per Taylor Coleridge, Poems, (ed J. Beer), Dent. India , Penguin. Lecturer Dr I.L. Salusinszky Exmnination 50% progressive assessment 50% Eliot, T. S., Selected Poems, Faber. Texts (end of year). Bronte, Wuthering Heights, (ed. D. Daiches), Penguin. Lawrence, Women in Love, Grafton/Collins, Poems, (ed. Keith Content Melville, Moby Dick, (ed. H. Beaver), Penguin. Sagar), Penguin. Dickens, Bleak House, (ed. N. Page), Penguin. Mansfield, Bliss and Other Stories, Penguin. 78 79 SECTION FOUR ENGLISH SUBffiCf DESCRWTION~ ~~-IO_N_FO__UR ______~EN~G~L~I~SH~SU~B~ffi~Cf~D~ES~C~R~W~TI~O~N~S

Woolf, Panther. Mrs Dalloway, argument. It is designed to improve the quality and extend the Assessment will be based on a portfolio of work demonstrating range of writing skills of students who have already acquired' B~Be

80 81 ENGLISH SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONs ENGLISH SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS riage of Maria Braun. Texts ENGL233} SPECIAL TOPIC 10cp ENGL333} :ingRock. Keneally, A Dutiful Daughler, Penguin. Hours 2 hours per week Grenville, Lilian's Story, Allen & Unwin. Offered Semester II 10cp IEMPORARY Carey, lllywacker, UQP. Prerequisite for ENGL233 is ENGLIOI lATIVES OF AUSTRALIA Astley, It's Raining in Mango, Penguin. 11teBritish Empire, long invisible in literary studies, is beginning Prerequisite for ENGL333 is ENGL201 Henshaw, Out of the Line of Fire, Penguin. materialize in the work of recent critics. The new "postcolonial Pre- or corequisite for ENGL333 is ENGL301 GL223 is ENGL101 has, however, confined itself for the most part to Winton, Cloud Street, McPhee Gribble. Lecturer GL323 is FNGL201 set in, or dealing directly with, colonial territories. This Dransfield, Collected Poems, UQP. will examine the role of key metropolitan texts in the Hours 2 hours per week for ENGL323 is ENGL301 Buckmaster, Collected Poems, UQP. nstiitution of colonial discourse. In addition to English authors Examination 100% progressive assessment usinszky Daniel Defoe to Virginia Woolf, we will read critics such as Tranter, Selected Poems, H & I. Content 1eek Said, Gayatri Spivak and Homi Bhabha, in an attempt to Hewett, Selected Poems, FACP- Fremantle Arts. a "postcolonial" field that is analytically rather than To be announced progressive assessment or geographically defined. ENGL22S} LITERATURE & DEVIANCE: ENGL401} ENGLISH HONOURS ENGL402} 111 national identity in a selection of narrative ENGL32S} BREAKING THE RULES Robinson Crusoe, Penguin. ENGL403} 50s to the present. Offered Semester II Oroonoko, Cassandra. Offered Semesters I & II Prerequisite for ENGL225 is ENGLI 01 Mansfield Park, Penguin. Duration One year full-time or two years part-time 'r Jack, Penguin. Prerequisite for ENGL325 is FNGL201 Prerequisite See English Subject Descriptions r, Penguin. Pre- or corequisite for ENGL325 is ENGL301 The Picture of Dorian Gray, Oxford. Content D, Penguin. Lecturer Dr J.M. Mitchell Orlando, Panther. (i) three of the following seminar courses and Penguin. Hours 2 hours per week (ii) an extended literary essay on atopic chosen by the student and Examination 100% progressive assessment SPECIAL TOPIC 10cp approved by the Director of Graduate Studies. A supervisor will he Seventeenth Doll, Currency. Content be appointed, and the essay must be submitted by a date in {the Imagination, Currency. This course will be concerned with the issues of trm1sgres1d Semester II to be announced.

~arty, Currency. dominance and deviance. We shall examine a selection ••'"'"';.;:t, for ENGL231 is ENGL101 It is not possible at the time of printing this Handbook for all which have, in various ways, been seen as transgressing sreQ'uisite for ENGL331 is ENGL201 options to be listed. For details of additional options please and conventions or have focussed on ideas and consult the English Department office or corequisite for ENGL331 is ENGL301 transgression. Through five or six texts, we shall (a) LITERARY THEORY ways in which alternatives to conventional patterns are structured both by those seeking to be different and by Lecturers Dr I.L. Salusinszk:y, Dr J.M. Mitchell iver conventions against which they pit themselves, and how . An introduction to contemporary literary theory, from the New issues of transgression are represented in literature. . Criticism to the present, with special consideration ofstructuralism, text, a character, an idea transgressive; when is it licensed post-structuralism, marxism, feminism, deconstruction, system? psych0311alysis, and reader-response criticism. Among the concerns of the seminar will be questions of authorial intention, IRALIAN LITERATURE: 10cp Texts to be selected from: 1991 SPECIAL TOPIC 10cp literary and historical contexts forinterpretation, and "canonicity", Mary Douglas, Purity and Danger, Ark paperback. (the nature and function ofliterary traditions). A folio of essential Michel Foucault, Language, Counter-Memory, readings will be prepared especially for the course 311d will be I/GL224 is ENGL101 Tavistock. available from the English Department Office. IGL324 is FNGL20l Beaumont and Fletcher, Love' sCure, Nottingham Drama (b) COMPUTATIONAL APPROACHES TO TEXTS For ENGL232 is ENGL101 for ENGL324 is ENGL301 Lecturer Dr D.H. Craig Shakespeare, Twelfth Nighl or As You Like It, Arden. for ENGL332 is ENGL201 mna Manuel Puig, The Kiss of the Spider Woman, Penguin. The aim of the course is to introduce students to this subject through practical experience, gained from testing a particular Neek Radclyffe Hall, The Well of Loneliness, Virago. hypothesis about a text or set of texts by statistical methods, and progressive assessment by more theoretical treatment in class of the advantages and ENGL226} LITERATURE & EMPIRE disadvantages of using these methods in literary 311alysis. ENGL326} 100% progressive assessment he 1rr0wth of late- SECTION FOUR ENGLISH SUBJEcr DESCRIPTIONS investigate the problem, and present theirresuJts in a paper to the Ireland, The Chanlic Bird, Penguin. See English Subject Descriptions, and the seminar. Work of this kind in the past has dealt with changes over Winton, Shallows, Allen & Unwin. ~st.gra.duate Degree Regulations - Schedule 2 - Master of Arts. time, across many authors or within an oeuvre; with works of disputed authorship; with characterisation; with genre differences; (e) TWO MODERNIST AUTHORS and with gender differences, among writers and characters. James Joyce and D. H. Lawrence represent the Modernisi' courses, except that one may be replaced Individual projects within the course may draw on the machine­ movement at its height, yet their works have been taken to a Supervised Reading Course approved by the Head of readable texts already prepared for the Centre for Literary and represent diametrically opposed writing practices. Drawing oti; Linguistic Computing in the University, or may add to them a their short fiction, major novels and poetry, as well as their late.,.., Students cannot choose courses which substantially repeat short text prepared by the student researcher. (Tile texts in the arguably postmodernist writing, this course examines th,e; studied in ENGUOl. Centre are mainly samples of fiction from the eighteenth century techniques and scope of modernism. It replaces the old questi~ a research report of approximately 20,000 words in length in to the present, and of English Renaissance drama). "Joyce or Lawrence?" with a new critical emphasis: "Joyce 11114 area of study approved by the Head of Department. A knowledge of statistical methods will not be assumed. Lawrence". , •n not possible at the time of printing this Handbook for all Familiarity with computers would be an advantage for those Lecturers Dr C.P. Pollnitz, Associate Professor C. W.F. McKenneJ.. to be listed. For details of additional options please intending to enrol in the course. A list of books and articles Texts :<~ the English Department office. recommended for reference and for background reading will be distributed at the first meeting of the group. Joyce, Dubliners, Panther. Theory (c) RENAISSANCE DRAMA Joyce, Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, Panther. Dr I.L Salusinszky, Dr J.M. Mitchell Lecturer Professor D.L. Frost Joyce, Ulysses, Penguin. i·Cc)mipultatiion.al Approaches to Texts The course encourages detailed study of some of the more Joyce, Selections from Finnegans Wake, English Dept. Dr D.H. Craig significant dramatic works of the renaissance period. Seminar Lawrence, Selected Short Stories, (ed. Brian Finney), discussion will centre on the following texts: Lawrence, The Rainbow, (ed. John Worthen), Penguin. Marlowe, Doctor Faustus, (ed. J.D. Jump), Revels, MUP. Lawrence, Women in Love, Collins/Grafton. Shakespeare, Measure for Measure, (ed. J.W. Lever), Arden, Lawrence, Kangaroo, Collins Imprint. Methuen. Lawrence, Poems, (ed. Keith Sagar), Penguin. Modernist Authors: Joyce & Lawrence Shakespeare, Troilus and Cressida, (ed. R.A. Foakes), New Penguin. (f) CONTEMPORARY FICTION DrC.P. Pollnitz, Associate Professor C. W.F. McKenna Shakespeare, The Winter's Tale, (ed. J.H.P. Pafford), Arden, Lecturers Dr D.M. Osland, Dr R.P. Jolly Methuen. Texts Marston, The Malcontent, (ed. G.K. Hunter), Revels, MUP. Naipaul, V.S.,/n a Free State, Penguin. details can be found in the English Honours entry. Jonson, Volpone and The Alchemist in Jonson's Plays and Narayan, R.K., The Vendor of Sweets, Penguin. Masques, (ed. R.M. Adams), Norton. Ondaatje, Michael, Running in the Family, Picador. Jonson, Barthlomew Fair, (ed. E. A. Horsman), Revels, MUP. Janette Turner Hospital, Borderline, UQP. Chapman, Bussy D'Amboi, (ed. N. Brooke), Revels, MUP. Hulme, Keri, Bone People, Picador. Anonymous, The Revenger's Tragedy, (ed. B. Gibbons), New Achebe, Chinua, Anthills of the Savannah, Picador. Mermaid. Carey, Peter, Oscar and Lucinda, UQP. Webster, The White Devil, (ed. J.R. Brown), Revels, MUP. Texts Webster, The DuchessofMalfi, (ed. J. R. Brown), Revels, MUP. Fowles, The French Lieutenant's w,~man, Panther. Middleton, Women Beware Women. Eliot, The Mill on the Floss, Penguin. Middleton & Rowley, The Changeling in Selected Plays, (ed. D.L. Frost), CUP. Gardner, Grendel, Penguin. Ford, Tis Pity She's a Whore, (ed. N.W. Bawcutt), Arnold. Beowulf, Penguin. (d) AUSTRALIAN STUDIES Doctorow, Ragtime, Picador. Narrative techniques in the modem Australian novel. Kleist, The Marquise of 0- and Other Stories, trans Penguin. Lecturer: Dr C.J. Hanna Barnes, Flaubert' s Parrot, Picador. Texts Flaubert, Madame Bovary, trans. Hopkins, Oxford. Porter, The Watcher on the Cast-Iron Balcony, Penguin. Malouf, Johnno, Penguin. ENGLSOl ENGLISH MA BY COURSEWORK White, A Fringe of Leaves, Penguin. Offered Semesters I & II Keneally, Schindler's Ark, Penguin. Duration One year full-time or two years part-time Facey, A Fortunate Life, Penguin.

84 85 GEOGRAPHY SUBJECT DESCRIPTION& SECfiON FOUR GEOGRAPHY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Geography Subject Descriptions Prerequisite GEOG101 Prerequisites GEOG 101 & GEOG201 plus either GEOG203 or GEOG204. Hours 4 hours per week for one semester. GEOGlOl INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL Examination Progressive assessment. This course consists of a 7 day field excursion. GEOMORPHOLOGY OF AUSTRALIA lOcp GEOGRAPHY l~p Lecturers DrJ.C. Tumer,DrH.A.Bridgman, Associate Profi!SScj Examination Progressive assessment. Offered Semester I RJ. Loughran, Professor E. A. Colhoun and Ms S.J. Curtis ·,1 Lecturers Professor E. A. Colhoun, Dr G.N. Mcintyre and others. ..rell•UISite GEOG101 Prerequisites Nil. Students should note that GEOGlOl and Content Content GEOG 102 are prerequisites for the Geography Major in Arts and An introduction to statistics and computing for 4 hours per week for one semester; 2 days field work. This course involves a major field excursion to demonstsrate Science, and for Geography Honours GEOG401 and GEOG402. Geography. Study of cartographic, photographic and ~inatzon Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the methods of undertaking research in biogeography, climatology Hours 2 hours lectures and 2 hours of practical work per week for photographic methods in geography. of the semester. and geomorphology in a specific area of Australia The field trip one semester. A one day field excursion. Associate Professor R.J. Loughran, Professor E.A. will be scheduled before the beginning of first semester. Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the GEOG202 METHODS IN HUMAN GEOGRAPHY and Ms S.J. Curtis GEOG302 ADVANCED METHODS IN HUMAN lOcp end of the semester. Offered Semester 11 GEOGRAPHY Lecturers Professor E.A. Colhoun, Associate Professor R.J. Prerequisite GEOG102 and their weathering, structural landforms, soils, slope Offered Semester I Loughran, Dr G.N. Mcintyre, and Ms S.J. Curtis Hours 4 hours perweekforone semester; up to 2 days field and mass movements, fluvial, aeolian and coastal Prerequisites GEOG102 & GEOG202 plus either GEOG205 or Content and landforms, glacial and periglacial processes and Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper GEOG206. An introduction to physical geography including meteorology end of the semester. and climate; the influence of geomorphic processes on landforms; Hours 4 hours per week for one semester. This course contains Lecturer Mr P.M. O'Neill weathering, rivers, ice, frost, wind and the sea; the physical, CONTEMPORARY AUSTRALIA a five day field excursion (i.e. 40 hours of the 56 hour course). chemical and biological characteristics of the soil and the Content & EAST ASIA l~p Examination Progressive assessment development of soil proflles; environmental and historical factors Introductory methods appropriate to Human Lecturers Dr H.P.M. Winchester, Mr P.M. O'Neill that influence plant distribution. descriptive and inferential statistics will be emphasised Content Practical work includes an introduction to the study of climatic will be an introduction to computing, survey analysis and data and maps, and the use of topographic maps and aerial design. Advanced methods appropriate to Human Geography. Methods photographs for landform analysis. Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the include survey design, questionnaire construction, social analysis, GEOG203 BIOGEOGRAPHY AND computer aided mapping and geographic information systems. Texts CLIMATOLOGY The field trip will be scheduled in the first semester break. Briggs, D. & Smithson, P. 1985, Fundamentals of Physical Offered Semester I Geography, paperback, Hutchinson. GEOG304 THE BIOSPHERE AND Prerequisite GEOG101 War 11, there have been rapid changes in Australia's CONSERVATION lOcp GEOG102 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN society and political life: this course will consider Offered Semester 11 gec•gratphlical aspects of these changes, emphasising the GEOGRAPHY l~p Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hm.1r r""'"'"Rl people and environment. The influence of Prerequisite GEOG 203 Offered Semester 11 end of the semester. localion on living conditions (current and future) Hours 4 hours per week for one semester; 4 days fieldwork. Prerequisites Students should note that GEOG 101 and GEOG Lecturers Dr H.A. Bridgman, Dr J.C. Turner and Dr examined. The contemporary economic and social Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the 102 are prerequisites for the Geography Major in Arts and Mcintyre of Asia, concentrating on population, agricultural, Science, and for Geography Honours GEOG401 and GEOG402. end of the semester. Content and political changes since World War 11. Hours 2 hours lectures and 2 hours of practical work per week for Lecturers Dr J.C. Turner, Associate Professor R.J. Loughran and An introduction to biogeography. Definition and scope Ms S.J. Curtis one semester. A one day field excursion. subject is examined and its interdisciplinary nature SOCIO-ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY l~p Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the Ways of describing and analysing the ranges of Content end of the semester. space and time are explored. Someemphasisis placed Biogeography: Emphasis on plant geography, with examination Lecturers Associate Professor J. C.R. Camm, Mr K.W. Lee for the illustration of principles and for the gaining of both the ecological and historical aspects of the subject. A experience. seminar presentation and a small herbarium collection are required Content An introduction to climatology on a synoptic and Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the of each student An introduction to human geography including cultural, including radiation and heat budgets; pre:eipitation semester. Biological Conservation: An introduction to the subject, in population, economic, development and urban geography. general circulation; agricultural climatology; apJ)ll<:U'-lll"- Mr P.M. O'Neill and Mr K.W. Lee which the importance of an ecologically-based approach is Practical work includes an introduction to elementary statistical emphasised. Methods for the evaluation of plant and animal Texts data and its presentation by thematic maps in human geography. species populations and for environmental assessment are Linacre, E. & Hobbs. J. 1983, The Australian llrodu,:tOJry course in socio-economic geography with Text described and analysed. Environment, paperback, Wiley. leeto a.gri,cull:ura~.industrial and development geography, Haggett, P. 1979, Geography: a modern synthesis, 3rd edn an examination of the social and urban impacts of Soils: Processes of soil erosion, soil conservation issues and Pears, N. 1985, Basic Biogeography, 2nd edn, LA.'''I>... --. paperback, Harper & Row. change. methods. Williams, J.B., Harden, G.J. & McDonald, W.J.F. Texts and shrubs in rainforests of NSW and Southern GEOG201 METHODS IN PHYSICAL ADVANCED METHODS IN Morgan, R.P.C. 1986, Soil Erosion and Conservation, Longman. University of New England. GEOGRAPHY lOcp PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY l~p Smith, David 1990, Continent in Crisis, Penguin. Offered Semester I

86 87 SECTION FOUR GEOGRAPHY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Williams,J.B. & Harden, GJ. 1980,RainforestClimbing Plants, Lecturer Dr H.P.M. Winchester a Major in Geography that includes GEOGIOI, University of New England. Content 30 credit points from level200 courses and 40 credit Reference lbis course examines the interaction of social groups with level300 courses. To proceed to Honours Geography Kellman, M.C. 1980, PILlnt Geography, 2nd edn, Methuen. other and with the urban environment. A variety of social should have obtained an average of credit in the 300 defined by ethnic and socio-economic status, family courses taken for the major plus at least 20 other points at level in their university courses. The student must also GEOG305 CLIMATIC PROBLEMS lOcp and gender will be studied. The course will use a methodological approaches to socio-spatial behaviour. the Head of the Department of her/his ability in the area Offered Semester I within which the proposed research topic lies. Prerequisite GEOG203 or permission of Head of Department. GEOG311 HYDROLOGY Hours 4 hours per week for one semester; 1 day fieldwork. Offered Semester ll Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the Prerequisites GEOGIOI, GEOG201 & GEOG203. end of the semester Hours 4 hours per week for one semester; 2 days llel.dworlr: Lecturers Dr H. A. Bridgman and Professor E.A. Colhoun Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour Content end of the semester. embodying the results of an original investigation on a by the Head of Department and coursework as Introduces methods of establishing palaeoclimates in the Lecturers DrG.N. Mcintyre, Professor E. A. Colhoun, "" •...,,,.,u Pleistocene and Holocene, and the reasons behind climate changes Professor R.J. Loughran and Ms S.J. Curtis over those periods. Describes anthropogenic impacts on climate, Content . A candidate who wishes to proceed to Honours should through air pollution, on local, regional and global scales. Evaluates the Head of the Department by 1 October in the final year near-future possible climate variations over the next century. The course examines the distribution of water in the emdr~onnli tuntdelrgr.iduLate degree and must confirm this as soon as final Text After brief consideration of snow, ice and the oceans, for the year are known. Candidates are expected to attention will be given to atmospheric moisture, the Bridgman, H.A. 1990, Global Air Pollution: Problems for the work on their thesis after completion of their cycle, catchments, runoff, sediment and solute transport degree. 1990s, paperback, Belhaven Press. water. Recommended Reading Text Bradley, R.S. 1985, Quaternary Paleaoclimatology, Allen & Ward, R.C. 1989, Principles of Hydrology, 3rd edn, Unwin. Hill.

GEOG306 GEOGRAPHY OF AUSTRALIA: IOcp GEOG313 BEHAVIOURAL ECOLOGY AN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE Offered Semester ll Offered Semester ll Prerequisites GEOG101, GEOG202 plus either Prerequisites GEOG102, GEOG202 plus either GEOG205 or GEOG206. GEOG206. Hours 4 hours per week for one semester; 2 days Hours 4 hours per week for one semester; 2 days field work. Examination Assignment and one 2 hour paper at the Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the semester. end of the semester Lecturer Associate Professor D N Parkes Lecturer Associate Professor J.C.R. Camm Content Content An introduction to the study of individual and small Selected aspects of the population, settlement and land use behaviour in complex space-time settings using a patterns of Australia Topics to be studied include; exploratory ecological perspective. Published works in behavioural images, image-makers and distorters, and visions of Australia and chronogeography provide essential theoretical and before 1900; migration to the New World; population of Australia foundations for the course. Application of the princiJples 1788-1981; urbanisation in Australia; agricultural land use 1788 to the behaviour settings of blind people in NewaiiStlC to 1914. precincts will be the basis for an assignment.

GEOG309 SOCIETY & SPACE lOcp GEOG401} GEOGRAPHY HONOURS Offered Semester I GEOG402} GEOGRAPHY HONOURS Prerequisites GEOG102, GEOG202 plus either GEOG205 or Prerequisites GEOGl 01 and GEOGl 02 plus either GEOG206. and GEOG301, or GEOG202 and GEOG302 inclluditDI Hours 4 hours per week for one semester; 2 days fieldwork/ from 200 Level and 40 cp from 300 level. project work. To qualify for admission to Geography Honours, a Examination Progressive assessment and one 2 hour paper at the normally have completed sufficient training in end of the semester. methods (i.e. GEOG201 and GEOG301 for GEOG202 and GEOG302 for Human r.An"''""l~vu

88 89 SECfiON FOUR l-DSTORY SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

The normal prerequisite for 200 level subjects is the_ ~mpleti~ History Subject Descriptions white settlement, and ask what kind of a people we have become of 20 credit points all 00 level. The normal prereqUISite for 3~. over nearly a century of change. Please rwte that some History subjects carry the code H/ST and level subjects is the completion of 30 credit points a1 200 lev~. THE FOUNDATJONS OF others the code H/SY. This derived from changes in course Preliminary reading (Equivalents from the old 9 unit degree- History I or Historytt AUSTRALIAN SOCIETY lOcp structures in 1990. It is most important that you cite the correct will, of course, be recognised.) Any request for waiving ~ Rickanl, J. 1988, Australia -A Cultural History, Longmans. code on your enrolment form. prerequisites must be made to the Head of Department. ,); White, R. 1981,/nventing Australia, Allen & Unwin. The study of History is concerned with knowing and interpreting All subjects may be modified according to staff availability.·~ Recommenthd reading the societies and cultures, the people and events, of the past. It When the same subject is offered at both 200 and 300 involves both the awakening and expansion of the historical A set of required readings will be available for purchase from the assessment of the 300 level work may be varied as staff imagination and a disciplined, critical use of evidence. Through Department a1 the end of first semester. appropriate and will in any case be a1 a higher standard. studies mainly of the "mainstream" areas of History - as seen from an Australian perspective- the Department offers a basis by The books listed in the subject entries are for mllrool~ctoli HIST103} EAST ASIAN CIVILIZATIONS lOcp which students can appraise both their own cultural tradition and purposes. Full lists will be available a1 the beginning of IEAC101} ways in which neighbouring societies and cultures have evolved. surveys the development of the Australian Colonies Offered Semester I, evenings only Believing that precision of thought and language are essential in Ninet.eeJ~th Century from their British antecedents, Lecturer Mr H.D.M Chan the Humanities, the Department requires that students develop ~1traltmg on the exploration and settlement of the continent, Prerequisites and corequisites Nil writing skills during their course of studies. of the frontier, the effects of convictism, the alienation Infirst-yearthemaindaytimesubjectsareHISTlOl andHIST102, the struggle for self government, the treatment of Hours 4 hours per week of lectures, tutorials and workshops. two semesters which focus on the evolution of Australian society, and the emergence of independent colonial societies. Examination By progressive assessment and examination as from its British foundations. In evening hours, two semester will be introduced to different interpretations of required. units, HIST103 and HIST104, introduce the essential ideas and Subjects from otber disciplines: experience and trained in historical analysis through Content institutions of Eastern Civilizations and Western Civilizations di~ussion and essay writing. FromtimetotimetheHistoryDepartmentwillm;ogniS4~speci respectively. Satisfactory completion of any two semester units This subject introduces students to the history of Chinese units taught in other Departments as adequate pre:reclui!nlei reading fulfils the normal requirement for the first year of the History civilization and its east Asian variants up to the beginnings of upper-level History subjects. In 1992 students who major. HIST103 is also listed as an inter-disciplinary subject, C.M.H, A Short History of Australia, Penguin. their modem interaction with European civilization in the two semesters of Economic History (ECON102 and (lEA C) for students, including History majors, wishing to develop 1988, The Penguin Bicentennial History ofAustralia, nineteenth century. The course considers the development of orCLAS201 and CLAS203 will be accepted as na,rm~: comp~ an Asian specialisation. HISTl 05, a second semester of study of Chinese ideas and values that make up a cultural tradition that is the prerequisite for History 200 level subjects. shared by the major economic powers in Asia today, Japan, the foundations of Western civilization, is offered a1 Central J. 1988, Australia -A Cultural History, Longmans. Coast campus only. The Department also accepts certain subjects taught in Korea, Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Singapore, as well as by Departments as appropriate to be counted towards the R. 1981,/nventing Australia, Allen & Unwin. Vietnam. The historical context within which Chinese ideas Most other options may be taken at either 200 or 300 level, major, to a maximum of 10 credit points at200 level and about religion, society and politics, and nature were developed (though the same subject cannot, of course, be taken a1 both points a1 300 level. The subjects so recognised a1 present and modified will be examined by focussing on three periods: levels). The standard 200/300 level subject involves 3 to 4 hours required readings will be available for purchase from the ancient China up to 220CE, the tenth to fourteenth centuries, and of formal contact per week for a semester, and merits 15 credit CLAS205/305 Roman Britain and Anglo-Saxon a1 beginning of term. the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Students will be trained points. However, semester units may be linked to make up year­ Cultural theories, myth, memory CM301V in historical analysis through reading, discussion, and essay long sequences worth 30 credit points in seven subject areas: limits of representation AUSTRAUA IN THE 20TH CENTURY lOcp writing, and will be expected to read and discuss Chinese and Australian, British History, European History, American History, ECON202/302 European Economic History Japanese texts in English translation. East Asian History, Pacific History and Indian History. Although the first semester unit of paired units may not necessarily be ECON203/303 Asian Economic History I Recommenthd Reading strictly a prerequisite for the second, students are strongly ECON204/304 Asian Economic History II Ropp, P.S. ( ed.) 1990, Heritage ofChina, paperback, University recommended to take the two together and inappropriate sequence. ECON205/305 Asian Economic History ill of California Press. In Indian History the first and second semester units are co­ deBary, W.T.1988,EastAsianCivilizations,paperback,Harvard requisites, (ie they must be taken together). IDS201 Gender Studies. Feminism: cross-cultural perspectives By course work and examination. University Press. HISY221/321, (Women's History) may be linked with IDS201 IDS202 Gender Studies. Gender and deBary, W.T. (ed.) 1961, Sources of Chinese Tradition, Voll, and IDS202, (Gender Studies). HISY222/322, (Australian Social Columbia University Press. Welfare History) is offered in Semester I a1 the Shortland campus ECON220 Industrial Relations IIA society was transformed in the course of the twentieth and in Semester II a1 the Central Coast campus. will examine the "great events" of this period: Loewe, Michael 1990, The Pride that was China, Sidgwick & ECON221 Industrial Relations liB Jackson. At 300 level, an additional unit is added to the above pairs, wars, the depression, the political turmoil caused by ECON325 Industrial Relations lilA available only to students who have taken the 200 level units in split, the prosperity of the Menzies era and the new Getl)et, Jacques 1985, A History of Chinese Civilization, the corresponding subject area in 1991. These units offer more ECON326 Industrial Relations IIIB ushered in by the Whitlam government. Social paperback, Cambridge University Press to be considered include large scale migration, the intensive study of aspects of each of the areas, and merit 10 credit GE00306 Historical Geography of Australia Allinson, Robert E. ( ed.) 1989, Understanding the Chinese Mind, points each. hgiinfluer1ceof America, the impact of radio and television, paperback, Oxford University Press. SOC212/312 Australian Aboriginal Society and with its pop stars, music and ethos of rebellion, the HISY319 is a special unit of Australian History, meriting 15 Note: This subject will be accepted as sufficient prerequisite for SOC214/314 Indonesian Society and Culture which rose out of resistance of the Vietnam War, credit points. It involves detailed study of selected themes, and is Ub", the New Right, the Ecology movement, the non-History students wishingtotakeHISY210/310andHISY211/ likely to serve the interests of students thinking of proceeding to rationalism of the 1980s and the nagging quest for an 311. Other students wishing to enter 200 level History subjects, fourth-year study, including Australian thesis work. HISY320 is identity among all classes of society. We will end by or to take the History major, will need 20 credit points a1 100 a reflective unit focusing on the nature of the discipline of History the "celebration of a nation", the 1988 Bicentenary of level. and the practice of historians.

90 91 SECTION FOUR lllSTORY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONs IllS TORY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

HIST104 FOUNDATIONS OF WESTERN Islam and Hinduism; the impact ofBritishcolonialism; socialliQd Lecturer Associate Professor E. Andrews CULTURE A lOcp religious change in the nineteenth century; political nationalism; politics and society since independence. Prerequisite For HISY223, 20 credit points in History at 100 Offered Semester I at Central Coast campus; Semester II, D.I. 1974/80, TIIB French Revolution: Introductory level; for HISY323, 30 credit points in History at 200 level. It is U P evening only, at Shortland campus Recommended readings nnr.wru!nts. Q strongly recommended that students take this subject in Lecturer Professor A. Ward, Dr Hilary Carey Thapar, R. & Spear, P., A History of India, 2 vols, Pelican. conjunction with either or both of HISY204/304 or HISY205/ NATIONALISM, FASCISM AND lScp 305. Prerequisites and corequisites Nil MabbeU, I.W. 1983, A Short History ofIndia, 2nd edn, Methuen; THE SEARCH FOR PEACE Hours 2lectures and 1 tutorial per week, plus optional video. Wolpert, S. 1989, A New History of India, 3rd edn, Oxford. Hours An average of two hours oflectures and one tutorial per week for the semester. Examination By coursework: and examination. Basham, A. 1967, TIIB Wonder that was India, Sidgewick and· Associate Professor E. Andrews Examination One essay, one tutorial mark and one two-hour Context Jackson. For HISY205, 20 credit points in History at 100 exam. Kolenda, P., Caste in Contemporary India, Cummings. This subject introduces students to core ideas and institutions or equivalent. Content shaping Western civilization and making it distinctive. Rather Embree, A.T. (ed.) 1972, TIIB Hindu Tradition, Vintage. HISY305, 30 credit points in History at 200 level. It is than survey the whole of Western History, the subject will focus This unit looks at the Industrial revolution and the story of Zaehner, R.C. 1977, Hinduism, Opus. ICOJrnm1en•:ied that students should have completed HISY204/ on key issues such as the individual and the group, the nature of European socialism which resulted from it. After considering the in the first semester. early socialists, it studies the theories of Karl Marx, and the way property rights, early capitalism, absolutism versus the rule of Herman, A.L. 1916,1ntroduction to Indian Tlwughi, Prentice!:i they were modified by the development of communism as a result law, religious toleration, the rise of universities, humanism and Hall. '' 2lectures per week and a tutorial for one semester. of the long-standing situation in Russia, the First World War and the scientific revolution. It is intended thereby to provide students Brown, J.M. 1984, Modern India, 0 U P, Delhi. ~""'i111.1titm One long essay, tutorial mark and one 2-hourexam. the Russian Revolution. The causes and events of that revolution with a basis for better appraising the strengths and limitations of Masselos,J.,IndianNationalism,aHistory,Sterling,NewDe~ are studied in depth, as well as the impact of Lenin on communist their own cultural heritage and for pursuing further studies in ·;t theory and practice, and the rule of Stalin. The course ends by Western civilization. subject is designed to continue and complement the study HISY303 INDIAN HISTORY, DIRECTED in HISY204/304 and covers European history from 1815 considering the light this throws on totalitarianism and the Recommended reading READING ll'lt)U.. uum the creation of the revolutions of 1848 to the present current situation in the communist world. Lerner, Meacham & Bums 1984, Western Civilizations, Vol I Lecturer Associate Professor D.I. Wright It looks at nationalism in Europe, the creation of a united Required reading and II, W.W. Norton and Company. and Germany and their effect on the European balance of Prerequisites As for HISY301 Bender F.L., (ed.) 1988, Karl Marx: thB Communist Manifesto, After a study of the causes of the First World War and the Norton. HISTIOS FOUNDATIONS OF WESTERN Corequisites Available only to students enrolled in HISY301 itself, it turns to the rise of Fascism, not only in Italy and · CULTURED lOcp HISY302 in 1992 and if a sufficient number of students but also in other European countries. It then looks at the Recommended reading it. Offered Semester II at Central Coast campus only. Details to be appeasement and the Second World War, appraises the Adams,A.E 1960,ThBRussianRevolutionandBolshBvikVictory: advised through Central Coast office. EUROPEAN HISTORY '"""--n·-•'" the League ofNations and the United Nations, and why and how?, Heath . with an assessment of our current problems. Halperin, F.W. 1989, TIIB Russian Revolutions of 1917, Anvil. UPPER-LEVEL SUBJECTS HISY204} THE FRENCH REVOLUTION tQmmendi!d reading Wood, A. 1979, The Russian Revolution, Longman. INDIAN HISTORY HISY304} AND ITS AFTERMATH F. 1967, TIIB Rise ofFascism, Methuen. AMERICAN HISTORY Offered Semester I; evening only in 1992 G.A. 1974, Europe Since 1815, Holt. HISY201} TRADITIONAL AND EARLY Lecturer Associate Professor D.l. Wright HISY301} MODERN INDIA lScp R. 1977, British Appeasement in thB 1930s, Arnold. HISY207} AMERICAN HISTORY TO THE Prerequisites For HISY204, either 20 credit points in J.S. 1958, Liberalism, Its Meaning and History, Anvil. HISY307} CIVIL WAR lScp 100 level, or equivalent. HISY202} 19TH AND 20TH CENTURY INDIA lScp J. 1977, Conservatism in Europe, 1770-1945, Thames HISY302} For HISY304, 30 credit points in History at 200 level. HISY208} AMERICAN HISTORY AFTER THE HISY308} CIVIL WAR lScp (Corequisite subjects, ie, if one is taken both must be taken, ie 30 Hours 2lectures and one tutorial per week. Offered Day only in 1992 points total.) This is to be considered a full year subject. Examination One long essay, tutorial work and a one-hour SOCIALISM AND THE RUSSIAN REVOLUTION lOcp HISY207 /307 Semester I Offered During the evening only in 1992. Content HISY208/308 Semester II Semester I , HISY201/301. The subject covers European history from 1789to 1815. Associate Professor E. Andrews Semester II, HISY202/302. Professor Wright deals in detail with the great rTE'""'"'·"v•~1u• Lecturer Associate Professor L. Fredman Lecturer Associate Professor D.l. Wright from the crisis of the Ancien Regime to the coming of As for HISY304. Prerequisites For HISY207 or HISY208, either 20 credit points to power. The settlement of 1815 will also be considered. in History at 100 level or equivalent. Prerequisites For HISY201/202either20credit points in History Available only in 1992 and for students who have at 100 level or 20 credit points in Asian Economic History at 200 Recommended for purchase European history at 200 level in 1991 or who are For HISY307 or HISY308, 30 credit points in History at 200 level or equivalent. Doyle, W. 1990,TJJB Oxford History of thB French in HISY304 or HISY305 in 1992. level. For HISY301/302, 30 credit points in History at 200 level. OUP. It is recommended that HISY207 and HISY208 or HISY307 and HISY308 be taken together and in that sequence. Hours 3 hours lectures and one 1-hourtutorial per week throughout Recommended reading By class essays the year. Doyle, W., Origins ofthB French Revolution, new edn, Seminars to be selected from the HIST323 programme. Hours 2lectures per week and a weekly tutorial. Examination Two essays, tutorial work, exam. Cobban, A., History of Modern France Vol1, Pelican. discuss with Professor Andrews. Examination An essay, a tutorial paper presented orally, a short essay and an end-of-semester examination in each subject. Content Foret, F. & Richet, D. 1970, French Revolution, MllCDilll'"' EUROPEAN SOCIALISM lScp Content These subjects will discuss the growth of traditional Hindu Hampson, N. 1966,A Social History ofthB French society, the advent oflslam to India and the interaction between Routledge. American History to the Civil War deals with founding, framing and expanding the Republic, the crisis of Federalism to 1877, and 92 93 SECfiON FOUR HISTORY SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONs Y SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

some themes including Slavery, the Frontier and an introduction Recommended Readings Hours 2 hours of lectures and one seminar per week. to American History. Spence, Jonathan 1991 ,TheSearchfor Modern China, paperback, subject examines the origins, nature and consequences of Examination One essay, one seminar paper and a fmal test American History after the Civil War deals with the response to Norton. (i'fllteMeiji l~estor.lll:icm, and the development and natureofJapanese Content industrialism, reform and reaction and the shape of modem Gray, Jack 1900, Rebellions and Revolutions China from th, duringthenineteenthcentury, America and some themes includingexceptionalism, comparative 1800s to the 1980s, paperback, Oxford University Press. A study of the impact of western industrialised societies on the government, ethnicity and the arts. Australian Aborigines and the village communities of Melanesia Eastman, Lloyd E. 1988, Family, Fields, and Ancesto~ 1 from the 18th century to the present day. Topics will include: Recommended reading paperback, Oxford University Press. ·' ~ ..r.ammend.M readings features of Australian and Melanesiancultures,impactofChristian Brogan, H. 1986, Pelican History of the United States, Penguin. Schram, Stuart 1989, The Thought ofMao Tse-tung, paperbact, Janet E. 1989, The Emergence of Modern Japan, churches, western economic development, expansion in or Cambridge University Press. iallf~ID!ICK, Longman Cheshire. continental Australia, territorial annexation, patterns of resistance, Garraty, J .A. 1985, A Short History of the American Nation, 4th Gittings, John 1990, China Changes Face The Road JrO;,. W.G. 1991, Japanese Imperialism 1894-1945, Melanesian millenarianism, decolonisation. edn, Harper & Row. Revolution 1949-1989, paperback, Oxford University Press.·· l\aDI~rb~:te.k, Oxford University Press. Recommended reading and Harry & Conray, Hilary (eds.) 1984, Japan Examined, Campbell, I. C. 1984, The History of the Pacific Islands, UQP. HISY310 A SPECIAL TOPIC IN CHINESE iiQle•rt>a.cK, University of Hawaii Press. Hofstadter, R., The American Political Tradition, Vintage. HISTORY: SOCIALISM IN CHINA Edwards, W.H. 1988, An Introduction to Aboriginal Societies, Tetsuo 197 4, Japan.lntellectual Foundations ofModern Social Science Press. Schlesinger, A., The Cycles of American History, Penguin. Offered Semester I; day only in 1992 Politics, paperback, University of Chicago Press. Whiteman, Darrell, (ed.) 1984,An Introduction to Melanesian HISY309 AMERICAN HISTORY, DIRECTED Lecturer Mr H.D.M. Chan Carol1988,Japan 's Modern Myth, paperback, Princeton Cultures, POINT Series, No 5, Melanesian Institute. Press. READING Hkp Hirst, John 1983, Convict Society and its enemies, Allen and Offered Fortnightly throughout the year, day only in 1992 Hours 4 hours per week of lectures and seminars. StttdeJIIIS.Iie Unwin. A SPECIAL TOPIC IN JAPANESE expected to attend the lectures and seminars in HISY210 Lecturer Associate Professor Fredman HISTORY: JAPAN IN THE 1930s Reynolds, H. 1987, Frontier, Allen and Unwin. additional weekly 1 hour tutorial by arrangement with the Prerequisites As for HISY307 and/or HISY308 AND THE ROAD TO WAR 20cp lecturer. HISY225} COLONISATION AND CULTURE Corequisites Available only in 1992 and for students who have Examination One seminar paper and one 5,000 word HISY325} CHANGE: THE SOUTH PACIFIC 15cp completed American History at 200 level in 1991 or who are an optional examination. enrolled in HISY307 or HISY308 in 1992. Content As for HISY210 plus a documentary study ll!l'l!au•,su.es 30 credit points in History at 200 level. Offered Semester 11; day only in 1992 Hours One 2-hour tutorial fortnightly. development and nature of socialist ideas and socialism 4 hours per week of lectures and seminars. Students are Lecturer Dr P. Hempenstall Examination One essay each semester. from the early forms of Chinese socialism to the to attend lectures and seminars in HISY211 and an Prerequisite For HISY225, 20 credit points in History at 100 Content debate concerning "socialism with Chinese ch~IIW~·t eri1!lica weekly 1 hour tutorial by arrangement with the subject particular the course will consider Chinese level or equivalent A substantial primary source or sources on American History will reception of Marx-Leninism and its traJnsforrnation For HISY325, 30 credit points at 200 level. bn~r~a~,ion One seminar paper, one 5,000 word essay, and an be agreed with the class at the beginning of semester and studied Leninism-Mao Zedong Thought, and the recent examination. Hours 2lectures and one 1-1 1/ hour seminar per week. in detail. the Maoist orthodoxy by Chinese socialists reflecling 2 Examination One essay, one seminar paper and a final test. EAST ASIAN HISTORY Marxism and attempting to develop a socialism with a face. HISY211 together with a documentary study of Japanese Content HISY210 REFORM, REVOLUTION AND Recommended Reading politics, and foreign policy in the 1930s. A study of relationships between western industrialised peoples MARXISM IN MODERN CHINA 15cp Dirlik, Arif 1989, TheOriginsofChineseCommunism, with the indigenous peoples of the southwest Pacific, including Offered Semester I; day only in 1992 Oxford University Press. the colonisation of New Zealand and other Pacific islands from N S Wand Britain, and French exploration and settlements in the Lecturer Mr H.D.M. Chan Schram, Stuart 1989, The Thought ofMao Tse-tung, Pacific. Relationships developed through trade, new uses ofland Prerequisites 20 credit points in History at 100 level orequivalent Cambridge University Press. , W.G. 1991, Japanese Imperialism 1894-1945, and labour; Christian evangelism; colonisation and the struggle Fornon-history students, satisfactory completion of HISTl 03 or Dirlik, Arif & MaJUrice Meisner (eds.) 1989, Marxism Oxford University Press. for land; the introduction of government and centralised law, IEAC101 is a sufficient prerequisite. Chinese Experience, paperback, M.E. Sharpe. Michael1988,JapanPreparesforTotal War, paperback, movements for seH-deterrnination and decolonisation. Hours 3 hours per week of lectures and seminars. University Press. Recommended Readings HISY211 FROM MEIJI TO SHOW A Examination One seminar paper, one 3,000 word essay and an Either optional examination. Offered Semester 11; day only in 1992. Howe, K. 1984, Where the Waves Fall, Allen and Unwin. Lecturer Mr H.D.M. Chan COLONISATION AND CULTURE Content or CHANGE: AUSTRALIA AND 15cp The events in Tiananmen Square in 1989 and their aftermath Prerequisites 20 credit points in History at 100 level MELANESIA Scarr, D. 1990, The History of the Pacific Islands, Macmillan. demonstrate that China's modem crisis, the beginnings of which For non-history students, satisfactory completion can be traced to the late eighteenth century, has still to be IEAC101 is sufficient prerequisite. Semester I; day only in 1992 Denning, G. 1980, Of Islands and Beaches, M.U.P. resolved. This subject examines the nature of China's nineteenth Hours 3 hours per week of lectures and seminars. Dr P. Hempenstall, Dr K. Neumann Additional Readings and twentieth century crisis, the various solutions attempted in Examination One seminar paper, one 3,000 word For HISY224, 20 credit points in History at 100 Orange, C., 1987, The Treaty ofWaitangi, Allen and Unwin. order to solve the crisis, and why the reform, revolutionary, and optional examination. e

94 95 HISTORY SUBffiCT DESCRWTIONS ~ECTION~~~~~~------~HJ~S~TO~R~Y~S~U~B~ffi~CT~D~ES~CR~WT~I~ FOUR

HISY217} THE GREAT TRANSFORMATION? 15cp WOMEN'S HISTORY 15cp Examination Seminar exercises, essay and test. HISY314 SELECTED READINGS IN ENGLISH SOCIETY IN THE 18TH AND. PACIFIC HISTORY 10cp HISY317} Content EARLY 19TH CENTURIES Offered Day only in 1992; Fortnightly throughout the year This course unit examines the development of social welfare in Offered Semester IT; day only in 1992 Aust.Ialia from the tin1e of the first convict settlement in Sydney Lecturers Dr P. Hempenstall, Professor A. Ward Lecturer Dr David Lemmings Cove. Prerequisites/Corequisites As for HISY324 Prereqwites For HISY217, 20 credit points in History at 100 Discussion is organised around the origins and development of Available only in 1992 and for students who have complet~d level., For HISY317, 30 credit points in History at 200 level.· various categories of needy or neglected people in Australia 1111d Pacific History at 200 level in 1991 or who are enrolled m theiridentificiation and classificatioo by both political authorities Hours One 2 hour workshop (comprising lectures and seminar Three to four hours per week, consisting of two hours of HISY324 or HISY325 in 1992. IU1d community groups. Consideration is givoo to the causal discussions of primary sources) per week and one hourly tutorial and a two hour seminar and/or film session. factors involved in the development of poverty and neglect and Examination Essay totalling 3,000 words per week. to the ideologies of various helping groups, whether they be in the Reading Fortnightly seminars to be selected from the HISY324 Examination Two essays and a weekly journal form of government agencies or in the fonn of voluntary groups and HISY325 seminar series. s History aims to introduce second and third year students Content rich scholarly literature of women's history and the history within the community. The motives and functions of ameliorating BRITISH HISTORY This course is about people and change. It examines the wo1ne11 in. anlUITlberof western cultures. It will commence with organisations such as the Benevolent Society of New South which English men and women -the rich, the "middling women and early concepts of women's culture, work, Wales, the Society for the Refief of Destitute Children the HISY216} THE PROTESTANT CAUSE AND THE the poor -lived, loved, worked and played during a period life 1111d participation in the dominant society of western Sydney Infirmary, the various colonial and state Boardin~-out HISY316} ENGLISH NATION: ENGLAND FROM some historians have dubbed as the age ofthe gre:attrarlsfctnntali(ll; the rise of the family and the stories of famous women Systems, O!phan Asylums and City Missions will be explored in REFORMATION TO REVOLUTION 15cp Due weight will be given to the broad pattern of change Hildegard of Bingen, Catherine of Siena, Eleanor of some depth. these years in the areas of industrial and urban and Christine de Pi san. The main part of the course will Recommended Readings population growth, and the restructuring of society. the role of women and gender in England, the United Bessant, Bob (ed.) 1987, Motlu!r State and Her Little Ones, Offered Semester I, day only in I992 workshops and tutorials which comprise the programme and Australia in the ninetee11th and twentieth centuries. Cootre for Youth and Community Affairs, Melbourne. Lecturer Dr David Lemmings designed to bring the past to life by introducing us topics will include the history of the first-wave women's real people who left their traces in words, pictures and the suffrage campaign, the nineteenth century notion Dickey, Brian 1980,No Charity Tlu!re: A Short History ofSocial Prerequisites For HISY2I6, 20 credit points in History at IOO objects. And the story will unravel as a mystery tour lady, the concept of the domestic sphere and the public/ Welfare in Australia, Nelson, Melbourne. level. a journey with a known destination, since we split, the role of women in industrialisation, the rise of the Greoo, David & Cromwell, Lawrence I984, Mutual Aid or For HISY3I6, 30 credit points in History at 200 level. discover the route for ourselves, using those traces as womoo and the war effort, suburbanisation 1111d the Welfare State Australia's Friendly Societies, George Allen and Hours One two hour workshop, comprising lectures and seminar Students who complete the course will therefore feminism of the I960s and 70s. Unwin, Sydney. discussion of primary sources) per week and one hourly tutorial "detective skills", in addition to locating part of the taking this subject may choose to combine it with Maunders, David 1984, Keeping Tlu!m offtlu! Streets: A History per week. cultural inheritance. l'disciptlin.ary Subjects in Gender Studies: of Voluntary Youth Organisations in Australia 1850-1980, Examination Two essays and a weekly journal. Recommended reading Feminism: Historical and Cross-Cultural Phillip Institute of Tecnhology, Coburg. Content Clark, J.C.D. 1985, English Society 1688-1832, Carnbrildgei Ramsland, John, Children of tlu! Bacldanes, NSW Uni Press, Kensington. The English killed their king in 1649. Theactofregicideis a focal Evans, E.J. 1983, Tlu! Forging of tlu! Modern State: point for this course, which deals with the development of the Industrial Britain 1783·1870, Longman. HISY319 ISSUES IN AUSTRALIAN HISTORY 15cp English nation state and its relationship with the protestant cause. Langford, P. 1989, A Polite and Commercial People, It begins with the establishment of Tudor legitimacy under Henry Offered Semester II; evening only in 1992 Porter, R. I982, English Society in tlu! Eighteenth Vll, and then explores the Reformation and the growth of the Lecturers Dr J. Turner, convenor; and other History staff modem nation state under Henry VITI. Elizabeth I seemed to Pelican. Prerequisites 30 credit points in History at 200 level unite England through the cull of "Gloriana", and her ~ccess as Thompson, E.P. I977, Whigs and Hunters, Penguin. a female monarch will be examined before proceedmg to the Hours I lecture 1111d seminar totalling two to three hours per political and religious divisions of the following ce?tu?', which HISY318 SELECTED DOCUMENTS IN week. culminated in civil war and revolution. The conslltutional and ENGLISH HISTORY Assessment Based upon two seminar papers, contributions to the religious causes of these upheavals will be d~scussed in Offered Semesters I and II seminar series and a class examination. considerable detail, and their ramifications pursued mto the later Anne 1975, Damned Whores and Grxf s Police, Stuart period, concluding with the "Glorious Revolution" of Lecturer Dr David Lemmings Content I688. Prerequisite/Corequisite As for HISY316. Intooded to allow sooior students to study in depth some of the will Avail able only in 1992 and for students who have key issues in Australian History, this course be based mainly Recommended readings on periodical articles and related documents: it will be an ideal British history at 200 level in 199I or who are Smith, Alan G.R. I984, Tlu! Emergence of a Nation State: Tlu! AUSTRALIAN SOCIAL WELFARE preparation for honours and post-graduate research. After a HISY3I6 or HISY317 in 1992. Commonwealth ofEngland, 1529·1660, Longman. HISTORY 15cp preparatory lecture to open up the topic, the seminar will be used Sommerville, J.P. 1986,Politicsandldeology in England, I603- Hours One seminar per fortnight for the year. Semester I at Shortland campus, evening only in I992; to examine controversial interpretations of Australia's past. In 1640, Longman. Examination One essay per semester. IT at Central Coast campus, day only in 1992. 1992, topics will include Health issues at Botany Bay, convicts as workers, the Cato Street Conspirators, the new Australia Thomas, Keith I973, Religion and tlu! Decline ofMagic: Studies Content experimoot,theintemationaiWorkersoftheWorldandNewcastle inPopularBeliefsinSixteenthandSeventeenthCenturyEngland, Fortnightly seminars to be selected from the For HISY222, 20 credit points in History at I 00 miners in 1909, foreign policy in the 1930s and the rise and fall Penguin. H1SY3I7 seminar series. equivalent. For HISY322, 30 credit points at 200 level. of the Australian left. After a careful reading of Rob Pascoe, The Wrightson, Keith 1982,EnglishSociety,1580-1660, Hutchinson. : 2lectures and one tutorial per week. Maflllj'acture ofAustralian History, students should prepare for particular seminar topics using: 97 96 SECfiON FOUR illSTORY SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONs FOUR illSTORY SUBJEcr Hogan, T. 1li176,lndex to Articles onAustralianHistory, University (b) a "core" course consisting of The Theory and Practice Of Assessment will be by essay work during th of New England. History, 2hours per week for Jl/ semesters); 2 seminars which will deal in a practical manner with the test at the end. e semester and a short Crittenden, Victor & Thawley, John, Index to 1 ournal Articles on (c) two other Special Studies, each involving 2 hours per week in . BJ~me:ms and techniques of historical research and writing. The Recommended preliminary reading Australian History 1974-1978 first semester) chosen from a number of options which may be · substance of this part of the course will be two multi­ varied from lime to time by the Head of the Department. In 1992 Nicholson, H. 1968, The Development of English Biogr, h Crittenden, Victor & Thawley, John, Index to 1 ournal Articles on workshops, each concerning a particular theme or event. London. ap y, Australian History for 1979 these Special Studies, available subject to reasonable demand be chosen in the initial meeting, but must allow and the exigencies of staffing, are: study of original sources. Some possible topics Crittenden, Victor & Thawley, John, Index to 1 ournal Articles on C~ord, J~s L. 1970, From Puzzles to Portraits: problems of a l1terary bwgrapher. Australian History for 1980 (i) Gandhi, Associate Professor Wright. Australian Public Affairs Information Service, APAIS. (ii) War and Society, Associate Professor Andrews. Gittings, Robert 11i178, The Nature of Biography, London. (iii) The Nature of Biography, Dr Hempenstall. Walter, J. (ed.) 198l,Reading life histories, Brisbane. REFLECTIVE IDSTORY (iv) Land and Society, Professor Ward, Semester II only. LAND AND SOCIETY HISY320 HISTORY AND SOCIETY 15cp (v) Intellectuals, Society and the State in China since 1895, Mi"' :nus subject examines property ~nce~ts which have developed Offered Semester I Chan. · ~ Euro.pe and those of Oceamc SOCieties. It will discuss the of these during the colonisation of the Pacific, with Lecturers Associate Professor Fredman (vi) State and Society in Tokugawa1apan, Mr Chan. mter~on speCial. to the extent to which indigenous rights were (vii) The American Presidency, Associate Professor Fredman. ·•· reg~ Prerequisites 30 credit points in History at the 200 level. recogrus~ m the formal legal system and the effects of this on (viii) Urban History, Associate Professor Fredman. . . relations. Recent developments such as the Gove Peninsul Hours One 2-3 hour workshop per week ·~ ~ce on land claims, the Aboriginal La:J Examination Essays and class exercises. (ix) The Development of the Hunter Valley and its lndustri~p Ju~gement Abori~nal 1801-1945, Dr Turner. ·lt Rlghls(NorthernTemtory)Act,1976andtherecognitioninNew Content Zealand law of the Treaty ofWaitangi will be examined in detail. (x)Law and Society in Early Modern England and her Coloni~ "History and Society" is a reflective subject for students, especially Dr Lemmings. 1.&\! Recommended reading prospective Honours students, who wish to explore the nature of ,ji Maddock, K. 1983, Your Land is Our Land, Penguin. historical discourse, both as a professional activity and as generated (xi) Religious belief in Australia, Dr Hilary Carey. or used in public life. Issues pursued will include: the word Note should be sought from the staff member concerned. Crocombe, R. (ed.) 1971, Land Tenure in the Pacific, OUP. "history" and its various meanings; why people seek to understand ~ripllimls of some of the options are as follows:- Prospective History Honours students must consult the INTELLECTUALS, SOCIETY AND THE STATE IN themselves in time; popular history; who or what creates our the Department as soon as possible after the publication CHINA SINCE 1985 sense of the past; professional history in its various modes; the examination results for 1991 to ascertain whether they semester-long course is not purely military history, but A series of seminars examining the dilemma of modem Chinese claim to historical objectivity; history and values; good and bad acceptable candidates, and to hold preliminary an analysis of the relationship between war and society. Of intellectuals confronting the collapse of their traditional social history. regarding a thesis topic. It is hoped that accepted cartdidlate:s, it begins with a survey of warfare from the French and political institutions; the role of intellectuals and students in Recommended reading begin work on their thesis over the long vacation. to Vietnam, but the underlying focus is on the issues twentieth century revolutionary process; the ambivalent ~ell,George,1984. THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF HISTORY have been raised by changes during the twentieth century: relationship between intellectuals and the Chinese communist of the accelerating technology of the last 100 years; the state; and the development of student and dissident movements Carr, E.H., What is History. Convenors Dr Carey, Dr Lemmings of generalship and command in war; the inter­ since 1949. or "Every history becomes chronicle when it is no longer between war, politics and politicians; the increasing Recommended reading Marwick, A., The Nature of History. but only recorded in abstract words, which were uu<:e uvu•·'" war on modem societies; morality in waifare (as raised concrete and expressive." total waifare concept, the strategic bombing of Germany, Barme, G. & Minford, J. (eds.) 1989, Seeds of Fire: Chinese Voices of Conscience, papemack, Hill & Wang. HIST401} HISTORY HONOURS Benedetto, Croce, History - Its Theory and Practice, ~U11~ at,omic bK>rr1bir1g ctfJllpan). It ends by looking at the causes HIST402} Douglas Ainslie. First published 1916. and possible methods of avoiding them in the future. Gittings,J.1989,ChinaChangesFace:Theroadfromrevolution, HIST403} have the option of approaching the study from whatever 1949-1989, Oxford University Press. The object of this course is to introduce advanced appeals to them. Prerequisites some of the core concepts of historical thinking and to Greider, J.B. 1981,/ntel/ectualsand the State in Modern China, pape!back, Free Press. In order to qualify for admission to History Honours, a student in the use of archives and other historical sources. 'T'~.-~h•n" is by one essay and one three-hour paper. must satisfy the Head of Department that his/her overall be undertaken in seminars and workshops and it is K~mJmended reading Meisner, M. 1986, Mao's China and After, papertJack, Free Press. performance in History subjects makes him/her a suitable there be time to study two themes in depth. By best introductory reading would be:­ candidate. A satisfactory performance will normally include an course students will be able to understand the teclhnii:JUIJI J.F.C. 1789-1961, The Conduct of War. THE AMERICAN PRESIDENCY overall credit average in previous History subjects, including methodology for original historical research, thinking and The .office, powers and development of the Presidency in the Part m or 300 level subjects. fiST 401 is normally a single year (i) Theory and History G., The Causes of War. full-time course; it is available as a two-year part-time course at context of the American constitution and American political Nine seminars examining recent theories ofhistory an1Jevm111 the discretion of the Head of Department. history and behaviour. Some attention will be paid to other thecontemporarydebateonthenatureofhistoricalnn•~""ltall course traces the development of biography as a form of Federations and alternative forms of government in their Examinations and the practice of historians. and literary discourse from the middle ages to the appropriate contexts. By written examination and progressive assessment. Examinations Preliminary Reading: day. It examines various theories about the individual in Recommended reading will be in July and November as required. and the way to approach the writing of individual lives. Osborne, G. & Mandel, W.F. (ed.) 1982, New History, Bailey, T.A. 1966, Presidential Greatness, Appleton. Content Australia Today, Sydney. will proceed via a reading of specific biographies and of theory and method on a wider canvas. Bums, J.M. & Peltason, J. 1981, Government by the People, (a) a minor thesis of between 10,000 and 15,000 words based White, H. 1985, Metahistory, Baltimore. Prentice-Hall. upon acceptable primary and secondary sources;

98 99 IDSTORY SUBJECI' DESCRIPTIONS LINGUISTICS SUBJECf DESCRIP'l10N SECI'ION FOUR

knowledge. Koenig, L. 1975, The Chief &ecutive, Harcourt Brace. · Linguistics Subject Descriptions Recommended reading Rossiter, C. 1960, The American Presidency, Harcourt Brace. ~;· ·[jn~tuistic;s is the study of the structure and functioning of ,..- 111110,uu.,~· In particular, it seeks to discover what is common to the Hudson, R.,lnvitalion to Linguistics, Martin Robertson. URBAN HISTORY of ALL language, so that the basic principles by which Texts Evolution of the city and urban life including umanisation as a will be understood. It therefore has natural common Aitchison, Hutchinson. dominant feature of the 19th and 20th centuries; contrasting with other language subjects, including English, but it is J., The Articulale Mammal, images of the city; a historical perspective on current problems; to have expertise in a foreign language in order to Fromldn,V.(etal),AnlntroductiontoLanguage,2ndAustralian Australian illustrations; and the historiography of the subject. the subject. edn, Holt Rinehart. RecommendMfor Preliminary Reading t:.ineuistic;s bears on the relationship between language and Wanlhaugh, R., An Introduction to Sociolinguistics, Basil Blackwell. Coppa, F. & Dolce, P. (eds.) 1974, Cities in Transition: from the and has among its special interests the acquisition and ~vellopme:nt of language in children, and the interaction of Ancient World to Urban America, Chicago. References and society. Thus it has important connections with Bolinger, D. & Sears, D.,Aspects ofLanguage 3rd edn, Harcourt Handlin, 0. & Borchard, J. (eds.) 1963, Tlu! Historian and tlu! as Education, Philosophy, Psychology, and City, Harvard. Brace Jovanovich. Toynbee, A. (ed.) 1967, Cities of Destiny, Thames & Hudson, Finegan, E. & Besnier, N., Language: Its Structure and Use, London. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS 20cp Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Lyons, J., Language and Linguistics (Cambridge University Press. Trudgill, P., Sociolinguistics: An Introduction, Penguin. LING200 LEVEL SUBJECTS course provides a general introduction to central issues in LING201 LINGUISTIC DESCRIPTION 20cp , and will cover the following areas: NOTE that LING201 is pre- or co-requisite for most Linguistics Structure [Lllng1~111:e 200 level subjects, and a prerequisite for LING301. section of the course introduces basic theoretical and Prerequisite LINGlOl principles of linguistics. Some important investigation used by linguists will be introduced, Hours 2 hours per week, full year discm;sictn will focus on ways of describing how language Examination Essays and other written assignments levels of phonology, syntax and semantics. Examples Content from a number of languages, including Australian languages, to illustrate the different ways in which An investigation oflanguage structure and techniques oflinguistic may be organised within a linguistic system. The analysis with particular emphasis on the following areas: includes a detailed description of the structure of English (i)Semantics: Lexical and sentence semantics: sense relations in a scientific point of view. the lexicon; problems of reference; modality; presupposition and O'IIDKUIII[e Use and Language Learning implicature. (ii) Syntax: Introduction to syntactic theory and its role in explaining the properties oflanguage and thelinguisticcompetence of social context in language use: An investigation into of the speaker/hearer. The nature of linguistic generalizations ;:relati

101 100 SECTION FOUR LINGUISTICS SUBJECT DESCRIPTION LINGUISTICS SUBJEcr DESCRIPTION ConJenJ LING218 TOPICS IN SYNTAX lOcp Language processing and hemispheric specialisation; Chomskyan Not available in 1992 and Piagetian views of language acquisition; the relationship between language development and the development of other LING219 ANALYSIS OF SPEECH lOcp cognitive capacities; universals of language development. Prerequisite UNG101 RESEARCH/MINOR THESIS lOcp References To be advised. Corequisite LING201 LING201, passed at Credit level or better LING212 SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION lOcp Hours 2 hours per week for one semester 40cp in Linguistics subjects at 300 level Not available in 1992 Examination To be advised A minor thesis of approximately 6,000 words Content LING213 CONVERSATIONAL ANALYSIS lOcp This course will examine the physics of speech and theinstmm~' Not available in 1992 used to analyse speech, and will introduce students to experimenlal' design in phonetics research. DIRECTED READING lOcp LING214 STRUCTURE OF LANGUAGES lOcp References To be advised. OTHER THAN ENGLISH LING201, passed at Credit level or better Prerequisite LING101 LING220 SPEECH AND LANGUAGE 30cp in Linguistics subjects at 300 level and of Head of Department Corequisite LING201 DISORDERS Hours 2 hours per week for one semester Not available in 1992 Examination On written assignments LING300 LEVEL SUBJECTS reading course in specified areas of current linguistic Conlenl LING301 LINGUISTIC THEORY Comparison of certain syntactic phenomena in selected languages. Note: LING301 is a pre- or co-requisite for all other LUlgulSUI~ References To be advised. 300 level subjects, and a prerequisite for entry to LutgUlSb.!if Honours. LING21S LANGUAGE IN MULTICULTURAL lOcp Prerequisite UNG201 SOCIETIES Hours 3 hours per week, Semester 1 Prerequisite UNG101 or SOC101/102 Examination Essays and other written assignments Hours 2 hours per week for one semester ConJenJ Examination Essays and other written assignments Syntactic Theory ConJenJ LINGUISTICS HONOURS Government/Binding Theory and the explanation of The interaction oflanguage and social contexts; the ethnography universals as well as the range of variation observed of communication; language maintenance and language shift in languages, and the acquisition of competence. multicultural societies; national language policies. Students will be accepted into the Linguistics Honours is given to the formal properties and organisation of the at the discretion of the Head of Department. In order References To be advised. and its application to Fnglish and selected additional for entry to Linguistics Honours, a student must This course is a continuation of the Syntax COin(l4:lllent

102 103 SECfiON FOUR MA 1HEMATICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS sECfiON FOUR MA 1HEMATICS SUBJEcr DESCRIPTIONS References Mathematics Subject Descriptions ·' References Corequisite MATH203 Ash, C. & Ash, R.B. 1987, The Calculus Tutoring Book, IEEE LEVEL 100 MATHEMATICS SEMESTER SUBJECTS Hours 2 hours per week for one semester Press. Binmore, K.G. 1985, Mathematipal Analysis, CUP. The usual route for study of Mathematics beyond first year-for Brisley, W., Notes for Linear Algebra. Lecture notes in Examination One 2 hour paper example, to obtain a "Major in Mathematics" starts with MATH Stein, S.K. 1982, Calculus and Analytical Geom£try, 3rd edn, McGraw-Hill. Mathematics, University of Newcastle, No.5. or A Basis for Content 102 in first semester, followed by MATH 103 in second semester. Algebra However, entry at this point requires an adequate level of Orthogonality, Sturm-Liouville systems and generalisations knowledge and skill. At the time of writing, the minimum level MATH102 MATHEMATICS 102 10cp •• Cbtaprnru~. C.R.J. 1973, Introduction to Mathematical Analysis, Series of Orthogonal functions, Fourier Series, Separation of &RmJUeage & Kegan Paul. is indicated by a mark of at least 120 out of 150 in 3-unit Prerequisites Either a performance of at least 120 out of 150 in v~~les, The classical partial differential equations (heat/ Mathematics at the New South Wales H.S.C. examination 3 U Mathematics at the NSW HSC or equivalent or MA THill • [fn:edman, D., Pisani, R. et al. 1978, Statistics,W.W. Norton & diffusion, wave, Laplace, Poisson). Any student with less than this level of knowledge or skill has Not to count for credit with MA TH112 Text: available MA THill, followed by MATH112. This combination Hours 4 lecture hours and 2 tutorial hours per week for one J.R.,RealAnalysis:AnlntroductoryCourse.Lecturenotes University of Newcastle, 1992, Mathematics ll Tutorial Notes. Mathematics, University of Newcastle, No.6. allows entry to eight of the seventeen level-200 subjects in semester References Mathematics. Such a student could take MATH 103 in a later year Examination One 3 hour paper R.S. & Vinson, T.O. 1987, Elem£ntary LinearAlgebra, to meet the prerequisites for further mathematics subjects. Brace Jovanovich. Broman, A: 1989, An Introduction to Partial Differential Equations, Dover. Note that MATHlll is not appropriate for a student who has Content performed substantially above the minimum level for entry to Calculus of functions of a single variable. The Fundamental 200 MATHEMATICS SEMESTER SUBJECTS Churchill, R.V. & Brown, J.W. 1978., Fourier Series and MATH 102/103. Theorem of Calculus. Taylor's series. Complex numbers~' Boundary Value Problems, McGraw-Hill. Differential equations. An introduction to the calculus offunctioni 1 MULTIV ARIABLE CALCULUS Scp Greenberg, M.D. 1988, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, MATH111 MATHEMATICS 111 10cp of two variables. Vectors. Matrix algebra. Eigenvalues,J ~e,!ou1tslte Both MATHlll and MA TH112, or both MATH I 02 Prentice-Hall. eigenvectors. Prerequisite 2U mathematics at HSC level or equivalent. or MATH102 and Permission of Head of Grossman, S.I. & Derrick, W.R. 1988, Advanced Engineering Not to count for credit with MATHIOI Texts Mathematics, Harper & Row. University of Newcastle 1992, Tutorial Notes for MATH102. 2 hours per week for one semester Kreyszig, E. 1988, AdvancedEngineering Mathematics, 6thedn, Hours 4 lecture hours and 2 tutorial hours per week for one ,,; semester. The subject is repeated in each semester Edwards, C.H. & Penney, D.E. 1990, Calculus and Analytical; «annin.~tllm One 2 hour paper paperback, Wiley, earlier editions are acceptable. Examination One 3 hour paper plus progressive assessment Geom£try, 3rd edn, Prentice-Hall. " References MATH203 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL Scp Content EQUATIONS 1 Ayres, F. 1974, Calculus, Schaum. Elementary algebra, trigonometry and geometry with applications. Prerequisite Both MATHill and MATH112or both MA THl 02 Calculus with applications of differentiation and integration. Anton, H. 1987, Elementary Linear Algebra, 5th edn,Wiley. <'\ and MATH103, or MATH102 and Permission of the Head of Newton's method. Trapezium and Simpson's Rules. Vector Farrand, S. & Poxton, N.J. 1984, Calculus, Harcourt Brai:li'1 Department geometry, and its applications. Jovanovich. of Newcastle 1992, Mathematics [[Tutorial Notes. Hours 2 hours per week for one semester Text Stein, S.K., 1982, Calculus and Analytical Geometry, 3rd Examination One 3 hour paper University of Newcastle 1992, Mathematics 111 Tutorial Notes. McGraw-Hill. R.A. 1987, Calculus of Several Variables, Addison Content: References Walters, F.R.F.C. & Wehrhahn, K. 1989, Calculus I, 2nd Linear differential equations with constant coefficients, Linear Ash, C. & Ash, R.B. 1987, The Calculus Tutoring Book, IEEE Carslaw. C.R. 1990, Exercises in Multivariable and Vector differential equations-general case, Series solutions-special Press. functions, Laplace transforms, Applications. MATH103 MATHEMATICS 103 McGraw-Hill. Dobson, AnnetteJ. & Stokoe, Janet 1986, Self-Paced Introductory M.D. 1988, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Text: Mathematics, 3rd edn, ANU Press. Prerequisite Either a performance of at least 120 out of 3 unit Mathematics at the NSW Higher School Certificalte· University of Newcastle 1992, Mathematics ll Tutorial Notes. MATH112 MATHEMATICS 112 10cp equivalent or MATH I 02 or MATHlll and MATH112 S.I. & Derrick, W.R. 1988, Advanced Engineering References: lllu•mn•tir• Harper & Row. Prerequisites EitherMATHlll orMATHlOl Hours 4 lecture hours and 2 tutorial hours per week for Boyce, W.E. & Di Prima, R.C. 1986, Elem£ntary Differential semester E., Advani:ed Engineering Mathematics, 6th edn Equations and Boundary Value Problems, Wiley. Not to count for credit with MATH102 Wiley, 1988; earlier editions are acceptable. Examination One 3 hour paper Burghes, D. & Barrie, M. 1981, Modelling into Differential Hours 4 lecture hours and 2 tutorial hours per week for one Equations, Ellis-Horwood. semester. The subject is repeated in each semester Content Gro~sman, S.I. & Derrick, W.R. 1988, Advanced Engineering Examination One 3 hour paper plus progressive assessment An introduction to numerical mathematics and computing. geometry and linear algebra: vector spaces, linear maps. Mathematics, Harper & Row. Contents of the convergence of sequences and series. Power Hochstadt, H, Differential Equations, Dover) Techniques ofintegration with applications. Differential equations Elementary Theorems of Mathematical Analysis. Kreyszig, E. 1988, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 6th edn and applications. Calculus of several variables together with An introduction to statistics: exploratory data analysis, paperback, Wiley, earlier editions are acceptable. applications. Taylor Series expansions. Complex numbers and and random variation, probability, use of MINIT AB. PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL Scp their applications. Matrix algebra. Eigenvalues, eigenvectors. EQUATIONS 1 Martin, W.T. & Reissner, Elem£ntary Differential Equations, Texts Dover) Texts Both MA THill and MA TH112or both MATHl 02 University of Newcastle 1992, Tutorial notes for MATH or MA THl 02 and Permission of the Head of Sanchez, D. A., Allen, R.C. et all988, Differential Equation, 2nd University of Newcastle 1992, Tutorial Notes for MATH11. edn, Addison Wesley.

104 105 SECfiON FOUR MA1HEMATICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIOJI!s SECfiON FOUR MA1HEMA TICS SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

MATH204 REAL ANALYSIS Scp Local and global continuity of mappings on metric spaces and Content References: topological characterisations. Prerequisite (MATH102 and MATHl03) or (MATH111 and Taylorandl..aurentseries,analyticcontinuation.Residuetheory, Thorpe, J.A. 1979, Elementary Topics in Differential G try MATH112 and MATH103) Sequential compactness and application in approximation theory. ·. evaluation of some real integrals and series, the Atgument S pnnger.. eome , Hours 2 hours per week for one semester Text .Principle and Rouche's Theorem. Conformal mapping and &.ap{llicatic,ns.Furtherexamination of multivaluedfunctions; branch E:xmnination One 2 hour paper Giles, J.R. 1989, Introduction to the Analysis of Metric Space,, MATH211 GROUP THEORY cuts, Riemann surfaces. Scp Content CUP. Prerequisite (MATH102 and MATH103) or (MATH111 and MATH112 and MATH103) Study in an axiomatic way of the properties of the real number References II'Chilll'Cihill, R.V., Brown,J.W. et al. 1984,Complex Variables and system and functions defined on the real numbers and on the Bartle, R.G. 1976, The Elements ofReal Analysis, Wiley. Hours 2 hours per week for one semester iAPJrJliCIUI(ms, McGraw-Hill. Euclidean plane. Giles, J.R., Real Analysis: An Introductory Course, LectJne Exmnination One 2 hour paper &Ladas,G.1974,1ntroductiontoComplexVariables, Properties of the real number system: the Supremum Axiom, Notes in Mathematics, University of Newcastle, No.6. HouightcJn Mifflin. Content completeness and compactness. Goldberg, R.R. 1964,MethodsofRealAnalysis, GinnBlaisde!!. E. 1979, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley. Groups, subgroups, isomorphism. Permutation groups, groups of Convergence of sequences and series in the Euclidean plane. Simmons, G.F. 1963, Introduction to Topology and Moden, linear transformations and matrices, isometries, symmetry groups ...... ~."~.. , N. & Redheffer, R.M. 1970, Complex Variables, Limits of functions and algebra of limits, continuity and algebra Analysis, McGraw-Hill. of regular polygons and polyhedra. Cosets, Lagrange's theorem, normal subgroups, isomorphism theorems. of continuous functions. White, A.J. 1968, Real Analysis, Addison-Wesley. P.V. 1983, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Properties of continuous functions: connectedness, compactness Text and uniform continuity. MATH206 COMPLEX ANALYSIS 1 ~ Ledermann, W. 1976, Introduction to Group Theory, Longman. Properties of differentiable functions: Mean Value Theorems Prerequisite Both MATH111 and MATH112or both MATHltp References and Taylor polynomial approximation for functions on the real and MATH1 03, or MA THl 02 and Permission of the Headi

Content Content , Gerald, C. F. & Wheatly, P.O. 1984,AppliedNumericalAnalysis, MATHJOl LOGIC AND SET THEORY This topic is designed to introduce students to the idea of a Operations research involves the application of quantitative : Addison-Wesley. lOcp Not offered in 1992 mathematical model. Several realistic situations will be treated methods and tools to the analysis of problems involving the University of Newcastle Computing Centre, Handbook for VAX! beginning with an analysis of the non-mathematical origin of the operation of systems and its aim is to evaluate the consequences VMS. problem, the formulation of the mathematical model, solution of ofcertaindecisionchoicesandtoimprovetheeffectivenessofthe MATH302 GENERAL TENSORS AND lOcp University of Newcastle Computing Centre, VAX-11 Fortran. the mathematical problem and interpretation of the theoretical system as a whole. RELATIVITY results. The use of computers is an integral part of this subject. This subject will cover a number of areas of operations research Prerequisites MATH201, MATH202, MA TH203 andMATH218 LINEAR ALGEBRA 1 Scp (MATH208, 1990) References which have proved successful in business, economics and defence. DP'rert!ouisite MA THl 02 or (MA THill and MATH112) Andrews,J.G.&McC1one,R.R.l976,MathematicalModelling, These include such topics as network analysis and linear Hours 3 hours per week for one semester. to count for credit with MATH218 Butterworth. programming. Examination One 2 hour paper. 2 hours per week for one semester Bender,E.A.l918,AnlntroductiontoMathematicalModelling, References Content Daellenbach, H.G. & George, J.A. 1978, Introduction to ~nin.atitm One 2 hour paper Wiley. (An essay: see note at the end of the listing for300 level subjects.) Clements, R.R. 1989, Mathematical Modelling, CUP. Operations Research TechniqU£s, Allyn and Bacon. Covariant and contravariant vectors, general systems of Hillier, F.S. & Lieberman, G.J. 1980, Introduction to Operations Cross, M. & Moscardini, A.O. 1985, Learning the Art of representations. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors. coordinates. Covariant differentiation, differential operators in Research, 3rd edn, Holden-Day. Mathematical Modelling, Ellis Horwood. tagomm2:anoon. Inner product spaces. Difference and differential general coordinates. Riemannian geometry, metric, curvature, Dym, C.L & Ivey, E.S. 1980, Principles of Mathematical Taha, H.A. 1987, Operations Research, 4th edn, MacMillan. geodesics. Applications of the tensor calculus to the theory of Modelling, Academic. Hastings, Kevin J. 1989, Introduction to the Mathematics of elasticity, dynamics, electromagnetic field theory, and Einstein's Marcel Dekker. theory of gravitation. Edwards, D. & Hamson, M. 1989, Guide to Mathematical Operations Research, H. 1987, Elementary Linear Algebra, 5th edn, Wiley. References Modelling, Macmillan. D.M. 1979, Linear Algebra and Geometry, Cambridge. MATH216 NUMERICALANALYSIS Scp Abram, J. 1965, Tensor Calculus through Differential Geometry, Haberman, R. 1977, Mathematical Models, Prentice-Hall. W. 1973, A Basis for Linear Algebra, Wiley. Prerequisites (MATH102 and MATH103) or (MATHlll and Butterworths. Lighthill, J. 1980, Newer Uses ofMathematics, Penguin. MATH112 and MATH103) or (MATHlll and MATH112and R. & Vinson, T. 1987, Elementary Linear Algebra, Brace Jovanovich. Landau, L.D. & Lifshitz, E.M. 1962, The Classical Theory of Smith, J.M. 1971, Mathematical Ideas in Biology, Cambridge. COMP101) Fields, Pergamon. S. 1974, Linear Algebra, Schaum. Smith, J.M. 1974, Models in Ecology, Cambridge. Hours 2 hours per week for one semester Lichnerowicz, A. 1962, Elements ofTensor Calculus, Methuen. S. 1985, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Saunders. Examination One 2 hour paper Tyldesley, J.R. 1975, An Introduction to Tensor Analysis, MATH214 MECHANICS Scp Content C. & Anton, H. 1979, Applications of Linear Algebra, Longman. Prerequisites (MATH102 and MATH103) or (MATH111 and Willmore, T.J. 1972, An Introduction to Differential Geometry, MATH112and MATH103) Sources of error in computation. Solution of a single nonlinear, equation. Interpolation and the LagrangeinterpolatingpolynomiiL Oxford. Hours 2 hours per week for one semester. Finite differences and applications to interpolation. Numeric81 Scp Examination One 2 hour paper differentiation and integration including the trapezoidal tulei (MATH102 and MATH103) or (MATHlll and MATH303 VARIATIONAL METHODS AND lOcp 12 and MATH103) INTEGRAL EQUATIONS Content Simpson's rule and Gaussian integration formulae. Numeric~![;, solution of ordinary differential equations - Runge-Kutta ~ Not offered in 1992 Summary of vector algebra. Velocity and accelerations. predictor-correctormethods. Numerical solution oflinearsystems Kinematics of a particle. Newton's Law of Motion. Damped and 2 hours per week for one semester of algebraic equations. Applications of numerical methods lli MATH304 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL lOcp forced oscillations. Projectiles. Central forces. Inverse square ~li>~atwn One 2 hour paper applied mathematics, engineering and the sciences will be ma4f EQUATIONS2 law. The energy equation. Motion of a particle system. throughout the course. Conservation of linear momentum and of angular momentum. Not offered in 1992 Motion with variable mass. Text ::tm·smlCes arld subspaces, Linear Maps, Matrix representations. and eigenvectors, Diagonalisation, Difference MATH305 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL References Burden, R.L. & Faires, J.D. 1989,NumericalAnalysis, 4th lOcp Prindle, Weber & Schmidt. Inner product spaces, Gram-Schmidt process. EQUATIONS2 Chorlton, F. 1963, Textbook of Dynamics, Van Nostrand. unitary, hermitian and normal matrices. References Prerequisites MA TH201, MA TH202, MA TH203 and MATH204 Goodman, L.E. 1963, Dynamics, Blackie. Atkinson, K.E. 1984, An Introduction to Numerical.r"""'J""'!I'' Hours 3 hours per week for one semester Marion, J.B. 1970, Classical Dynamics, Academic. H. 1987, Elementary Linear Algebra, 5th edn, Wiley. Wiley. Examination One 2 hour paper Meirovitch, L. 1910,MethodsofAnalytical Dynamics, McGraw­ Balfour, A. & Marwick, D.H. 1986, Programming in D.M. 1979, Linear Algebra and Geometry, Cambridge. Content Hill. Fortran 77, Heinemann. W. 1973, A Basis for Linear Algebra, Wiley. (See also references for MATH 201, 202, 203) (An essay: see note at the end of the listing for300 level subjects.) Cherney, W. & Kincaid, D. 1985, Numerical Mathematics R. & Vinson, T. 1987, Elementary Linear Algebra, First order equations: linear equations, Cauchy problems; general Computing, 2nd edn, Brooks-Cole. Brace Jovanovich. MATH215 OPERATIONS RESEARCH Scp solutions; nonlinear equations; Cauchy's method of Cooper, D. & Clancy, M. 1985, Oh! Pascal!, Wiley. S. 1974, Linear Algebra, Schaum. characteristics; compatible systems of equations; complete Prerequisites MATH102 or MATH103 or (MATHlll and integrals; the methods of Charpit and Jacobi. Higher order MATH112) Etter, D.M. 1984 S. 1985, An Introduction to Linear Algebra, Saunders. 77, Benjamin. equations: linear equations with constant coefficients; reducible Hours 2 hours per week for one semester C. & Anton, H. 1979, Applications of Linear Algebra, Etter, D.M. 1983, Structured Fortran 77 for Engineers and irreducible equations; second order equations with variable coefficients; characteristics; hyperbolic, parabolic and elliptic Examination One 2 hour paper Scientists, Benjamin. equations. Special methods: separation of variables; integral transforms; Green's function. Applications in mathematical 108 109 MA TIIEMATICS SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS sECflON FOUR MA lHEMATICS SUBJEcr DESCRIPTlONS SECfiON FOUR

MATH307 QUANTUM AND STATISTICAL lOcp . MATH310 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS lOcp de Barra, G. 1981, MtuJSure Th£ory and lnJegration, Bllis physics where appropriate. MECHANICS prerequisite MATH205 Horwood. References Prereqllisites MATH201, MATH203 and MATH206 3 hours per week for one semester Halmos, P.R. 1950, Measure Th£ory, Van Nostrand. Colton, D. 1988,Partia1DifferenJialEquations-anlnJroduction, Hours 3 hours per week for one semester One 2 hour paper. Kolmogorov, A.N. & Fomin, S.V. 1970, lnJroductory Real Random House. Analysis, Prentice-Hall. Courant, R. & Hilbert, D. 1966, Methods of Math£matical Examination One 2 hour paper Physics Vol.ll Partial DifferenJial Equations, Interscience. ConJent llirAnes!oav:. see note at the end ofthelistingfor300 level subjects.) MATH312 ALGEBRA lOcp Epstein, B. 1962, Partial Differential Equations - an (An essay: see note at the end of the listing for300 level subjects.) •i~o1me:d linear spaces, finite dimensional spaces, inner product Not offered in 1992 lnJroduction, McGraw-Hill. Classical Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics, Liouville Linear mappings, continuity, topological and isometric Haack, W. & Wendland, W. 1972, Lectures on Partial and theorem. Statistical Mechanics: basic postulate; microcanonicai lw~norvhi.sms. Dual spaces, the Hahn-Banach Theorem and MATH313 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS (THEORY} lOcp ,.fl••xhritv. Conjugate mappings, operators on Hilbert space, Phaffian DifferenJial Equations, Pergamon. ensemble; equipartition; classical ideal gas; canonical ensemble; Prerequisites MATH201, MATH203, MATH204 and operators and projection operators. Smith, M.G. 1967, lnJroduction to th£ Theory of Partial energy fluctuations; grand canonical ensemble; density MATH218(MATH208,1990). Programming ability (high-level DifferenJial Equations, Van Nostrand. fluctuations; quantum statistical mechanics; density matrix, ideal language) is assumed Bose gas; ideal Fermi gas; white dwarf stars; Bose-Einstein .R.1987 ,/nJroductiontoAnalysisofMetric Spaces, CUP. Hours 3 hours per week for one semester Sneddon, I.N. 1986, ElemenJs ofPartial DijferenJial Equations, condensation; superconductivity. · McGraw-Hill. J.R. 1988, lnJroduction to Analysis of Normed Linear Examination One 2 hour paper Quantum mechanics: the wave-particle duality, concept of University of Newcastle Lecture Notes. probability; development, solution and interpretation of ConJenJ MATH306 FLUID MECHANICS lOcp Schrodinger's equations in one, two and three dimensions; (An essay: see note at the end of the listing for 300 level subjects.) Prerequisites MATH201, MATH203, MATH204andMA TH206 degeneracy; Heisenberg uncertainty; molecular stmcture. G. & Narici, L. 1966, Functional Analysis, Academic. Solution of linear systems of algebraic equations by direct and Advisory Pre!Corequisite MATH207 References S. 1988, Th£orie des Operations Lineaires, 2nd edn, linear iterative methods; particular attention will be given to the Hours 3 hours per week for one semester Croxton, C. A. 1915,1nJroductory Eigenphysics, Wiley. influence of various types of errors on the numerical result, to the Examination One 3 hour paper Fong, P. 1968, ElemenJary QuanJum Mechanics, Addisoq. general theory of convergence of the latter class of methods and to the concept of "condition" of a system. Solution by both one ConJenJ Wesley. step and multistep methods of initial value problems involving GJ.0.1914,TopologyandNormedSpaces,Chapman- (An essay: see note at theendofthelistingfor300level subjects.) Huang, K. 1963, Statistical Mechanics, Wiley. ordinary differential equations. Investigation of stability oflinear Basic concepts: continuum, pressure, viscosity. Derivation of the Landau, L.D. & Lifshitz, E.M. 1968, Statistical Physic1;' marching schemes. Boundary value problems. Finite-difference equations of motion for a real incompressible fluid; Poiseuille Pergamon. ;Qln1og,oro,v, A.N. & Fomin, S.V. 1957, ElemenJs ofth£ Th£ory (and finite-element methods) of solution of partial differential rF~rncltiorzs and Functional Analysis, Vol.I, Grayloch. and Stokes' boundary layer flow. Dynamical similarity and the y{ equations. If time permits, other numerical analysis problems Reynolds number. Flow at high Reynolds number; ideal (non­ MATH308 GEOMETRY Ukp E. 1978, Introductory Functional Analysis with such as integration, solution of non-linear equations etc. will be treated. viscous) fluid; simplification of the equations of motion; Bernoulli Prerequisites 20 credit points from 200 level Mathematit§j ppl1ication:s, Wiley. equations; the case of irrotational flow; Kelvin's circulation including at least one of MATH209, 211, 218 i!U~'"'HW.. L.A. & Sobolev, U.J. 1961, ElemenJs ofFunctional TeJCJ theorem. Investigation of simpleirrotationalinviscid flows; two­ Frederick Unger. Burden, R.L. & Faires, J.D. 1989,Numerica1Analysis, 4th edn, dimensional flows; circulation; axisymmetric flow around a Hours 3 hours per week for one semester Prindle,Weber & Schmidt. sphere; virtual mass. Generation of vorticity at solid boundaries; Examination One 2 hour paper G.F. 1963, lnJroduction to Topology and Modern , McGraw-Hill. References boundary layers and their growth in flows which are initially ConJenJ ~)i irrotational. ··if A.E. and Lay, D.C. 1980,1nJroduction to Functional Atkinson, K.E. 1978, An Introduction to Numerical Analysis, (An essay: see note at the end ofthelistingfor300level subj~ References 2nd edn, Wiley. Wiley. An axiomatic approach to Euclidean and , A. 1964, Functional Analysis, Blaisdell. Ames, W.F. 1969, Numerical Methods for Partial DifferenJial Batchelor, G.K. 1967, An lnJroduction to Fluid Dynamics, geometries, and analytic models for them. Plane HvoeJbollici!!Mir­ Equations, Nelson. Cambridge. Plane Projective geometry. N. 1988,An inJroduction to Hilbert space, CUP. Chirgwin, B.H. & Plumpton, C. 1967, ElemenJary Classical Applications. Cohen, A.M. et al. 1973, Numerical Analysis, McGraw-Hill. Hydrodynamics, Pergamon. MEASURE THEORY & TeXl Conte, S.D. & de Boor, C. 1980, ElemenJary NumericalAnalysis, INTEGRATION lOcp 3rd edn, McGraw-Hill. Curle, N. & Davies, H.J. 1971, Modern Fluid Dynamics Vols I & Notes for Geometry 1992, Mathematics Department II, Van Nostrand 1968. •eretrui.•i't" MATH205 Forsythe, G.E., Malcolm, M.A. etal1977, Computer Methods for References Goldstein, S. (ed.) 1965, Modern Developments in Fluid 3 hours per week for one semester. Math£matical Computations, Prentice-Hall. Blumenthal, L.M. 1970, Studies in Geometry, Freeman. Dynamics, Vols I & /1, Dover. ram~na~rion One 2 hour paper. Isaacson, E. & Keller, H.M. 1966,AnalysisofNumerical Methods, Milne-Thompson, L.M. 1968, Theoretical Hydrodynamics, Eves, H. 1972,A Survey ofGeometry, Allyn & Bacon. Wiley. Macmillan. Gamer, L.E. 1981, An Outline of Projective Geometry, . see note at the end of the listing for300level subjects.) Lambert, J.D. & Wait, R. 1973, Computational Methods in Panton, R. 1984,1ncompressible Flow, Wiley. Holland. Ordinary DifferenJial Equations, Wiley. ofsets,Borelsets.Measures,outermeasures,measurable Greenberg, M.J. 1980, Euclidean and Paterson, A.R. 1983, A First Course in Fluid Dynamics, extemiion of measures, Lebesgue measure. Measurable Mitchell, A.R. & Wait, R. 1977, Til£ Finite ElemenJ Method in Geometries, 2nd edn, Freeman. Cambridge. sequences of measurable functions, simple functions. Partial DifferenJial Equations, Wiley. Robertson,J.H.1965,HydrodynamicsinTh£oryandApplication, monotone convergence theorem, the relation between Pizer, S.M. & Wallace, V.L. 1983, To Compute Numerically: MATH309 COMBINATORICS Prentice-Hall. and Lebesgue integrals. Lp-spaces, completeness. Concepts and Strategies, Little, Brown. Not offered in 1992 Smith, G.D. 1978, Numerical Solution of Partial Differential R.G. 1966, Til£ ElemenJs oflnJegration, Wiley. Equations: Finite Difference Methods, Oxford. 111 110 SECTION FOUR MA 1HEMATICS SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS SECTION FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTI ONS-FRENCH MATH314 OPTIMIZATION lOcp Jones, D.S. & Sleeman, B.D. 1983, Differential Equations and Mathematical Biology, Allen & Unwin. Modern Languages Subject Descriptions Those commencing in FRE130 and ftni h" . Prerequisites MATH201 and MATH218 (MATH208, 1990) need to take, in addition to the core sequ:Omceg rna would Students intending to enrol in subjects offered by the Department ~40 Hours 3 hours per week for one semester. Murray, J.D. 1989, Mathematical Biology, Springer. · • muumum of ten of Modern Languages should co"ntact the Department (French, non-core pomts at Level 200, and ten at Level300 T Segel, LA. 1984, Modeling Dynamic Phenomena in Molecular core points at Level 300 are recommended h · wenty non- Examination One 2 hour paper German or Japanese Section) before completing enrolment. ' owever. and Cellular Biology, Cambridge. Content Progression to Honours French (An essay: see note at the end of the listing for300 level subjects.) MATH316 INDUSTRIAL MODELLING lOcp Students wishing ~o pr~ to Level400 (Honours) would need General to ~upplement their maJor sequence with an additional40 credit Many situations in Economics, Engineering, Experimental and Not offered in 1992 pomts, taken from non-core units at the 200 and/or300level ( Pure Science are reducible to questions of Optimization. The French subjects are presented here in four groups: below, entry for FRE410). s see course is introduced by considering some simple examples of MATH317 NUMBERTHEORY lOcp One-semester ·:core" units which, at all levels (1 00, 200, this. The basic analysis and theory of convex sets and convex Further information Not offered in 1992 300), are essentially French language units, worth 10 credit functions underlying optimization are then developed. The points each. More detailed information is included in the 1992 edition of the theory of linear programming, including Bland's anticycling rule Manual for Students of French. MATH318 TOPOLOGY IOcp and duality, is examined. Constrained nonlinear optimization in <:>ne-sem~ster non-core units, which propose a choice of both the convex and the smooth case are developed from a Not offered in 1992 literary, linguistic or civilisation topics, worth 5 credit points I CORE SUBJECTS common separation argument. Ekeland's variational principle, Notes on Mathematics Level 300 Essay Assignment ~h. These ~on-core units may only be taken in conjunction descent methods and the one dimensional Fibonacci search for With core umts of a corresponding level. Students enrolled in Level 300 Mathematics semester subjects FREUO ELEMENTARY FRENCH 1 lOcp unconstrained problems form the final section of the course. Honours subjects will be required to complete an essay in an approved topic chosen Offered Semester I Text from the history or philosophy of Mathematics. Subjects primarily intended for students who do not wish to progress to sophisticated language studies in French. FRE11 Ois also offered in evening classes on afull year basis (see University of Newcastle 1990, Lecture Notes, "Optimization". The essay is a requirement for the satisfactory completion of one below "N Other French Subjects"). ofthe level300 mathematics subjects taken by a student normally •Modes of progression {core units). References Prerequisiles Nil in the ftrst semester of the student's 300 level program. may follow one of two possible modes of progression Greig, D.M. 1980, Optimization, Longman. Hours 6 hours per week Two copies of the essay are to be submitted by the 1Oth week of the core units, depending on their background in the Hestenes, M.R. 1975, Optimization Theory: The Finite the semester of which one will be returned to the student after Those with little or no previous knowledge of French Examination Regular progressive assessment with a major test Dimensional Case, Wiley. assessment. take the following core sequence over six semesters: at the end of the semester Holmes, R.B. 1972, A Course on Optimization and Best FRE110 Content Approximation, Springer. MATH401} HONOURS IN MATHEMATICS 40+40cp FRE120 This is a ftrst semester language unit designed for those with little Luenberger, D. G. 1969, Optimization by Vector Space Methods, MATH402} FRE210 or no previous knowledge of French. It introduces a basic Wiley. Prerequisites Excellent results in a major sequence of Mathematics FRE220 vocabulary and concentrates on speaking and understanding at Luenberger, D.G. 1973, Introduction to Linear and Nonlinear subjects, including at least 40 credit points at the 300 level, and the level of the language's most fundamental sentence patterns. FRE310 Programming, Addison-Wesley. favourable assessment by the Head of Department. Texts Hours At least 8lecture hours per week over one full-time year FRE320 Ponstein, J. 1980, Approaches to the Theory of Optimization, Gilbert, P. & Greffet, P., Bonne Route! JA, Hachette. Cambridge Univ. Press. or 4 lecture hours per week over two part-time years. entry to FRE120 (in the second semester of first year) Monnerie-Goarin, A., Bienvenue en France, Didier. Roberts, R.W. & Vanberg, D.E. 1973, Convex Functions, Examination At least eight 2 hour ftnal papers, and a study undei be considered for those who already possess a knowledge Academic Press. direction of a special topic using relevant published material and: . basic French, and who meet the standard set by a formal test. FRE120 ELEMENTARY FRENCH 2 presented in written form. Work on this thesis normally starts•. lOcp Werner, J. 1984, Optimization Theory and Applications, Friedr, Offered Semester II Vieweg & Sohn. early in February. who have successfully completed at least 2-Unit French Content HSC an~ who meet the standard set by a formal placement Prerequisiles FRE110 or its equivalent i m the Department prior to final enrolment can be MATH315 MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY IOcp Hours 6 hours per week A selection of at least eight Mathematics topics. The topics FRE130. They would take the followingcoresequenoe: Prerequisites MATH201, MATH203 and MATH213 offered may be from any branch of Mathematics including ~f. Examination Regular progressive assessment with a major test FRE130 Mathematics, Applied Mathematics, Statistics, ComputerScience at the end of the semester Hours 3 hours per week for one semester FRE220 and Operations Research as exemplified in the publication,, Content Examination One 2 hour paper Mathematical Reviews. ' FRE230 An elementary language unit designed as a sequel to FREIIO. It Content Students desiring admission to this subject should apply m\ FRE320 completes the introduction to the basic vocabulary and sentence writing to the Head of the Department before 20 December oft!»\ (An essay: see note at theendofthelistingfor300level subjects.) FRE330 stru<;tures of the spoken language, and considers some basic preceding year. A meeting will be held on the frrst Tuesday oftbpJ This subject will show the use of mathematical models to advance features of the written language. semester in_room VI<>? at H_X>pm. to determine both the understanding of certain biological phenomena. A number of ~rst th~· umetable for topics, and which topics will be covered. · : sequence Texts biological situations will be investigated and students will be expected to use both analytical and computational techniques to recom~en~ed that students intending to teach or to pursue Gilbert, P. & Greffet,P., Bonne Route! JB, Hachette. obtain results which can be compared with experimental findings. studies m the language complete a "major sequence". Monnerie-Goarin, A., Bienvenue en France, Didier. mat re·quiren~en1ts for a major sequence are set out in the B.A. References: To complete a major sequence in French, students FRE130 POST-ELEMENTARY FRENCH lOcp Edelstein-Keshet, L 1987, Mathematical Models in Biology, l!mcmcinl!'in FREIIO would need to add to their core sequence Offered Semester I Random-House. ten non-core credit points at Level 200, and a furt.'Jer non-core credit points at Level 300. Prerequisites HSC French (not 2 UZ) ruid formal placement test 112 113 SECI'ION FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- FRENCij SECI'ION FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- FRENCH

Hours 6 hours per week Byrne, L.S.R. & Churchill, E.L., A Comprehensive French Texts Grammar, 3rd edn, Blackwell. It ~d be ~ed that the Level 200 units devoted to literary Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester As for FRE230 toptcs are deSigned primarily for those who have already examination Tournier, M., L'aire du Muguet, Folio Junior. completed FRE220. These units are not recommended for those Content Flaubert, G., Un coeur simple, Hachette "Lectures". FRE320 ADVANCED FRENCH 2 lOcp ~tho have completed only FRE120 and obtained a pass result in 1. A comprehensive language course for those with a sound *Either Offered Semester II knowledge of elementary French and an introduction (one hour Robert, P. et al, Le Micro-Robert, Societe du Nouveau littre. Prerequisites FRE230 or FRE3IO All _students intending to enrol in non-core units should seek a week) to the essential skills and concepts of literary analysis ~ce from the staff of the French Section before completing Hours 3 hours per week through a chosen set of stories and poems. *Or therr enrolment Forms are available on which to indicate th Texts Robert, P. et al, Le Petit Robert 1, Societe du Nouveau littre. Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester choice of non-core units; these should be returned to the Frenc~ examination Section office by mid-February. *Students will be advised as to the more appropriate dictionary Capelle, G. & Raasch, A., Avec plaisir 2, livre de l'el~ve, Hachette, Avec plaisir 2, Cahier d'exercices, Hachette. for their needs. Those intending to proceed to a higher level ~the nine non_-core u:vel300 subjects listed below, only eight should consider purchasing the Petit Robert. will be offered m any g1ven year. The selection of subjects to be Byrne, L.S.R. & Churchill, E.L., A Comprehensive French offered depends primarily on the availability of staff. Grammar, 3rd edn, Blackwell. FRE230 POST-INTERMEDIATE FRENCH lOc:p FRE201 VOLTAIRE AND THE Ayme, M. et al Le Proverbe et autres nouvelles, Hachette. Offered Semester I ENLIGHTENMENT Scp *Either Prerequisites FRE220 or (pre-1990) French IA lOcp Offered Semester I in 1992 Robert, P. et al, Le Micro-Robert, Societe du Nouveau littre. Hours 3 hours per week Pre- or corequisites Either FRE21 0, FRE220 or FRE230 *Or Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester Hours I hour per week Robert, P. et al, Le Petit Robert 1, Societe du Nouveau littre. examination Examination End of semester test * Students will be advised as to the more appropriate dictionary Content for their needs. Those intending to proceed to a higher level Content A language course which places emphasis on developing th~ should consider purchasing the Petit Robert. student's powers of free expression in the oral and written codes, A study of selected writings of Voltaire, with special attention to and on understanding authentic documents; it has some emphasis advanced language course with a strong audio-visual base, his comic masterpiece Candide. FRE210 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 1 lOcp on the language used in the world of business; it is also the tint pesigned Ito reinforce the major skills (speaking, listening, writing) Text Offered Semester I stage in a comprehensive review of grammatical structures. emphasis on communication. Students are introduced on Voltaire, Candide, Blackwell. level to the techniques of translation. Prerequisites FRE120 or (pre-1990) French IS Texts '/W,uni.nation Predominantly by progressive assessment Hours 6 hours per week Courtillon, J. & Argaud, M.,Archipel3, Didier. FRE202 THEMES ET TEXTES Scp Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester Danilo, M. & Tanzin, B., Le Frarlfais de l' entreprise, CLE Offered Semester II in 1992 examination International. P. et al, Le Petit Robert 1, Societe du Nouveau Littre. Pre- or corequisites Either FRE210, FRE220 or FRE230 Content Byrne, L.S.R. & Churchill, E.L., A Comprehensive French course books as detailed in the Manual for Students of Hours I hour per week Grammar, 3rd edn, Blackwell. A comprehensive language course for post-beginners, and an Examination End of semester test introduction (one hour a week) to the essential skills and concepts *Either Content and Texts of litelllry analysis through a chosen set of stories and poems. Robert, P. et al, Le Micro-Robert, Societe du Nouveau littr6i:J A. & Healey, F.G., A Reference Grammar of Modern A literary topic which may be author-based or thematic in Texts Arnold. *Or approach. For current Content and Texts see the Manual for As for FRE130 Students ofFrench. Robert, P. et al, Le Petit Robert 1, Societe du Nouveau li~·: ADVANCED FRENCH 4 lOcp *Students intending to proceed to Level300 should purchase!li'e FRE220 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 2 lOcp FRE203 Petit Robert. '"' ROBBE-GRILLET AND THE Offered Semester II NARRATIVE Scp Prerequisites FRE130 or FRE210 FRE310 ADVANCED FRENCH 1 Offered Semester I in I992 Hours 6 hours per week Offered Semester I Pre- or corequisites Either FRE210, FRE220 or FRE230 Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester Prerequisites FRE220 or (pre-1990) French liS Hours I hour per week examination Hours 3 hours per week Examination Progressive assessment supplemented by an end of semester test Content Examination Predominantly by end of semester examinali~ Content AcomprehensivelanguagecoursedesignedasasequeltoFRE130 Content , .. , or FRE210, with one hour a week devoted to the study of some A theory of narrative approached through the study of selected short narrative texts. A language course which places emphasis on "'"'elciDJII Texts and fllms of Alain Robbe-Grillet. student's powers offree expression in theoral and Texts and on understanding authentic documents; it has detailsandmoreuptodateinformationaboutnon-core Texts Capelle, G. & Raasch, A., Avec p/aisir 2, Livre de l'el~ve, on the language used in the world of business; it is also including lists of texts, students should consult the 1992 As detailed in the Manual for Students ofFrench, available from Hachette, Avec plaisir 2, Cahier d'exercices, Hachette. stage in a comprehensive review of grammatical of the Manual for Students ofFrench. the French Section office.

114 115 MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- FRENC_!! SECfiON FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS -FRENCH. SECfiON FOUR

Language Study. Using scenarios and library resources they Examination End of semester test supplemented by progressive FRE309 SPECIAL TEXTUAL STUDY MODERN FRENCH DRAMA AND FRE204 write a series of short assignments which form the basis for assessment THE GREEK MYTH Scp Offered Semester I in 1992 assessment. Content Offered Semester IT in 1992 Pre- or Corequisites Either FRE310, FRE320, FRE330 or Texts Nil A study of three of France's most important modem poets. FRE340 Pre- or corequisites Either FRE21 0, FRE220 or FRE230 Texts Hours 1 hour per week Hours 1 hour per week FRE302 FRANCE IN THE 1920s Scp Baudelaire, C., Les Fleurs du mal, Garnier-Rammarion. Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester test Examination End of semester test Offered Semester I in 1992 •nr.. rt'"'~'" P., Choix de poesies, Larousse. Content and Texts Critical study of a corpus of texts related to a Content Pre- or corequisites Either FRE310, FRE320, FRE330 or EJl>POUm.ame, G., Alcools, Larousse. specific theme, period or author. For current content and texts see A study of how modern dramatists transform the myths of the FRE340 the Manual for Students of French. classical world and reinvest them with new meanings. Hours 1 hour per week LITERATURE AND SOCIETY IN Texts Examination End of semester test and individual student expose THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Scp III. HONOURS SUBJECTS Giraudoux,J. La guerrede Troie n' aura pas lieu, Livre de Poche. Content FRE410 HONOURS FRENCH Anouilh, J., Antigone, Didier. A study of society, politics, art and style in France during this Prerequisites most fascinating of decades. FRE320, FRE330 or Students admitted to FRE410 will have completed a major FRE207 SHORTER 20TH CENTURY Texts Nil LITERARY TEXTS Scp sequence in French (including core units at least to the level of Reference A reading list is available. FRE320), and have earned, in addition to their major sequence, a minimum of forty non-core points in French subjects at Level Offered Semester I in 1992 Scp FRE303 THE 19th CENTURY NOVEL 200 and/or Level 300. A high level of performance is expected, Pre- or corequisites Either FRE210, FRE220 or FRE230 particularly in the Level 300 units. Students who have passed Offered Semester! in 1992 some seventeenth century authors in the context of the neither FRE330 nor FRE340 may be required to complete some Hours 1 hour per week Pre- or corequisites Either FRE310, FRE320, FRE330 or background of their age. work drawn from these units in addition to the work prescribed Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester test FRE340 for the Honours year. Content Study of a number of shorter Texts in prose and verse Hours 1 hourperweek Students who wish to enter FRE410 should seek an interview which present some of the diverse facets of French 20th century Examination End of semester test supplemented by progressive with a senior member of the French Section staff as early as literature. assessment APPROACHES TO WRffiNG FRENCH Scp possible, and in any case well prior to enrolment, as it is customary Texts As detailed in the Manual for Students ofFrench Content to undertake some long vacation reading as preparation for the Honours year. A study of at least two very different nineteenth century French or corequisites Either FRE310, FRE320, FRE330 or FRE208 ASPECTS OF SPOKEN FRENCH Scp novelists. · Hours 5 hours per week of class contact, in addition to the Offered Semester IT in 1992 research project Texts Pre- or corequisites Either FRE210, FRE220 or FRE230 As detailed in the Manual for Students ofFrench Examination As prescribed by the Examination Committee of Hours 1 hour per week the French Section Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester test FRE304 THE 20th CENTURY NOVEL Content study and imitation of French techniques of presenting The Level 400 subject involves advanced work in French language Content A study of pronunciation and intonation and of their Offered Semester IT in 1992 and ideas in writing. and literature, and is designed, inter alia, as an introduction to the representation in graphic form, leading to a study of variations of Pre- or corequisites Either FRE310, FRE320, FRE330 Or spoken French in different contexts. Practical workforms a major techniques ofresearch. There is a core of seminars and assignments FRE340 element in the assessment procedures. G.,La machine a ecriture 2, Cle international. in literary criticism, bibliography and research methods, Hours 1 hour per week comparative stylistics and advanced reading and discussion in Texts As detailed in the Manual for Students of French Examination End of semester test THE SPOKEN LANGUAGE Scp French. In addition, there are five ten-hour seminars devoted to Scp literary topics, in which every effort is made to accommodate FREJOl THE FRENCH CINEMA Content student choice. A major essay of some 10,000 words in French is Offered Semester I in 1992 A study of two twentieth century French novelists. to be submitted by the beginning of November on a topic agreed Pre- or corequisites Either FRE310, FRE320, FRE330 or Texts upon between the student and the staff of the French Section. FRE340 Proust, M., Combray, Harrap. Texts Hours 1 hour per week Toumier, M., La goutte d' or, Gallimard "Folio". To be advised Examination Progressive assessment supplemented by an end of FRE411, FRE412 HONOURS FRENCH semester test FREJOS FRENCH POETRY FROM unit consists of a study of the French language used as a BAUDELAIRE TO APOLLINAIRE Content means of oral communication, and includes some FRE411 plus FRE412 form the exact equivalent of FRE410 except that they are studied part -time over a period of two years. A study of the French cinema both as an art form and in relation Offered Semester I in 1992 of regional variations. to French society. After an introduction to some fundamental Pre- or corequisites Either FRE310, FRE320, FRE3:!0:

117 116 MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- FRENC_!:! SECTION FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS-GERMAN SECTION FOUR German knowledge of German. Elementary German, Semester I and /1, is IV. OTHER FRENCH SUBJECTS acompleteGennancourse,developingtheskillsofunderstanding, German can be taken as an area of specialisation in the Faculty of speaking, reading and writing German. It will equip students FRE101 BASIC FRENCH 10cp Arts, but is also a useful subsidiary study forstudentsofCommerce, with the necessary basic structures and vocabulary to expand Economics, Engineering, Science and other Faculties. Offered Full year their knowledge of the language either in formal studies or by CoursesinGermanareofferedasmajorunitsof10(100level),15 exposure to the language Pre- or corequisites Nil (200 level), and 20 credit points (300 level) per semester, and as Text Hours 2 hours per week plus one hour of individual laboratory separate options of at least 5 credit points per semester. Students study can enrol in either one or two major units, or a selection of Group A Examination Progressive assessment and final oral and written separate options, or a combination of both. Students wishing to AufderstraBe, H. 1983, Themen l, Kursbuch & Arbeitsbuch, examination study a full course of German should enrol in a major subject. Munich. GER1 01, Basic German, is specially designed for students from Content GroupB other Faculties seeking a I 0 cp course spread over a full year. This subject does not assume any previous knowledge of French. Terrell et al. 1988, Kontakie, A Communicative Approach, New All units (except GERlOl) are of semester length, and students Using a communicative approach, it focuses on basic speaking York. possessing adequate linguistic competence may start a German and comprehension skills. course in Second Semester. Group A and Group Bare mutually exclusive strands ofthe same Texts subject Courses are offered at the following linguistic levels: Basic/ Page, B. 1984, A vous Ia France, BBC. Elementary German (1 00 level), Post-HSC-German (1 00 level), GER120 ELEMENTARY GERMAN 10cp Continuing German (200 level), Intermediate German (200 and SEMESTER II FRE199 FRENCH AUSTRALIAN CONTACTS 10cp 300 level), Advanced German (300 level), Business German Offered Semester ll Offered Semester ll (100 and 200 level). Prerequisite GER110 or equivalent (GER2UZat HSC, a WEA Pre- or corequisites Nil All students considering enrolling in German should consult a member of staff. or German Saturday School course, stay in Germany, etc.), N.B. Since no more than 20 credit points in any one discipline at subject to approval by the Section the 100 level may be counted, students who have passed or are Hours 6 hours per week enrolled in FRE110 and FREI20 may not count FRE199 towards 100 LEVEL COURSES their degree. Major Subjects Examination Selective progressive assessment and end of semester examination Hours 2lectures per week and 1 tutorial per fortnight plus videos Two types of first-year courses are offered: Content and film screenings. Students may be required to visit an art 1. Elementary German for beginners gallery or a museum in Sydney at some time convenient to them. An introduction to the major structures and basic vocabulary of Post-HSC-German.for students who have completed the Examination Regular written assignments and end of semester German; the aim is a working knowledge in speaking, HSC in German or hold similar qualifications. Some students understanding, reading and writing the language examination who have completed the HSC may nevertheless find it Lecturers Mr M.P.Connon and lecturers drawn from various advisable to enrol in Elementary German. Text Group A faculties AufderstraBe, H. 1983, Themen 1 + 2, Kursbuch & Arbeitsbuch, Munich. Content with some knowledge of German wishing to further Unlike all other French subjects this unit requires no study of the competence of the language should consider enrolling in GroupB French language; it does, however, stress such skills as effective bolhE:ten'ler.lla'11GermanandPost-HSCGennanorinElementary Terrell et al. 1988, Kontakie,A Communicative Approach, New note-taking, summarising source materials, and lucid written and German Language Revision and perhaps also in York. expression. It examines the nature, pathways and extent of German (subject to degree rules). French influences on certain aspects of Australian culture, with considerable knowledge of German may consider GER130 POST-HSC GERMAN lOcp particularly in such areas as language, pai~ting, architect~re, in Intermediate German courses. SEMESTER I music cinema, and feminism. It also exammes some spec1fic Offered Semester I aspeds of Franco-Australian relations in the field~ of explora~on and discovery, trade, nuclear arms policy and testing, and foreign Prerequisite A satisfactory result in the HSC in German; or policy with particular reference to New Caledonia ELEMENTARY GERMAN 10cp GER120; or pre-1990 German IS; or the equivalent (a WEA, SEMESTER I Texts Since no single text adequately covers the area, students German Saturday School course, stay in Germany, etc.), subject will be referred to a wide variety of library materials. to approval by the Section Hours 5 hours per week FREllO ELEMENTARY FRENCH 1 10cp Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester examination Offered Full year Selective progressive assessment and end of Prerequisites Nil examination Content Hours 6 hours per fortnight (4 hours one week, 2 the next. A revision and extension of all the major structures of German, an introduction to the study of basic texts Examination Regular progressive assessment with a major test at the end of the year Text Content and Texts As for FRE110 in "Core Subjects" above. course is intended for students with little or no previous Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn.

119 118 MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- GERMAN SECfiON FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS -GERMAN SECfiON FOUR

German Saturday School course, stay in Germany, etc.), subject Content GER140 POST HSC GERMAN, SEMESTER II lOcp Prerequisite GER210 or the equivalent, subject to approval by to approval by the Section An introduction to the vocabulary and structures of business the Section Offered Semester II Hours 2 hours per week German. Students may wish to take this subject in conjunction Hours 6 hours per week Prerequisite GER130 or the equivalent, subject to approval by with GER121. Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester the Section examination Text examination Hours 5 hours per week Content Erlhage, Hans 1988, Deutsch. Sprachhereich lndustrie, Klett, Content Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester Stuttgart. An introduction to the vocabulary and structures of business A revision and extension of all the major structures of German (3 examination German. Students may wish to take this subject in conjunction 200 LEVEL SUBJECTS hrs). The study of graded texts (2 hours). The study of literary Content with GER 111. Major Subjects texts (1 hour). Revision and extension of the major structures of German. The Text Students who have completed Elementary German (GER120) Text study of basic texts Erlhage, Hans 1988, Deutsch. Sprachhereich /ndustrie, Klett, will enrol in Continuing German (GER210). Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. Text Stuttgart. Students who have completed Post-HSC German (GER130) will Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. enrol in Intermediate German A (GER230) or Intermediate GER240 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A lScp Scp Separate Options: GER121 GERMAN LANGUAGE REVISION German B (GER250) or in both; students can also enrol in SEMESTER II SEMESTER II Intermediate German A and a number of the separate options Offered Semester II Scp listed below. GERlll GERMAN LANGUAGE REVISION Offered Semester II Prerequisite 10 credit points at 200 level, or the equivalent, SEMESTER I Prerequisite GER111 or the equivalent, subject to approval by subject to approval by the Section GER210 CONTINUING GERMAN lScp Offered Semester I the Section SEMESTER I Hours 3 hours per week Prerequisite A satisfactory result in the HSC in German; or Hours 3 hours per week . Offered Semester I Examination Progressive and selective assessment GER120; or pre-1990 German IS; or the equivalent (a WEA, Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester German Saturday School course, stay in Germany, etc.), subject Prerequisite GER 120 or pre-1990 German IS or the equivalent, Content examination to approval by the Section subject to approval by the Section 2 hrs of language, I hr of literature Content Hours 3 hours per week Revision and extension of the major structures of German GER260 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN B lScp Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester Progressive assessment and end of semester SEMESTER II examination Text Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. As for GER 240 Content Separate Options: A revision and extension of all the major structures of German revision and extension of all major structures of German (3 GER122 BASIC GERMAN TEXT STUDY Scp •'"uu.. ,. The study of graded texts (2 hours). The study ofliterary Text SEMESTER II (1 hour). GER211 CONTINUING GERMAN LANGUAGE Scp Lohnes, Strothmann, German, A Structural Approach, 4th edn. Offered Semester II SEMESTER I Prerequisite GER112 or the equivalent, subject to approval byo Offered Semester I BASIC GERMAN TEXT STUDY Scp GER112 the Section SEMESTER I Prerequisite: GER120 or pre-1990 German IS or the equivalent, Corequisite GER121. In the case of students with considerable INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A lScp subject to approval by the Section Offered Semester I knowledge of German this corequisite may be waived SEMESTER I Hours 3 hours per week Prerequisite As for GER111 Hours 2 hours per week Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester Corequisite GER111. In the case of students with considerable Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester examination knowledge of German this corequisite may be waived l"re''"n'"'·••t" 1991 20 credit points of German or pre-1990 examination IN or German IS or the equivalent, subject to approval Content Hours 2 hours per week Content the Section A revision and extension of all the major structures of German Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester The study of graded texts Text examination Text Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. Content Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. The study of graded texts GER212 INTRODUCTORY GERMAN Scp Scp' TEXT STUDY, SEMESTER I Text GER123 BUSINESS GERMAN •, Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. SEMESTER II INTERMEDIATE GERMAN B IScp Offered Semester I t\ Offered Semester II SEMESTER I Prerequisite As for GER211 GER113 BUSINESS GERMAN Scp Prerequisite GER113 or the equivalent, subject to approval ~t Corequisite GER211. In the case of students with considerable SEMESTER I the Section knowledge of German, this co-requisite may be waived Offered Semester I 0.'.) CONTINUING GERMAN lScp Hours 2 hours per week , Hours 2 hours per week SEMESTER II Prerequisite A satisfactory result in the HSC in German; or Examination Progressive assessment and end of sem~· GER120; or pre-1990 German IS; or the equivalent (a WEA, Examination Selective progressive assessment and end of examination semester examination.

120 121 SECfiON FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- GERMAN SECfiON FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- GERMAN

Content GER235 INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY C Scp Content wi~ considerable knowledge of German, this corequisite may be The study of graded texts SEMESTER I The study of graded texts. Wlii.Ved. Text Text Offered Semester I (See GER236 below) Hours, examination and content As forGER 233 - 236 Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. 300 LEVEL SUBJECTS GER236 INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY D 5 cp Major Subjects GER213 BUSINESS GERMAN Scp SEMESTER I GER223 BUSINESS GERMAN Scp SEMESTER I SEMESTER II Depending on their competence in the language, students may Offered Semester I enrol either at the Intermediate or the Advanced level. Offered Semester I Prerequisite GER140; or GER121; or GER120; or pre-1990 Offered Semester IT GER310 Prerequisite GER120 or pre-1990 German IS or the equivalent, German IN or German IS or the equivalent, subject to approval INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 20cp subject to approval by the Section Prerequisite GER213 or the equivalent, subject to approval by SEMESTER I by the Section the section Hours 2 hours per week Corequisite A German language option. In the case of students Offered Semester I Hours 2 hours per week Exmnination with considerable knowledge of German, this corequisite may be Prerequisite 15 credit points in German at 200 level or the waived, subject to approval by the Section. Examination Selective progressive assessment and end of equivalent, subjectto approval by the Section orpre-1990 German Selective progressive assessment and end of semester examination semester examination Hours 1 hour per week ITS or German ITA Content Content Exmnination Progressive and selective assessment Hours 4 hours per week An introduction to the vocabulary and structures of business An introduction to the vocabulary and structures of business Examination Progressive and selective assessment German Content German Content Text GER233 - GER236 consist of one each of the Intermediate Text literature options offered by the German Section. Erlhage, Hans, Deutsch. Sprachbereich /ndustrie, Klett, Stuttgart. 2 hours oflanguage, and 2 hours of text study or a further 2 hours Erlhage, Hans 1988, Deutsch. Sprachbereich /ndustrie, Klett, of language selected from the options listed below Some of these options will be offered in the daytime, others in the Stuttgart. GER231 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN lOcp evening, subject to student demand, staff availability and timetable GER330 ADVANCED GERMAN A LANGUAGE A, SEMESTER I constraints. GER241 20cp INTERMEDIATE GERMAN lOcp SEMESTER I Offered Semester I Some of these options may be suitable for students enrolled in LANGUAGE A, SEMESTER 2 GER211 and GER212. Offered Semester I Prerequisite GER121 orGER140 orpre-1990 GermaniN oriS Offered Semester IT (See GER242) or the equivalent, subject to approval by the Section For a list of options consult the German Notice Board and Section Prerequisite 15 credit points from GER240 - GER246 or pre- Office INTERMEDIATE GERMAN lOcp 1990 German ITS or GERITA or the equivalent, subject to Hours 2 hours per week approval by the Section LANGUAGE B, SEMESTER II Exmnination Progressive and selective assessment GER221 CONTINUING GERMAN LANGUAGE Scp Hours 6 hours per week SEMESTER II Content Examination Progressive and selective assessment Offered Semester IT Emphasis on reading, speaking and grammar revision 10 credit points in German at 200 level, or the Content Prerequisite GER211 or the equivalent, subject to approval by •ea~tiv!llertt. subject to approval by the Section 1 Language class and 2 text classes including the study of German GER232 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN lOcp the Section films LANGUAGE B, SEMESTER I Hours 3 hours per week Offered Semester I Examination Progressive assessment and end of semester GER350 ADVANCED GERMAN B 20cp Prerequisite As for GER231 examination INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY A Scp SEMESTER I SEMESTER II Hours 2 hours per week Content As for GER330 _,J,"r"a Semester IT (See GER246 below) Exmnination Progressive and selective assessment Revision and extension of the major structures of German. GER320 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 20cp Content Text INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY B Scp SEMESTER II SEMESTER II Translation from and into German and the study of German Lohnes, Strothmann, German. A Structural Approach, 4th edn. Offered Semester IT videos Semester IT (See GER246 below) GER222 INTRODUCTORY GERMAN Prerequisite 15 credit points in German at 300 level or the equivalent, subject to approval by the Section GER233 INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY A Scp TEXT STUDY, SEMESTER II INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY C Scp Hours, examination and content SEMESTER I Offered Semester IT SEMESTER II As forGER310 Offered Semester I (See GER236 below) Prerequisite GER211; or the equivalent, subject to approval;~Y Semester IT (See GER246 below) the Section GER234 INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY B Scp INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY D Scp GER360 ADVANCED GERMAN A 20cp Corequisite GER221. In the case of students with consideJIWe SEMESTER I SEMESTER II SEMESTER II knowledge of German, this corequisite may be waived Offered Semester I (See GER236 below) Offered Semester IT Hours 2 hours per week ,1a 10 credit points in German at 200 level or the Prerequisite At least 10 credit points from GER330 - GER356 Examination Progressive assessment and end of semestef !"'UIIValent, subject to approval by the Section Hours, examination and content As for GER330 examination '\l,;i- •ur,.,m.,,_.,,,_. A German language option. In the case of students

122 123 SECTION FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBffiCT DESCRIPTIONS- GERMAN SECTION FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBffiCT DESCRIPTIONS- GERMAN GER380 ADVANCED GERMAN B 20cp Examination Progressive and selective assessment Prerequisite GER311 or GER312; or GER3Sl or GER352; or GER382 SEMESTER II Content ADVANCED GERMAN lOcp the equivalent, subject to approval by the Section LANGUAGE B, SEMESTER II GER313 - GER316 each consists of one of the Intermediate Offered Semester II Hours 2 hours per week Offered Semester II literature options offered by the German Section. As for GER360 Examination Progressive and selective assessment As for GER381 Some of these options will be offered in the daytime, others in the Content Separate Options: evening, subject to student demand, staff availability and timetable GER383 constraints. Emphasis on reading, speaking and grammar extension ADVANCED GERMAN Scp GER311 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN lOcp LITERATURE A, SEMESTER II Fora list of options consult the German Notice Board and Section LANGUAGE C, SEMESTER I GER322 Office. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN lOcp Offered Semester II (See GER386 below) Offered Semester I LANGUAGE D, SEMESTER II GER384 ADVANCED GERMAN Prerequisite IS credit points in German at 200 level or pre-1990 GER351 ADVANCED GERMAN lOcp Offered Semester II Scp LITERATURE B, SEMESTER II German liS or German IIA or the equivalent, subject to approval LANGUAGE A, SEMESTER I ; Prerequisite GER311 or GER312; or GER351 or GER352; or by the Section Offered Semester I 1the equivalent, subject to approval by the Section Offered Semester II (See GER386 below) Hours 2 hours per week Prerequisite GER241 or GER242; or pre-1990 German liS or Hours 2 hours per week GER385 ADVANCED GERMAN Scp Examination Progressive and selective assessment German ITA or the equivalent, subject to approval by the Section Examination Progressive and selective selection LITERATURE C, SEMESTER II Content Hours 2 hours per week: 'Content Offered Semester II (See GER386 below) Emphasis on reading, speaking and grammar extension Examination Progressive and selective assessment Translation from and into German and study of German videos Content GER386 ADVANCED GERMAN Scp GER312 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN lOcp GER323 LITERATURE D, SEMESTER II The study of German films INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY E Scp LANGUAGE D, SEMESTER I SEMESTER II Offered Semester II Offered Semester I GER352 ADVANCED GERMAN lOcp Offered Semester II (See GER326 below) Prerequisite 10 credit points at 300 level; or the equivalent, Prerequisite IS credit points in German at 200 level or pre-1990 LANGUAGE B, SEMESTER I subject to approval by the Section GER324 German liS or IIA, or the equivalent, subject to approval by the Offered Semester I INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY F Scp Pre- or Corequisite GER381 or GER382 Section SEMESTER II As forGER 351 Hours 2 hours per week Hours 2 hours per week Offered Semester II (See GER326 below) Examination Progressive and selective assessment Examination Progressive and selective assessment GER353 ADVANCED GERMAN Scp Content Content LITERATURE A, SEMESTER I GER325 INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY G Scp SEMESTER II The intensive study of works of German literature Translation from and into German, and study of German videos Offered Semester I (See GER356 below) 400 LEVEL SUBJECTS GER313 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN GER354 ADVANCED GERMAN Scp ljfered Semester II (See GER326 below) GER410} HONOURS GERMAN LITERATURE A Scp LITERATURE B, SEMESTER I GER411} SEMESTER I Offered Semester I (See GER356 below) INTERMEDIATE TEXT STUDY H Scp SEMESTER II GER412} Offered Semester I (See GER316 below) GER355 ADVANCED GERMAN Scp Prerequisite A high performance in German at the 300 level with a minimum total of 40 credit points; or the equivalent, subject to GER314 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN LITERATURE C, SEMESTER I rerequisite IS credit points in German at 300 level or the approval by the Section LITERATURE B Scp Offered Semester I (See GER356 below) uivalent, subject to approval by the Section Hours At least six hours per week SEMESTER I ours, examination and content As for GER313- GER316 Offered Semester I (See GER316 below) GER356 ADVANCED GERMAN S1=p Examination A minor thesis in addition to language assignments LITERATURE D, SEMESTER I ER381 ADVANCED GERMAN lOcp and seminar assessment GER315 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Offered Semester I LANGUAGE A, SEMESTER II Content LITERATURE C Scp Prerequisite as for GER351 'ffered Semester II Two language hours and two literature seminars per semester. SEMESTER I Pre- or Corequisite GER351 or GER3S2 rerequisite GER351 or GER352; or the equivalent, subject to The course can be taken part-time over two years. It is suggested Offered Semester I (See GER316 below) proval by the Section Hours 2 hours per week that more than half the coursework be carried out in the first year, to allow time for the writing of essays in the second year. GER316 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Examination Progressive and selective assessment ination Progressive and selective assessment It is also possible to take joint Honours with other disciplines. In LITERATURE D Scp Content SEMESTER I either case, the exact division will depend on the requirements of The intensive study of works of German literature each individual student, who must have a proposed programme Offered Semester I approved by the Section before enrolment. Prerequisite IS credit points in German at200 level, orpre-1990 GER321 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 1~ German liS or German IIA, or the equivalent, subject to approval LANGUAGE C, SEMESTER II by the Section. Hours I hour per week Offered Semester II

124 125 MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- GERMAN SECTION FOUR MODERN LANGUAGES SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS- JAPANESE ECriONFOUR

Examination Progressive assessment Otber subjects Japanese The object of the course is to equip students with a working Text GER101 BASIC GERMAN lOc:p knowledge of the language so that they may make use of it in Japanese Life Today, 3A Corporation. Offered Full year employment as well as in such disciplines as Japanese commerce, References economics, geography, history, linguistics, literature and sociology Prerequisite Nil in the corresponding Departments. Nelson,AN.,TheModernReader' sJapanese-EnglishCharacter Hours 2 hours per week plus one hour of individual laboratory Dictionary, Tuttle. study JPNllO ELEMENTARY JAPANESE 20cp Ogawa, Y. et al (eds), Obunsha' s Essential English-Japanese Dictionary, Obunsha Examination Progressive assessment and final oral and written Offered Full year examination Prerequisites Nil JPN311 ADVANCEDSPOKENJAPANESEI lOc:p Content Hours 6 class hours per week Offered Semester I 1bis subject does not assume any previous knowledge of German. Content Using a communicative approach, it focuses on basic speaking Prerequisites Intermediate Spoken Japanese (JPN21 0) or (pre- and comprehension skills. An introduction to the phonology and structure of the language 1990) Japanese IIA with practice in listening, speaking, reading and writing. Texts Hours 3 class hours per week Progressive assessment Baltzer, Ralf A. & Strauss, Dieter 1989, Alles Gute!, Examination Content Spoken Japanese at advanced level Langenscheidt. Text Examination Progressive assessment Mizutani, 0. & N., An Introduction to Modern Japanese, The Text Japan Times. Mizutani, N.,Nihongo Chuukyuu, Bonjinsha. References References Japan Foundation,Basic Japanese EnglishDictionary,Bonjinsha Makino, S. & Tsutsui, M., A Dictionary of Basic Japanese Sakade, F., A Guide to Reading and Writing Japanese, Tuttle. Grammar, The Japan Times. Simon, M.E., Supplementary Grammar Notes to An Introduction to Modern Japanese, Pts 1 & 2, University of Michigan. JPN312 ADVANCED SPOKEN JAPANESE II lOc:p Takahashi, M., PocketRomanizedEnglish-Japanese Dictionary. Offered Semester II Prerequisites Advanced Spoken Japanese I (JPN311) JPN210 INTERMEDIATESPOKENJAPANESE 20c:p Hours 3 class hours per week Offered Full year Content Spoken Japanese at advanced level Prerequisites Elementary Japanese (JPNllO) or (pre 1990) Examination Progressive assessment Japanese I or equivalent Text Hours 4 class hours per week Mizutani, N., Nihongo Chuukyuu, Bonjinsha Content Spoken Japanese at intermediate level References Examination Progressive assessment Makino, S. & Tsutsui, M., A Dictionary of Basic Japanese Texts Grammar, The Japan Times. Mizutani, 0. & N., An Introduction to Modern Japanese, The Japan Times. JPN321 ADVANCED WRITTEN JAPANESE I lOc:p Brown, D.M., An Introduction to Advanced Spoken Japanese, Offered Semester I University Center for Japanese Language Studies. Prerequisites Intermediate Written Japanese (JPN220) or (pre- References 1990) Japanese IIA McOain, Y.M., Handbook ofModern Japanese Grammar, The Hours 3 class hours per week Hokuseido press. Content Written Japanese at advanced level JPN220 INTERMEDIATE WRITTEN Examination Progressive assessment JAPANESE lOc:p Text Offered Full year Soga, M. et al, Standard Japanese, Taishulcan. Prerequisites Elementary Japanese (JPNll 0) or (pre-1990) References . Japanese I or equivalent Makimo, S. & Tsutsui, M., A Dictionary of Basic Japanese Corequisites Intermediate Spoken Japanese (JPN210) Grammar, The Japan Times. · Hours 2 class hours per week ; Content Written Japanese at intermediate level

126 127 SECfiON FOUR PHILOSOPHY SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

JPN322 ADVANCED WRITfEN JAPANESE Prerequisites Reading in Modern Japanese (JPN341) ll lOcp Philosophy Subject Descriptions Hospers,J.,AnlntroductiontoPhilosophicalAnalysis,Routledge. Offered Semester II Hours 3 class hours per week The I 00 level subject PHIL I 01 offers a broadly based introduction Plato, TM Last Days of Socrates, Penguin. Prerequisites Advanced Written Japanese I (JPN321) Content Reading in Japanese language, society and literature. to the main areas of philosophy, namely metaphysics, Sparkes, A. W., Argument Diagrams and Logical Relations. Hours 3 class hours per week Research seminars. epistemology, value theory and reasoning. Each of these areas is explored at greater depth in the 200 and 300 level subjects, some Sparkes, A.W., Talking Philosophy, Routledge. Content Written Japanese at advanced level Examination Progressive assessment of which areofferedin alternate years to permit wider choice. The References See The Philosophy Manual. Examination Progressive assessment Texts subject at 100 level is worth 20 credit points, while most of those 200 LEVEL SUBJECTS Text Harada, Y., Banka. at 200 or 300 level are worth 10 credit points. There is one 400 level (Honours) subject, consisting of an honours thesis and Note that subjects PHIL201-PHIL291 are offered at both the 200 Soga, M. et al, Standard Japanese, Taishukan. Nittetsu Shooji (ed.), Nihonjin to Nihon no Bunka. prescribed coursework. The availability of subjects depends in and 300 level. References References To be advised every case upon the enrolment of a sufficient number of students Makimo, S. & Tsutsui, M., A Dictionary of Basic Japanese and the availability of staff. Forfurtherinformation about courses, PHIL201} METAPHYSICS lOcp PHIL301} Grammar, The Japan Times. JPN351 ADVANCED JAPANESE LANGUAGE including reference lists and courses likely to be offered next STUDIES I 20cp year, see The Philosophy Manual, which is available from the Offered Semester I Department of Philosophy. JPN331 COMMUNICATION IN JAPANESE I 10cp Offered Semester I Lecturer Dr Wright 100 LEVEL SUBJECTS Offered Semester I Prerequisites Communication in Japanese II (JPN332) and Prerequisite PHILIOI (Philosophy I) for PHIL201, 30 cp at Prerequisites Intermediate Spoken Japanese (JPN210) or (Pre- Reading in Modern Japanese II (JPN342) PHIL200 level for PHIL301 PHIL101 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 20cp 1990) Japanese IIA Hours 4 class hours per week Hours 3 hours per week Offered Full year Hours 3 class hours per week Content Advanced studies in Japanese language, society and Examination Assignments and examination Content Communication inJ apanese overissues in daily life and literature ~ Lecturers Professor Hooker, Dr Dockrill, Dr Lee, Dr Sparkes, Dr ! Wright Content current affairs. Examination Progressive assessment ! Prerequisite Nil The subject will cover topics such as realism, causation, space Examination Progressive assessment Texts To be advised and time, universals and the existence of moral properties. , Hours 3 hours per week Text Text JPN352 ADVANCED JAPANESE LANGUAGE Ohso M. & Kotama, Y., Japanese for You, Taishukan. Examination Essays and assignments and an examination at the STUDIES ll 20cp end of each semester. Aune, B., Metaphysics,· The Elements, Blackwell. References To be advised Offered Semester II Content, Semester I. References See The Philosophy Manual JPN332 COMMUNICATION IN JAPANESE II lOcp Prerequisites Advanced Japanese Language Studies I (JPN351) (a) Book I of Hobbes's classic Leviathan will be read; it will be PHIL202} PLATO lOcp Offered Semester II Hours 4 class hours per week explained and expounded in detail to bring out the Hobbesian PHIL302} world view systematically, the world view of liberalism that Prerequisites Communication in Japanese I (JPN331) Content Advanced studies in Japanese language, society and Offered Semester II literature underlies western democracies (1 hour per week). Hours 3 class hours per week Lecturer Dr Lee Examination Progressive assessment (b) A segment on morality discusses the nature of justice and Content Communication in Japanese overissues in daily life and some views on free will and on the basis of morality (1 hour per Prerequisite PHILlOl (Philosophy I) for PHIL202; 30 cp at current affairs. Texts To be advised week). PHIL200 level for PHIL302 Examination Progressive assessment (c) A segment on critical reasoning aims to develop skills in Hours 3 hours per week JPN410} JAPANESE HONOURS analysing, evaluating and advancing arguments, considerable Texts and References To be advised JPN411} Examination One or two essays and one 2-hour examination. emphasis being placed on arguments as they naturally occur, and JPN412} Content on reasoning as an everyday practice (1 hour per week). JPN341 READING IN MODERN JAPANESE I lOcp Offered Semester I & Semester II Content, Semester 2. An introduction to the philosophy of Plato through the study of Offered Semester I Prerequisites High performance in Communication in Japanese prescribed texts. (a) Some of Plato's dialogues will be read, and the ethical, Prerequisites Intermediate Written Japanese (JPN220) or (pre- II (JPN332) and Reading in Modern Japanese II (JPN342), or Text 1990) Japanese IIA Advanced Japanese Language Studies II (JPN352) litical and metaphysical questions raised by them will be .systematically expounded (1 hour per week). Plato, Protagoras and Meno, Penguin. Hours 3 class hours per week Hours 6 class hours per week (b) A segment on knowledge and reality examines some questions References See The Philosophy Manual Content Reading in Japanese language, society and literature Content about belief and knowledge, the mind/body relationship, and the Examination Progressive assessment Introduction to classical Japanese. Advanced studies in Japanese existence of God (1 hour per week). PHIL203} REASON AND RELIGION lOcp PHIL303} Texts language, society and literature. Research seminars and major c) A segment on the historical development of scientific essay. Offered Semester I Harada, Y., Banka. planation and an introduction to the theory of scientific method Examination Progressive assessment. Major essay (1 hour per week). Lecturer Dr Dockrill Nittetsu Shooji (ed.), Nihonjin to Nihon no Bunka. Texts To be advised reliminary Reading References To be advised Prerequisite PHILlOI (Philosophy I) unless taken with IRES201 Note: agel, T., What Does It All Mean?, Oxford U.P. Religious Studies for PHIL203; 30 cp at PHIL200 level for PHIL303 JPN342 READING IN MODERN JAPANESE 1110cp Students wishing to proceed to Honours Japanese will normallY Offered Semester II be expected to have had at least one year's study/residence in , endinnen, FJ., Perspectives ofScientific Explanation Corequisite IRES201 Religious Studies unless PHILIOI has Japan. been passed obbes, T., Leviathan, Penguin. 128 129 SECfiON FOUR PHILOSOPHY SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS SECfiON FOUR PHILOSOPHY SUBJECf DESCRIPTIONS

PHIL251} Hours 3 hours per week astronomy, the transition from Aristotelean to Galilean-Newtonian MORAL THEORY: Text None. Notes, outlines and references will be issued. Examination Assignment and examination. science and the Mendelian-Darwinian Revolution. Students will PHIL351} HISTORY & PROBLEMS lCk:p be critically introduced to deductive, inductive and probabilistic Content PHIL291} TECHNOLOGY AND lCk:p reasoning to the use of models and idealisations in science and Offered Semester II PHILJ91} HUMAN VALVES I This subject is concerned with certain philosophical problems to the complex relations between theory and experiment. (Note: Lecturer Dr Dockrill about religion and theology which came to the fore in the The basic presentation of material will be in elementary theoretical Offered Full year seventeenth century and which continue to attract attention. tenns and a background in mathematics or physics will not be Prerequisite PHIL101 for PHIL251; 30 cp at PHIL200 levelfor Lecturers Professor Hooker and Dr Wright Topics to be discussed include Calvinistic doctrines of required. Subsequently, individual students may follow the case PHIL351 Prerequisite PHIL101 for PHIL291; 30 cp at PHIL200 level for predestination, the relation of religion and morality, the place of studies at a mathematical and theoretical depth appropriate to Hours 3 hours per week PHIL391 mystery in religion, the nature and causes of faith, the Cartesian their training. Students with a non-science background will be Content natural theology, the conflict between science and religion, and encouraged to pursue more philosophical issues). Hours 3 hours per week the rise of deism. An introduction to some historical and contemporary statements Examination Essays, assignments and examination Texts of ethical theory. Texts Content Chalmers, A.F., What is this Thing Called Science?, Q.U.P. Texts Locke, J. ed., The Reasonableness of Christianity, Ramsey ed., Clendinnen, FJ., Perspectives of Scientific Explanation. A course of lectures and discussions focussing on the ethical, Stanford U.P. Aristotle, Ethics, Penguin. spiritual, social, political and economic issues that arise in References See The Philosophy Manual Descartes, R ed., Philosophical Writings Anscombe & Geach, Hume,D.,AnlnquiryConcerningHumanUnderstanding,Oxford technological decisions. The course is presented in two parallel Nelson. U.P. strands. Strand A is based on an examination of Australian energy PHIL241} SYMBOLIC LOGIC lOcp policy. This example of decision making is used to develop an References See The Philosophy Manual PHIL341} Kant, I., Groundwork ofthe Metaphysic ofMorals, tr. H. J. Paton, Harper. awareness of, i) how non-technical dimensions enter decisions Offered Semester II and, ii) a systematic approach to public policy making. Strand B PHIL204} HUME lCk:p Mill, J.S., Utilitarianism, ed. M. Warnock, Collins. Lecturer Dr Lee complements Strand A by introducing a range of additional PHIL304} Mackie, J.L., Ethics: Inventing Right and Wrong, Penguin. topics which broaden the horizon of consideration and deepen the Prerequisite PHIL101 for PHII.241; 30credit points at PHIL200 References See The Philosophy Manual treatment of specific features of decision making. Offered Semester II level for PHIL341. Texts Strand A. Lecturer Dr Lee Hours 3 hours per week PHIL252} POLITICAL ARGUMENT lCk:p Commoner, B. 1977, The Poverty ofPower, Bantam Prerequisite PHIL101 for PHIL204; 30 cp at PHIL200 level for Examination Exercises (50%) and class tests (50%), with PHIL352} Hooker, C.A. et al., Energy and the Quality ofLife, University of PHIL304 redemptive examination. Offered Semester I Toronto Press 1981. Hours 3 hours per week Content Lecturer Dr Sparkes Saddler, H. 1981, Energy in Australia, Geo. Allen and Unwin. Examination 2 seminar papers, 40% and examination, 60%. An introduction to the logic of propositions and quantified Prerequisite PHILl 01 for PHIL252; 30 cp at PHIL200 level for Texts Strand B. Content sentences up to the level of elementary arithmetical statements. PHIL352 The method employed is one of natural deduction. (Not to be Brown, L.R 1978, The Twenty Ninth Day, W. W. Norton. A discussion of Hume's theories of experience, abstraction, Hours 3 hours per week taken by students who have previously taken Fonnal Logic). Schumacher, E.F. 1974, Small is Beautiful, Abacus. causation, necessity, personal identity and religion. Examination Assignments Text Teich, A. H. ed.1911,TechnologyandMan'sFuture, StMartin's Texts Copi, I.M., Symbolic Logic, Collier Macmillan. Content Press. Hume, D., A Treatise ofHuman Nature, Penguin. References See The Philosophy Manual A critical study of argument as an aspect of political struggle. An Hume, D., Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion, Hackett. aim of the course is to identify and critically consider some key PHIL299 DIRECTED READINGS lOcp References See The Philosophy Manual PHIL243} INTRODUCTION TO RATIONALITY lOcp concepts of such argument, (e.g. general and particular interests Offered By arrangement (unity, democracy, discrimination)). Attention will be given to PHIL343} THEORY PrerequisiJe PHIL101 PHIL207} SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE such political 'texts' as speeches, parliamentary debates, letters Offered Semester I to editors. Hours 3 hours per week PHIL307} AND SCIENTIFIC METHOD lCk:p Lecturer Professor Hooker Examination Essays and/or formal examination Offered Semester I Text None. Notes and lists of references will be provided. Prerequisite PHIL101 for PHIL243; 30 cp at PHIL200 levelfor References See The Philosophy Manual Content Lecturers Professor Hooker and Dr Wright PHIL343 This subject is available by permission of the Head of Department Prerequisite PHILl 01 or 40 credit points in any discipline(s) for Hours 3 hours per week PHIL256} POLITICS AND SOCIETY lCk:p to students who have special reasons for wishing to study a topic PHIL207; 30 credit points at PHIL200 level for PHIL307. Examination Short essay, and major essay at end of semester PHIL356} nototherwisecurrentlyofferedbytheDepartment.Inconsidering Hours 3 hours per week for one semester and 1 tutorial hour. Offered Semester II applications, the Department will take into account the student's Content current programme and previous record. Normally only one Examination Assessment by assignments to be submitted during Lecturer Dr Sparkes semester, and essay to be submitted at the end of semester. An introduction to theories of rationality, primarily in decision course of directed readings is permitted, and enrolment is strictly making, and to their problems; and to larger issues concerning the Prerequisite PHIL101 for PHIL256; 30 cp at PHIL200 level for subject to availability of staff. Content nature of rationality and its place in human life. · PHIL356. 300 LEVEL SUBJECTS An important part of a scientific education is gaining a critical Texts · Hours 3 hours per week understanding of the nature of scientific method and scientific Note that subjects PHIL301 to PHIL391 are also offered at the Brams, S.J., Paradoxes in Politics, Free Press. reasoning. This course will introduce students to scientific method Examination By assignments and/or by examination. 200 level as PHIL201 to PHIL291. See the 200 level course and reasoning by examining several key episodes in the Rapoport, A., Fights, Games and Debates, Michigan U.P. Content descriptions. development of science from both a historical and a critical Rapoport,A.,Two-PersonGameTheory,AnnArborPapert>ackS· ' Concepts of citizenship. Theories of the relationship between Prerequisite In each case is 30 credit points at PHIL200 level. perspective. Case studies include the Copernican Revolution in References See The Philosophy Manual "the political" and ''the social", ''the economic", ''the moral" etc. 130 131 SECI'ION FOUR PHTI.OSOPHY SUBJECI' DESCRIPTIONS SECI'ION FOUR PSYCHOLOOY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS PHIL396 PHILOSOPHY SEMINAR 3A lOcp PHIL399 DIRECTED READINGS lOcp Psychology Subject Descriptions PSYC202 BASIC PROCESSES Offered Semester I Offered By arrangement lOcp Prerequisite PSYC102 Lecturer Dr Wright Prerequisite 30 cp at PHIL200 level PSYClOl PSYCHOLOGY INTRODUCTION 1 lOcp Corequisite PSYC201 Prerequisite 30 cp at PHIL200 level Hours 3 hours per week for one semester Hours 5 hours per week for one semester Hours 2 hours lectures per week for one semester together with Corequisite 3 other Philosophy subjects at PHlL300 level, Examination Essays and/or formal examination Examination One 2 hour paper laboralory work including any PHIL300 level subjects passed in a previous Content semester, other than PHlL397 Content Three written laboratory reports. Introductory Examination A 2 hour exam paper plus laboratory exercises This subject is available by permission of the Head of Department Methodology and Statistics for Psychology; Biological Content Hours 3 hours per week to students who have special reasons for wishing to study a topic Foundations; Perception and Learning. This subject will examine basic processes in Psychology such as Examination Essays and seminar or tutorial papers not otherwise currently offered by the Department. In considering Texts perception, cognition, and learning. Both animal and human Content applications, the Department will take into account the student's current programme and previous record. Normally only one General-any recent comprehensive text on General Psychology models may be considered. A great deal of recent analytic philosophy has been devoted to the course of directed readings is permitted, and enrolment is strictly or Introduction to Psychology. The following alternatives are The Cognition topic will examine two contrasting approaches to debate between Realism and non-Realism. The seminars examine recommended (others may be added later). subject to availability of staff. the study of human intelligence. It will do so within the historical this debate in a way accessible to students without a background Atkinson, R.L., Atkinson, R.C.et al 1990, Introduction to contexts of both areas and in doing so will explore the strengths in logic or technical philosophy. Writers such as Hilary Putnam, Psychology, lOth edn, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. and limitations of the scientific method. Michael Dummett, Nelson Goodman and Michael Devitt will be 400 LEVEL SUBJECT For Statistics course studied. The subject requires participation in seminars and/or The Perception section will deal primarily with audition. The tutorials, as well as the presentation of papers on prescribed PHIL401 PHILOSOPHY HONOURS 80cp Tilley, A. 1990,Psychologica1Researchand Statistics, Pineapple. following topics will be covered: structure ofthe auditory system, subjective dimensions of sound, sound localisation, elementary topics. PHIL402 References To be advised aspects of speech perception. Text A booklet ofreadings will be available from the Department PHIL403 Texts of Philosophy. Offered Full year PSYC102 PSYCHOLOGY INTRODUCTION 2 lOcp Prerequisites Students will be accepted into PHllAOI at the Prerequisite PSYCIOI. Anastais, A. 1988, Psychological Testing, 6th edn, Macmillan. PHIL397 PHILOSOPHY SEMINAR 3B lOcp discretion of the Head of Department. In order to qualify for entry Hours 5 hours per week for one semester. Goldstein, E.B. 1984, Sensation & Perception., Belmont Cal. Offered Semester I to PHllAOI a student must normally have been credited with at Examination One 2 hour paper. Wadsworth. (or other general perception text dealing with Lecturer Dr Wright least II 0 credit points in Philosophy including at least 40 credit audition). points at 300 level with a minimum average Credit standard in all Content Three written laboratory reports. Cognition; Social Prerequisite 30 cp at PHIL200 level Philosophy subjects passed. Psychology; Developmental Psychology. Gould, S.J. 1981, The Mismeasure of Man, Norton & Co. Corequisite Seven other Philosophy subjects at PHlL300 level, Hours 12 hours per week Texts Nisbett, R. & Ross, L., Human Inference: Strategies & including any PHlL300 level subjects passed in a previous Shortcomings of Social Judgement., Englewood Qiffs, N.J.: semester Examination is by, a) an honours thesis of about 15,000 words General Prentice Hall. and, b) such further examinations and assignments as the Hours 3 hours per week as for PSYCIOI. Department prescribes. Equal weight is given to (a) and (b). References To be advised. Examination Essays and seminar or tutorial papers For Social Psychology Content PSYC203 DEVELOPMENTAL AND SOCIAL Content Callan, V., Gallois, C. et al 1986, Social Psychology, Harcourt (a) The honours thesis (on a topic approved by the Department), Brace Jovanovich. PROCESSES lOcp This course covers similar material to PHlL396, but deals with which is to be submitted by the end of second semester. Prerequisite PSYC102 selected topics in greater detail. The course also requires References To be advised. (b) A seminar programme in areas of philosophy approved by the Corequisite PSYC201 participation in seminars and/ortutorials, as well as the presentation Department and requiring 6 hours (average) attendance per week of further papers on prescribed topics other than those taken in PSYC201 FOUNDATIONS FOR PSYCHOLOGY lOcp throughout the year. For details see The Philosophy Manual. Hours 2hours per weekforone semester together with laboratory PHIL396. Prerequisite PSYC102 work Text A booklet of readings will be available from the Department Hours 2 hours lectures per week for one semester together with Examination A 2 hour exam paper plus laboratory exercises THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF LETTERS of Philosophy. laboratory work Content The M Litt programme in the Department of Philosophy is Examination A 3 hour exam paper plus laboratory exercises PHIL398 HONOURSSEMINAR3C lOcp intended for pass graduates with a major in Philosophy, or with This course will cover such topics as Social Cognition, Content Interpersonal Relationships and Developmental Themes. Offered Semester I or Il equivalent qualifications approved by the Department. Candidates are required to complete six semester courses or their equivalent (i) a selection of topics in experimental design, parametric tests, The Social Cognition course will continue from the study of Prerequisite 30 cp at PHIL200 level Each course is of two contact hours per week. In addition, introduction to analysis variance and related topics, and social behaviours in PSYC102 and will examine the cognitive Hours 3 hours per week candidates are required to submit a major essay, normally I 0,000 (ii) arangeoftopics aimed at elucidating the anatomy, physiology processes underlying these behaviours, focussing on attributions Examination Essays and/or formal examination words) on a subject chosen by the candidate and approved by the ·and biochemistry of the brain. The unit will be accompanied by for events and our understanding of social situations, and attitude Department. structure and change. Content (a) a tutorial series in which practical experience will be Assessment: Written examination papers, essays and other Text To be advised This subject is available by permission of the Head of Department given in the application of statistical methods using computer­ assignments to students who have achieved a high standard of performance at assisted statistical packages, and References To be advised I 00 and 200 level. The subject has a common programme with an (b) a laboratory component which will mainly deal with approved area of the coursework for PHllAOI below. neuroanatomy. PSYC204 INDIVIDUAL PROCESSES lOcp Texts To be advised Prerequisite PSYC102 References To be advised Corequisite PSYC201 132 133 SECTION FOUR PSYCHOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS SECTION FOUR PSYCHOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Hours 2hours per weekforone semestertogetherwithlaboratory Texts PSYC304 BASIC PROCESSES 2 10cp PSYC308 ADVANCED APPLIED TOPICS IN work Howell, D.C. 1987 ,StaJistical Methods for Psychology, 2nd edn, Prerequisite PSYC201 PSYCHOLOGY 2 lOcp Examination A 2 hour exam paper plus laboratory exercises Duxburg Press. Corequisite PSYC301 Prerequisite PSYC201 Content References Hours 4 hours per week for one semester Corequisite PSYC301 Marascuilo, L.A. & Levin, J.R. 1983, Multivariate Statistics in This subject examines the ways in which individuals differ ExaminaJion One 2 hour exam paper and an analytical report Hours 4 hours per week for one semester through a study of such topics as models of personality, patterns the Social Sciences: A Researcher's Guide, Brooks/Cole. Content Examination Assessment will be by a combination of formal of abnormal behaviour, methods of assessing these differences. Harris, RJ. 1985, A Primer of MultivariaJe Statistics, 2nd edn, examination, essays and written reports on the practical experience. This subject will extend the examination of basic processes Abnormal Behaviour: It is intended that this topic should introduce Academic Press. Content the student to some of the main approaches to the understanding covered in PSYC303. The subject will be complemented by of abnormal behaviour. PSYC302 INDEPENDENT PROJECT lOcp either a laboratory or workshop program run over about 4-5 This course will examine a number of different areas in which weeks. Psychology is applied. It will examine behavioural health care The student should be able to demonstrate understanding of: (a) Prerequisite PSYC201 References with particular emphasis on community-based interventions in the historical background of mental illness (b) the basic diagnostic Corequisite PSYC301 establishing behavioural change. In addition, topics in categories of psychiatric disorder (c) approaches to mental health A series ofreadings will be recommended as the course progresses. Hours 2 hours per week for the full year psychological pathology, psychotherapy and abnormal care. psychology will be covered. The unit will be complemented with Personality: The topic will examine a number of prominent Examination Submission of a written report containing PSYCJOS INDIVIDUAL PROCESSES 10cp some practical experience in applied settings. introduction, methods, results and discussion not more than thirty approaches to personality theory, research, and assessment. Prerequisite PSYC201 References Students will be expected to read assigned sections of the pages in length due early October. Corequisite PSYC301 King,N. & Remenyi, A. (eds) 1986,HealthCare: A Behavioural recommended text, and to complete simple exercises and present Content Hours 4 hours per week for one semester Approach, Grune & Stratton. material in seminar sessions from time to time. The project consists of an experiment or series of experiments, Text surveys or tests designed to explore a hypothesis. Each student Examination One 2 hour exam paper Additional references will be made available throughout the course Hall, C.S., & Lindzey, G. 1985, Introduction to Theories of will be supervised by an academic staff member of the Department Content Personality, Wiley. of Psychology. The list of research areas will be available at the This subject will include topics of social and cognitive beginning of the academic year. Students are advised that this PSYC309 TOPICS IN NEURAL SCIENCE lOcp OR development and extend the examination of basic processes subject is a prerequisite for entry into an Honours year in covered in PSYC303. The subject will be complemented by a Prerequisite PSYC201 Potkay, C.R. & Allen, B.P. 1986, Personality: Theory,Research Psychology. laboratory run over about 4-5 weeks. Corequisite PSYC301 and Application, Brooks/Cole. References References Hours 4 hours per week for one semester. References Students are expected to read a wide range of current literature in A series of readings will be recommended as the course progresses. ExaminaJion One 2 - 3 hour examination and laboratory Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM­ the area chosen for the research project. assessment III-R). PSYC306 ADVANCED SOCIAL PROCESSES lOcp Content (Available on short loan in the Library). PSYC303 BASIC PROCESSES 1 10cp Not offered in 1992 A series of topics at the cellular and molecular level will examine Prerequisite PSYC201 Students are encouraged to read widely in any chapter on abnormal the structural and functional mechanisms responsible for neural behaviour in post 1987 texts. Corequisite PSYC301 PSYC307 ADVANCED APPLIED TOPICS IN processing. The course will include the development and Hours 4 hours per week for one semester PSYCHOLOGY 1 10cp maintenance of the nervous system, the neural basis of PSYC205 APPLIED TOPICS IN PSYCHOU>GY 1 10cp ExaminaJion One 2 hour exam paper and a laboratory report Prerequisite PSYC201 consciousness, awareness and pain, abnormalities in the nervous Not offered in 1992 system and cognitive processing. Content Corequisite PSYC301 The course will be complemented with a choice of laboratory Hours 4 hours per week for one semester PSYC206 APPLIED TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 2 10cp This subject will examine basic processes in Psychology such as sessions which highlight some aspects of the course and introduce perception, cognition, memory and learning and the effects of Not offered in 1992 ExaminaJion Assessment will be by a combination of formal students to some techniques for studying the brain at the cellular early experience. Topics not covered in this subject will be dealt examination and written reports from projects of the student's and molecular level. with in PSYC304. Both animal and human models will be PSYC3CH ADVANCED FOUNDATIONS FOR own design aimed to give experience in field work. considered. The subject will be supplemented with a laboratory References PSYCHOLOGY 10cp Content program which will run over 4-5 weeks. Kandel, E.R. 1985 ,Principles ofneural science, 2ndedn, Elsevier. Prerequisites PSYC201, PSYC202, PSYC203 This unit will examine the theory underlying psychological test References Alberts, B., Bray, D. et al1989, Molecular Biology of the Cell, construction, and will introduce a range of psychological tests Hours 4 hours per week for one semester 2nd edn, Garland. Baddeley, A. 1990, Human Memory: Theory and Practice, through practicum sessions in which training will be given in test Examination One 3 hour exam paper Erlbaum. administration and interpretation. The underlying basis of PSYC401 PSYCHOLOGY HONOURS 401 Content interviewing as an assessment technique will also be studied and Evans, J. 1990,Reasoning: Causes and Consequences, Lawrance (SEMINARS) 40cp A selection oftopicsin experimental design, advanced parametric Erlbaun Assoc., London. training will be given in interviewing techniques, the construction and use of interview schedules and the interpretation of interview Prerequisite A completed BA or BSc or three complete years of tests and topics in applied statistics. Frisby, J. 1979, Seeing, Oxford University Press. responses. Video and tape recording will be used extensively. a BA(Psych) or BSc(Psych) including the subjects PSYC1 01 and The subject will be accompanied by a tutorial series in which Sekuler, R. & Blake, R. 1985, Perception, Knopf. PSYCI 02, at least 40 credit points of Psychology at the 200 level practical experience will be given in the application of statistical References Osofsky, J.D. 1987, Handbook of Infant Development, 2nd edn, including PSYC201, and at least 60 credit points of Psychology methods using computer-assisted statistical packages. A variety of references will be available throughout the course. Wiley. at the 300 level including PSYC301 and PSYC302. Candidates must have achieved at least credit levels or better in each of four 300 level subjects including PSYC301 and PSYC302.

134 135 SECTION FOUR PSYCHOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS SECTION FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTIIROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS

Hours 12 hours per week for the full year Hours 8 hours per week for the full year Sociology and Anthropology Subject long module SK110W (Australian Society), taught by the Examination To be advised Examinalion To be advised Descriptions Department of Social Welfare, is recognized by the Department ofSociology as equivalenttoSOC111 for the purpose of satisfying Content Content Introduction the prerequisites for 200 level subjects in Sociology. PSYC401 comprises half of the final Honours in Psychology. PSYC403 comprises one third of the final year of the BA(Psych) In this Department the disciplines of Sociology and Anthropology There is a broad range of offerings at 200 level. Students may Full-time students enrol in PSYC402 as well. Part-time students or BSc(Psych). Full-time students are expected to enrol in are taught as integrated sub-fields of the study of society. At 200- undertake as few as a single semester subject or any number up complete PSYC401 in the ftrst year and PSYC402 in the second. PSYC404 as well. Part-time students complete PSYC403 in the level and above, students are able to specialise to some degree in to the full range being offered by the Department. PSYC401 consists of five seminar series, including one ftrst year and PSYC404 in the second. PSYC403 consists of three sociology or social anthropology, although we see the two compulsory unit on theoretical issues in Psychology, a choice of seminar series, including one compulsory unit on theoretical Students applying to undertake a 300 level subject need to have disciplines as complementing each other, and expect most students completed at least 20 credit points of Sociology at 200 level or its two units in mathematical of physiological Psychology and a issues in psychology and a choice oftwo optional units. Each unit to take some of both. choice oftwo units in applied or social Psychology. Each unit will will include seminars at which attendance and participation is equivalent. They also need to comply with the necessary include seminars at which attendance and participation is compulsory and will be assessed by essay, examination, oral Sociologists focus on the study of contemporary industrial society prerequisites for the subject they wish to take. compulsory and will be assessed by essay, examination, oral presentation or a combination. The exact topics of the seminars and examine topics such as the political process, work and Students undertaking 60 credit points or more at 300 level shall presentation or a combination. The exact topics of the seminars vary from year to year depending on staff availability. There is industry, social inequality, gender, the family, community, include either SOC301 or SOC302. vary from year to year depending on staff avilability. One some overlap with PSYC40l. medicine, ideology, religion, social change and the capitalist economic system. While social anthropologists study similar SOC111 is an all-year subject and replaces the previous semester seminarmaybereplacedwithapracticalplacementandassociated Texts and References subjects SOC101 and SOC102. Its content is the same as that of essay. There is some overlap with PSYC403. topics, their emphases, methods and approaches often differ, To be advised. reflecting the non-European and often small-scale societies where SOC101 and SOC102. This subject will be offered at both day Texts and References most anthropological research has traditionally been carried out. and evening times each year. All other subjects in sociology will be offered at either day or evening times. Most subjects will be To be advised PSYC404 PSYCHOLOGY 404 SOcp Since all societies are increasingly becoming part of a single rotated between day and evening times, in order to make as many Prerequisite Candidates must be enrolled for the BA(Psych) or world system, and the basic problems of social life are everywhere the same, sociology and social anthropology have become subjects as possible available to students with time constraints. PSYC402 PSYCHOLOGY HONOURS 402 BSc(Psych) and must have completed the equivalent of three full complementary parts of a general comparative study of society. The presentation of any subject is dependent on the availability (fHESIS) 40cp time years of the degree, including passes or above in the subjects of staff to teach that subject. The department also reserves the Prerequisite A completed BA or BSc, or three complete years of PSYCl 01 and PSYC102, at least 40 credit points of Psychology Sociology and social anthropology, while grounded in our right not to offer a subject where enrolments are insufficient in aBA(Psych)orBSc(Psych)includingthesubjectsPSYC101 and at the 200 level including PSYC201 and at least 60 credit points observations of human social life, have strong theoretical and number. PSYC102, at least 40 credit points of Psychology at the 200 level of Psychology at the 300 level including PSYC301. philosophical bases. Their purpose is not simply to accumulate The following subjects from other Departments are recognized including PSYC201 and at least 60 credit points of Psychology Corequisite PSYC403 information but to understand how society is organised, develops at the 300 level including PSYC301 and PSYC302. Candidates and changes. by the Department of SOCiology as counting towards credit points Hours 16 hours per week for the full year in Sociology must have achieved at least credit levels or better in each of four Further details of the courses available in Sociology may be 300 level subjects including PSYC301 and PSYC302. Examinalion Reports will be assessed by the supervisor and by found in the Department's Manual and in the booklet Sociology IDS201 Feminism Historical Perspectives (10 cp) Corequisite PSYC401 another member, or members of the Department. Placement will 1992: Postgraduate Degrees. In addition to the Ordinary and be assessed on the basis of supervisor's report and a student essay. IDS202 Gender and Knowledge (1 0 cp) Hours 12 hours per week for the full year Honours B.A. in Sociology, it is possible to take Sociology Content subjects as part of the Bachelor of Social Science degree or as part HISY222 and HISY322 Australian Social Welfare History (10 Examination Thesis will be assessed independently by the cp)(for Ourimbah students only) PSYC404 comprises two-thirds of the final yearofthe BA(Psych) of the Master of Social Science by Coursework. supervisor and by another member, or members of the Department. Subjects Taught at Ourimbah or BSc(Psych). Full-time students are expected to enrol in Subjects for the Ordinary B.A. Content In 1992, SOC111 and SOC201 will be taught at Ourimbah. In PSYC403 as well. Part-time students complete PSYC403 in the A major stream in Sociology in the B.A., as defmed by the addition, two other 200-level1 0 cp subjects and two 300-level1 0 PSYC402 comprises half of the final Honours in Psychology. ftrst year and PSYC404 in the second. PSYC404 consists of two Faculty of Arts, consists of at least 90 credit points at least 30 Full-time students enrol in PSYC401 as well. Part-time students equally-weighted sections; a piece of original empirical research credit points at 200 level, which must include SOC201 and 40 cp subjects will be available at Ourimbah. At this stage the coplete PSYC401 in the ftrst year and PSYC402 in the second. and a placement. The research project will be supervised by a credit points at 300 level. subjects to be taught have not been finalized, but they will be PSYC402 consists of the development, conduct, analysis and member of the Psychology Department and must be in an applied different from those taught in 1991. For further details, contact reporting of a piece of original empirical research. The thesis is area. A report in APA formal, of approximately twenty ftve The Department considers that the above is a bare minimum. It the Sociology Department. recommends that students seeking to major in Sociology with a a formal presentation of this research and must be in APA format. pages, is required. Candidates are strongly advised to discuss First Year Subjects There is a limit of fifty pages. Each student will be supervised by potential projects with appropriate staff members well in advance. view to undertaking graduate work or teaching in the discipline a member of the Psychology Department. Students are strongly The placement component involves: introductory seminars on or to other employment in an area related to the discipline should undertakealleast 40 credit points at 200 level, including SOC201 SOC101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY A 10cp advised to discuss potential projects with appropriate staff ethical and professional issues; supervised experience in a SOC102 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 8 10cp members well in advance. Involvement with external agencies community facility in the Newcastle area; and the submission of and S0C205, and at least 60 credit points at 300 level. must be through official departmental channels. an essay relating the practical activities to psychological theory Students who wish to proceed to the BA Honours degree in These semester-long subjects are no longer offered, being replaced from 1992onwards by the one-year subject SOC111 (see below). Texts and References and technique. 'Sociology will normally be expected to have completed at least ~:_40 credit points at 200 level (including SOC201 and SOC204) In special circumstances (e.g. where students have already taken To be advised. Texts and References ~and 60 points at 300 level (including SOC302), with a Credit SOC101 in 1991 or earlier and wish to take SOC102, or where To be advised. they will be away from Newcastle for one semester), students : average in Sociology at 300-level. In certain cases, subjects 1 PSYC403 PSYCHOLOGY 403 30cp -,,within other Departments which have substantial relevance to may be enrolled in SOC1 01 or SOC1 02. Such students will take theappropriatesemester(ftrstorsecondrespectively)ofSOC111 Prerequisite Candidates must be enrolled for the BA(Psych) or sociology are acceptable as counting towards the entry and will be graded on their performance in that semester. BSc(Psych) and must have completed the equivalent of three full requirements. Students are invited to discuss their proposed time years of the degree, including passes or above in the subjects -,course with the Head of Department at any time. SOC111 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 20cp PSYC101 and PSYC102, at least 40 credit points of Psychology -· Students applying to undertake a 200 level subject normally need at the 200 level including PSYC201, and at least 60 credit points to have completed 20 credit points of Scoiology at 100 level, in Students who have taken SOC101 orSOC102may not take this of Psychology at the 300 level including PSYC301. other words SOC111 (or both SOC101 andSOC102). The year- subject.

136 137 SECTION FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS SECTION FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS This year-long subject replaces the two previous semester-long Secood Year Subjects Readings subjects SOC:lOl and SOC:102 IMPORTANT NOTICE Wolf, Eric R. 1982, Ewope and t1w People without History, Offered Semester I and II; day and evening. Connor, L., Asch, T. & Asch, P. 1986, Jero Tapa/can: Balinese Berkeley, University of California Press. New staff members joining the Department in 1992 will be Healer, Cambridge University Press. Prerequisite nil offering subjects in both first and second semester, but the details Leslie, C. (ed.) 1977, Asian Medical Systems: A Comparative POLITICS AND PUBLIC POLICY lOcp Hours 3 hours teaching per week are not included here. Students should ask at the Department for details of these subjects before making a fmal decision on their Study, University of California Press. Offered Semester ll; day only in 1992 Examination Classwork, assignments, examination choice. Simons & Hughes (ed.) 1985, Culture-Bound Syndromes, D. Prerequisite SOC! 01/102, SOC:111 or SK110W Reidel. Lecturers To be announced HOIITI 2 to 3 hours' teaching per week SOC201 INTRODUCTORY THEORY Content ExamintJlion to be advised (SOCIOWGY) lOcp SOC203 WORK IN INDUSTRIAL SOCIETY IOep This year-long subject, SOC:lll, replaces the two previous Not offered in 1992. Lectwer Dr R. Donovan semester-long subjects SOC:lOl and SOC:102. Semester I gives Offered (Newcastle) Semester II; day only in 1992 Cof!Unt a general introduction to Sociology with an emphasis on relations (Central Coast) Semester I; night only in 1992 SOC204 INTRODUCTORY RESEARCH METHODS This subject is an introduction to political sociology, focussing of inequality in society. Following a brief introduction to the Prerequisite SOC:lOl/2, SOC:lll or SKllOW subject of Sociology and some basic concepts used by sociologists AND DESIGN lOcp upon the nexus between politics and the formulation and to assist the understanding of society, we will look at some of the Hours 2to 3 hours' teaching per week Offered Semester I; day only in 1992 implementation of public policy, and the provision of welfare services. An historical and comparative approach will be taken to histories, structures and practices of social inequality in Australia Examination To be advised Prerequisite SOC:101/2, SOC:111 or SK110W the development of the welfare state, with special attention to Specific aspects of Australian society and culture will be examined, Lecturer (Newcastle) To be advised with particular focus on their relationship to class, gender, race Hours 2 to 3 hours' teaching per week contemporary Australian issues. Selected policy issues will be and ethnicit y. (Central Coast) Dr T. Leahy Examination To be advised discussed in relation to Marxian, hlJeral. democ:ndic, pluralist and New Right theories of the state. lbese theoretical debates will be Semester II has two main lecture components (a) the state and Content Lecturers DrS. Tomsen, Dr E. Jordan set against a discussion of public policy with reference to capital inequality, and (b) media and society. This subject deals with classic sociological theorists, examining Content and private ownership, bureaucratic domination, welfare the writings of these theorists and their influence on subsequent (a) The first section looks at evidence about the role of the state capitalism, and state intervention. The course will question the sociological discourse. This subject provides a critical introduction to sociological in either correcting or reproducing social inequality in Australian research methods. From 1991 onwards it will be a prerequisite for liberal democratic idea that state intervention is a value-neutral society. Examples include the functioning of the legal and Readings SOC:302. The course looks at qualitative and quantitative research entetprise concerned primarily with the allocation of resources welfare systems. There is particular focus on current political Durkheim, Emile 1964, The Division ofLabour in Society, New methods and includes a number of practical research exercises. (means) to achieve socially desired ends. debates regarding the expansion and cuts in state activity. York Free Press. Readings Readings (b)MediaandSocietybeginswithanexaminationoftheownership Gerth, H.H. & C.W. Mills (ed.), From Max Weber: Essays in Babbie, E. 1989, The Practice of Social Research, Sth edn, Abrams, P., Historical Sociology, London, Open Books. and control of the mass media and advertising in Australia Sociology, London, Routledge and Kegan Paul. Particular aspects of the media(eg news, magazine and television Wadsworth. Bendix. R. 1966, Max Weber, An Intellectual Portrait, London, advertising) are then considered in some detail, both in terms of Tucker, Robert C. (ed.), 1978, The Marx Engels Reader, New Rose, G. 1982, Deciphering Sociological Research, Macmillan. Methuen. York, W.W. Norton and Co. their explicit content and also the hidden messages conveyed by Glaser, B.G. & Strauss, A.L., 1967, The Discovery ofGrounded Giddens, A. & D. Held (ed.) 1982, Classes, Power and Conflict, their language and imagery. The relationship of the mass media Weber, Max 1958, The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Theory, Aldine de Gruyter. London, Macmillan. to social inequality in Australian society is a central issue Capitalism, New York Charles Scribner's Sons. Gough, I. 1979, The Political &OMirlJ of 1M Welfare State, throughout. SOC205 INTRODUCTORY THEORY lOep London, Macmillan. Texts SOC202 MEDICAL SYSTEMS lOcp (SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY) Kennedy, R. (ed.) 1989,AIIStralian Welfare Historical Sociology, Abercrombie, N., & Hill, S. et all984, Dictionary ofSociology, Offered Semester II; evening only in 1992 Offered Semester I; evening only in 1992 Melbourne, Macmillan. Penguin. Prerequisite SOC:101/102, SOC:111 or SK110W Prerequisite SOC:101/2, SOC:111 or SK110W SOC208 MEDIA AND SOCIETY lOcp Windschuttle, K. 1988, The Media, 3rd edn, Penguin. Hours 2to 3 hours' teaching per week Hours 2 to 3 hours' teaching per week Offend Semester ll; day or evenina ift 1992 Recommended Readings Examination To be advised Examination assignments and examination Prerequisite SOC:l 01/102, SOC I 11 or SKI IOW Berger, J. 1981, Ways of Seeing, BBC/Penguin. Lecturer Dr L. Connor Lecturers Dr L. Connor and A/Professor G. Samuel Hows 2 to 3 hours' teaching per week Bonney, B. & Wilson, H. 1983, Australia's Commercial Media, Content Content Macmillan. Examination To be advised This subject introduces selected topics in the study of medical This subject introduces students to the major theories in the Connell, R. W., Ashenden, D.J., Kessler, S & Dowsett, G.W. systems from a cross-cultural perspective. Illness and healing are discipline of social anthropology through a series of case studies Lectwer Dr T. Leahy 1982, Making the Difference. Schools, Families and Social analysed as social and cultural processes, a conceptualization selected from societies of South-East Asia and the Pacific. It also Content Division, Allen and Unwin. that challenges biomedical constructions of these events. Case introduces students to some of the areas for which we teach more This subject looks at popular media from the point of view oftwo George, Susan 1976, How the Other Half Dies, Penguin. studies are presented to demonstrate the nature and relevance of advanced anthropology subjects at 200- and 300-level (e.g. tendencies in sociological analysis of the media hegemonic and contemporary medical systems in non-Western societies. Thro~gb Indonesia, Thailand). Giddens, A. 1982, Sociology, a Brief but Critical Introduction, these case studies, the issues of cultural relativism and universalism postmodemist. Hegemonic analysis sees the media in tenns of Readings Macmillan. are examined. Finally, the analysis of this issue is developed the way they reflect and serve the interests of a ruling class. Jennett, C. &Stewart, R. (eds) 1987, Three Worlds ofInequality: further through the study of cases of culturally specific pattems Keesing, R. 1981, Cultural Anthropology: A Contemporary Feminist hegemonic analysis looks at men as a ruling class and Race, Class and Gender, Macmillan. of behaviour that have been labelled odd or bizarre by Western Perspective, 2nd edn, Sydney Holt, Rinehart and Winston. marxist hegemonic analysis sees capitalists in this role. More recently, there has been a shift in media analysis towards what Waters, M. & Crook, R.1990, Sociology One, Longman Cheshire. observers (commonly referred to as the "culture-boUnd Murphy, Robert F. 1979, An Overture to Social Anthropology, may be called a "post-modernist" position. The postmodernist syndromes"). Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice-Hall. option suggests that hegemonic analysis is too simplistic and in a sense outdated by real changes in the popular media 138 139 SECTION FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTIIROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS SECTION FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTIIROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCIUP110NI

Postmodemist approaches are more likely to view the media in RemlifiiJS Readings Ingleby, D. (ed.) 1981, Critical Psychiatry : The Polilit:, tenns of the desires and wishes of the audience, and to stress the Morgan, David 1985, The Family Politics Social Theory, Mental Health, Harmondsworth, Penguin. ~ way in which the media serves the audience. They are likely to tind Babbie, E. 1989, The Practice of Social Research, 5th edn, Routledge, London. look at the media as a· commentary on inequality rather than an Belmont, C.A., Wadsworth. Mannheim, K. 1936,1deology and Utopia, London, Routledge endorsement of it. They emphasize the playful and ironic in the Bittman, Michae11991, Juggling Time, Canberra Office of the Bulmer, M. (ed.) 1984, Sociological Research Methods An Scull, A. 1984, Decarceration, 2nd edn, Cambridge, PoHt) media and stress the multitude of interpretations which different Status of Women. Introduction, 2nd edn, London, Macmillan. Press. parts of an audience bring to the popular media. Barrett, Michele& Mary Mcintosh 1982,TheAnti-SocialFamily, Rose, G. 1982, Deciphering Sociological Research, Macmillan. Turner, R. (ed.) 1974, ~thnomethodology Selected Remiing1 , London Verso. Readings Stanley, L. & Wise, S. 1983, Breaking Out: Feminist Harmondsworth, Pengum. Berger, John 1972, Ways ofSeeing, Harmondsworth, Penguin. Consciousness and Feminist Research, London, Routledge & SOC212 AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL SOCIETY Kegan Paul. SOCJ04 MEDICINE IN INDUSTRIAL SOCIETYlOcp Brown, Mary Ellen (ed.) 1990, TelevisionandWomen'sCulture AND CULTURE: Offerld Semester ll; day only in 1992 The Politics of the Popular, Sydney Currency Press. A POLITICAL STUDY IOcp SOC303 KNOWLEDGE, IDEOLOGY AND PrerequisiJe 20cp at SOC200-Ievel, including SOC201 Willis, Pau11990, Common Culture: Symbolic Work at Play in Not offered in 1992 PSYCHIATRY 20cp the Everyday Cultures of the Young, Milton Keynes, Open Hours Four hours' teaching per week University Press. Offered Semester I; day only in 1992 SOC214 INDONESIAN SOCIE'IY AND Examination Research project, book review, examination. Prerequisite 30 cp at SOC200-level, including SOC201 CULTURE lOcp SOC209 HOUSING AND DOMESTIC SPACE IOcp Lecturer Dr K. Robinson Not offered in 1992 Hours Four hours' teaching per week Content Offered Semester I; day only in 1992 Examination To be advised How is the distribution of illness, and the availability of health PrerequisiJe SOC10l/102, SOC111 or SK110W IDS201 FEMINISM: HISTORICAL AND IOcp Lecturer Dr R. Donovan CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES services, differentiated according to factors of gender, class, race, Hours 2 to 3 hours' teaching per week Content ethnicity, age? How do different systems forthefundingofhealth Refer to Interdisciplinary Subject Descriptions Examination Examination, essay This subject is an introduction to selected issues in contemporary care affect equitable distribution and quality of services? What Lecturer Dr. K. Robinson social theory. Particular attention is given to the competing are the social and cultural consequences of new medical IDS202 GENDER AND KNOWLEDGE IOcp technologies, for example reproductive technologies? How do Content claims of (1) causal/reductive explanations of social phenomena Refer to Inter-Disciplinary Subject Descriptions. which give priority to the theoretical constructs of the investigator, weunderstandtheexperiencesofillness?Doessuchunderstanding The subject investigates the connection between domestic and (2) the interpretative tradition which places emphasis upon challenge medical models for the treatment of illness? architectural fonns and social relations. In doing this, students reason and motive in human agency, and that knowledge and These questions will be asked in the context of Australian society. will pursue diverse disciplinary perspectives, from considerations 300-Level Subjects social and material forces are mutually constitutive. The point of Remiings of structure and fonn to ideational fonns. Material will be drawn IMPORTANT NOTICE departure of the course is the sociology of knowledge, taking as from Western and non-Western societies. Bates, E. & Iinder-Pelz 1989, Health Care Issues, Allen and New staff members joining the Department in 1992 will be its central theme the sociohistorical fonns of rationality and Unwin. Readings offering subjects in both first and second semester, but the details irrationality. This will be analysed with reference to Bachelard, G.,The Poetics of Space, Boston Beacon Press. are not included here. Students should ask at the Department for (1) Social patterns of distorted communication, exploring certain Davis, A. & C'.eorge J. 1989, States of Health, Harper & Row. details of these subjects before making a fmal decision on their phenomenologically orientated accounts of social action. Martin, E. 1987, The Woman in the Body. A Cultural Analysis of Rybczynski, W. 1986, Home: A Short History of an Idea, choice. Penguin. (2) Social dislocation of knowledge in the wider socio-cultural Reproduction, Beacon Press. context, particularly the historical 'discovery' of the social Turner, B. 1989, The Body and Society. Waterson, R. 1990, The Living House, Singapore, Oxford SOCJOI CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL THEORY20cp University Press. categories of reason and insanity. Turner, B. 1987, Medical Power and Social Knowledge. Sage. Not offered in 1992 (3) Psychiatric knowledge as ideology and, psychiatric diagnosis SOC210 THE AUSTRALIAN FAMILY IOcp ,, as the pragmatic reconstruction of 'abnonnal' everyday SOCJOS SOCIETY AND CULTURE: SOC302 RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY knowledge. THAILAND AND TIBET 20cp This subject is available at both 200-level and300-Ievel (SOC31 0). AND SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY 20cp (4) Political economy of decarceration/ deinstitutionalisation, Not offered in 1992. Not available to students who have taken SOC306 Family and Offered Semester I; day only in 1992 Society in 1990 or 1991 and the influence that state/bureaucratic knowledge has on PrerequisiJe 30 cp at SOC200 level, including SOC201 and contemporary conceptions of rationality. SOC306 FAMILY AND COMMUNITY lOcp Offered Semester ll; day only in 1992 SOC204 (5) Gender and the social construction of psychiatric morbidity. Not offered in 1992 Prerequisite SOC101/102, SOC111 or SK110W Hours Four hours' teaching per week (6) The Richmond Report. Historical, empirical and clinical Hours 2 or 3 hours' teaching per week Examination Research project, examination sources will be used throughout. Along with Marx, Dilthey, SOC307 CRIME, JUSTICE AND THE STATE 20cp Examination Assignments and Projects Lecturers Dr L. Connor, Dr. E. Jordan, DrS. Tomsen Weber and Durkheim, the ideas of the contemporary theorists Offered Semester ll, evening only in 1992 Karl Mannheim, Gregory Bateson, Michel Foucault, Alfred Lecturer Professor L. Bryson Content Prerequisite 20 cp at SOC200-Ievel including SOC201 Schutz and Harold Garfinkel will be central to the course. Content This subject, while focussing on the methods of research, Hours Four hours' teaching a week Recommended Readings Thecourseprovidesasociologicalstudyofcontemporaryfamilies emphasises the integral connections between theory and method Examination To be advised and the ways in which they interact with the wider society. There We shall concern ourselves with both discussion of the ethical, Foucault, M. 1975, The Birth of the Clinic: An Archaeology of New York, Vintage. Lecturers Dr R. Donovan and DrS. Tomsen will be an emphasis on the analysis of change and issues of theoretical and methodological issues of social research, and Medical Perception, equality in relation to, for example, the sexual division oflabour, with learning and applying the various research techniques of Garton, S. 1988, Medicine and Madness: A Social History of Content parenting, divorce and social policy. sociology and social anthropology. In this latter context we shall Insanity in New South Wales 1880-1940, Sydney, University of This course deals critically with both classical and contemporary emphasise different styles of research·and their complementarity New South Wales Press. arguments about the 'causes' of crime, its punishment and in overall research design. classification in late industrial society. Rival theoretical 140 141 SECfiON FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTIIROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS SECTION FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTIIROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS perspectives-liberal-utilitarian, post-structuralist,left realism, Yeatman, Anna 1990, Bureaucrats, Technocrats, Femocrats: final weeks, we look at shamanism and related processes within Gender and Sociology (Professor Lois Bryson) and New Right models - will be analysed and assessed with Essays on the Contemporary Australian State, Sydney Allen and modem Western societies. Throughout, film, music and practical Offer«l Semester I; day only in 1992 reference to historical and empirical evidence. The central theme Unwin. exercises will be employed to help participants to experience the ofthecoursewillfocusuponthegrowthofthestate'sresponsibi.lity reality underlying shamanic techniques. The gender dimension of sociology will be explored in three ways. First as it is dealt with in conventional sociological theory; for discipline and incarceration, and the legitimation of state SOC309 KNOWLEDGE, POWER AND SOCIAL Readings e.g. Durldteim, Marx and Weber. Second through the work of power through the expansion of the justice apparatus. The CHANGE l~p substantive issues to be addressed will include crime, class, and Grim, John A. 1983, The Shaman Patterns of Siberian and feminist theorists, paying particular attention to the role of the Offer«~ Semester I; day only in 1992 access to the legal system; corporate crime and political corruption; Ojibway Healing, Norman, University of Oklahoma Press. state. Third, through consideration of the light shed sociological research on the empirical dimensions of gender relations. women and the justice system; contemporary trends in policing; Prerequisite 20 cp at SOC200-level including SOC201 Hitchcock, John T. & Jones, Rex L. (ed.) 1976, Spirit Possession the privatisation of punishment. Hours 2 hours' teaching per week in the Nepal Himalaya, Warminster; Aris and Phillips. Readings Reading Examination To be advised Katz, Richard 1982, Boiling Energy: Community Healing among Connell. R.W. 1987, Gender and Power, Sydney, Allen and the Kalahari !Kung, Cambridge, MA Harvard University Press. Unwin. Cohen, S. 1985, Visions of Social Control, Cambridge, Polity Lecturer Dr S. Tomsen Press. Samuel, Geoffrey 1990, Mind, Body and Culture, Cambridge Eisenstein, Hester 1984, Contemporary Feminist Thought, Content, Readings To be advised Braithwaite,J.1CJ79,/nequality,CrimeandPublicPolicy,London, University Press. Sydney, Allen and Unwin. Routledge. SOC310 THE AUSTRALIAN FAMILY l~p Franzway, Suzanne, Court, Dianne, Connell, R.W. 1989, Staking SOC312 AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL SOCIETY a Claim Feminism: Bureaucracy and the State, Sydney, Allen Findlay, M. & R. Hpgg (ed.) 1988, Understanding Crime and This subject is available at both 200-level (SOC210) and 300- AND CULTURE: A POLITICAL Criminal Justice, North Ryde, Law Book Co. and Unwin. level (SOC31 0) STUDY l~p Gunew, Sneja (ed.) 1991, A Reader in Feminist Knowledge, Foucault, M. 1CJ79, Discipline and Punish, Harmondsworth, Not available to students who have taken SOC306 Family and Not offered in 1992. London, Routledge. Penguin. Society in 1990 or 1991 Sydie, R. 1987, Natural Women, Cultured Men, Milton Keynes, Garland, D. & P. Young (ed.) 1983, The Power to Punish: Offer«l Semester II; day only in 1992 SOC314 INDONESIAN SOCIETY Contemporary PenaltyandSocialAnalysis, London, Heinemann. Press. Prerequisite 20 cp at SOC200 level AND CULTURE lOcp Williams, F. 1989, Social Policy A Critical Introduction, Zdenkowski, G. & D. Brown 1982, The PrisonStruggle: Changing Hours 2 or 3 hours' teaching per week Not offered in 1992 Australia's Prison System, Ringwood, Penguin. Cambridge, Polity. Examination Assignments and Projects Yeatman, Anna 1990, Bureaucrats, Technocrats, Femocrats: Lecturer Professor L. Bryson Honours in Sociology Essays on the Contemporary Australian State, Sydney, Allen and SOC308 WOMENANDTHEWELFARESfATE lOcp Unwin. Content The degreeofBachelorof Arts (Honours) isavailableinSociology. Not available to students who have taken SOC207, Women and The course provides a sociological study of the nature of The Honours degree can be taken as a one-year full-time course Contemporary French Social Thought (NProfessorGeoffrey the Welfare State. contemporary families and the ways in which they interact with or atwo-yearpart-time course following on from the B.A. degree. Samuel) Offered Semester II; evening only in 1992 the wider society. There will be an emphasis on the analysis of It provides the depth of study in the discipline which is desirable, Offer«l Semester II; evenings only in 1992 and often necessary, for students wishing to pursue a career in Prerequisite 20cp at SOC200-level change and issues of equality in relation to, for example, the This course will explore the work of several prominent theorists sexual division of labour, parenting, divorce and social policy. sociology or to undertake further graduate research work. Hours 2 hours' teaching per week who have been engaged in radical rethinking of issues relating to Readings Prerequisite the self, power, sexuality and gender, among them Michel Examination To be advised Morgan, David 1985, The Family Politics and Social Theory, The normal requirement for entry to Honours will be 40 credit Foucault, Gilles Deleuze, Julia Kristeva and Luce Irigaray. We Lecturer Professor L. Bryson Routledge, London. points at 200 level (including SOC201 and SOC204) and 60 will look at the question of 'postmodemism'. We will also Content points at 300 level (including SOC302), with a Credit average in consider ways in which the course material is relevant to Bittman, Michae11991,Juggling Time, Office of the Status of Sociology at 300-level. In certain cases, subjects within other contemporary work in sociology and anthropology. This subject is essentially concerned with the nature of the state Women, Canberra. with a focus on gender relations. Women have until recently been Departments which have substantial relevance to sociology are Readings Barrett, Michele & Mary Mcintosh 1982, The Anti-Social Family, acceptable as counting towards the entry requirements. Students largely cast by the state as dependent, either on men as wives or Deleuze, Gille with Claire Parnet 1987, Dialogues, London London Verso. are invited to discuss their proposed course with the Head of as dependent on state welfare. Economic and welfare policies Athlone Press. will be considered for the way they affect women. The effects of Department at any time. SOC311 SHAMANISM AND HEALING ~p Grosz, FJizabeth. 1989, Sexual Subversions, Sydney Allen and women's interventions into the state over the last two decades Content Offer«l Semester I; evenings only in 1992 Unwin. will also be examined. (a) A thesis on a topic chosen by the student in consultation with Rabinow, Paul (ed.) 1986, A Foucault Reade, Penguin. Texts Prerequisite 20 cp at SOC200-level including either SOC202or members of staff. The thesis is to be submitted by the end of the SOC205 second week of October, and will count for 55% of the final mark. Baldock, C. &B. Cass(ed.) 1983, Women,SocialWelfareandthe Crime, Justice and theState(Dr R. Donovan and DrS. Tomsen) State., Sydney Allen and Unwin. Hours 4 hours' teaching per week (b) Two semester subjects to be assessed by coursework and/or Offer«l Semester I; evenings only in 1992. examination. Each contributes 221/ % of the fmal mark. Franzway, Suzanne, Court, Dianne & R.W. Connell1989,Staking Examination Written assignments and projects 2 Not available to students who have taken SOC307 (c) Students are expected to attend the Department's seminar a Claim: Feminism, Bureaucracy and the State, Sydney Allen Lecturers Dr L. Connor and NProfessor G. Samuel This course deals critically with both classical and contemporary and Unwin. programme, and will normally give at least one seminar on their Content arguments about the 'causes' of crime, its punishment and Watson,Sophie(ed.)1990,PlayingtheState: AustralianFeminist thesis work. classification in late industrial society. Rival theoretical Inthissubject,weinvestigateshamanicprocessesinnon-Westem Interventions, Sydney Allen and Unwin. Part-time students perspectives - liberal-utilitarian, post-structuralist, left societies and consider their relevance in the modem world. We realism,and New Right models- will be analysed and assessed Williams, Fiona 1989, Social Policy A Critical Introduction, begin by examining some theoretical perspectives on shamanism. Part-time students take the two semester subjects in the first and with reference to historical and empirical evidence. The central Cambridge Polity Press. The major part of the subject consists of a detailed examination second semesters of the first year and submit their thesis in theme of the course will focus upon the growth of the state's of several societies where shamanism plays a major role. In the October of the second year.

142 143 SECI'ION FOUR SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS SECI'ION FOUR INTERDISCIPLINARY SUBJECT DESCRIPTIONS responsibility for discipline and incarceration, and the legitimation of state power through the expansion of the justice apparatus. The Interdisciplinary Subject Descriptions Gender Studies substantive issues to be addressed will include crime, class, and IEAC101 EAST ASIAN CIVIUSATIONS lOcp access to the legal system; corporate crime and politicalconuption; IDS201 FEMINISM: HISTORICAL For details see HIST103 in the History Subject Descriptions. women and the justice system; contemporary trends in policing; AND CROSS-CULTURAL the privatisation of punishment. PERSPECTIVES lOcp IRES201 RELIGIOUS STUDIES 20cp Recommended Reading Cohen, S. 1985, Visions of Social Control, Cambridge, Polity Offered Semester 1, 1992. Prerequisite 40 credit points at 100 level Press. Credit Points 10 Offered Full year Braithwaite,J.1fJ19,1nequality,CrimeandPuhlicPolicy,Loodon, Prerequisite 60 credit points at 100 level Routledge. Course Managers Mr D.W. Palmer (Classics) Hours per week 1 lecture; 1-2 two hour tutorial. Findlay, M. & R. Hogg (ed.) 1988, Understanding Crime and Dr T.J. Lovat (Educational Studies) Assessment Two 1500 word essays. Criminal Justice, North Ryde, Law Book Co. Hours 4 teaching hours per week Lecturers Dr Hilary Carey (History) Convener Foucault, M. 1fJ79, Discipline and Punish, Harmondsworth, Examination Final examination (Section (a)) and progressive Dr Ellen Jordan (Sociology) Penguin. assessment (Sections (b) and (c)) Dr Santi Rozario (Social Welfare) Garland, D. & P. Young (ed.) 1983, The Power to Punish Content Contemporary Penalty and Social Analysis, London, Heinemann. Content (a) A survey of some major religions: Greek and Roman Zdenkowski, G. & Brown, D. 1982, The Prison Struggle: religion, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, Judaism and The object of this course is to investigate, in selected historical Changing Australia's Prison System, Ringwood, Penguin. Christianity. Two hours per week throughout the year. and cultural contexts, the political, religious and sexual discourses which have defined and ordered the place of women, and the Supervised Reading Course as approved by the Head of Taught by lecturers from the Departments of Oassics, varieties of feminism which have arisen in response to them. Department Educational Studies, History, and Philosophy. These questions will be considered in terms of concerns which (b) Phenomenology of religion: a study of those elements of This subject will be available in Semester II only have emerged from recent debates in contemporary feminism: religion which are essential and common to all traditions. the status of the female body, the existence of a uniquely female M.Litt. in Sociology Such elements will include ritual, myth, creed, space and culture, the status of women as 'other' in a relationship of time structures, special persons and sacred experience. Students who enrolled in the M.Litt. in Sociology in 1991 will be subordination to the dominant culture. re-enrolled for 1992in the M.Soc.Sc. degree. For details, see the Two hours per week in first semester. Taught by Dr T.J. Handbook of the Faculty of Social Science, or apply to the Lovat. The first section of the course will explore the emergence offirst­ wave feminism in nineteenth century Britain and North America Department of Sociology. (c) Applied moral theory: a study of problems arising from The effects of industrialisation on women's social position (and recent social, scientific and technological developments. the ideologies defining it) will be examined, as will the use of Topics may include health and environmental issues, liberal and radical ideas to re-conceptualise and challenge that overpopulation, needs of the developing world, sexism, position. racism, speciesism, genetic engineering, and bioethical issues such as abortion, infanticide, euthanasia, and organ The second section will focus on the way indigenous cultural and transplantation. Two hours per week in second semester. broader Islamic values have shaped the position of Muslim Taught by Professor R.S. Laura. women. The relationship between imperialism, Islamic fundamentalism and the Muslim women's movement will be Texts examined. Eliade, M., From Primitives to Zen, Collins Finally, the course will tum to the rise of second-wave feminism Laura, R.S. & Ashman, A.F. eds, Moral Issues in Mental in the second half of this century. The work of charismatic and Retardation , Croom Helm. popular writers ofthe 1960s and 70s which challenged established Laura, R.S. & Ashton, J.F., Hidden Hazards: The Dark Side of gender roles and expectations in the industrialised nations will be Everyday Technology, Bantam. considered. Discussion of the movement of feminism beyond a campaign for political, social and sexual rights to transforming Ling, T., A History ofReligion East and West, Macmillan. intellectual movement of significance for all modem thought will Lovat, T., What Is This Thing Called Religious Education? SSP. conclude the course. Regan, T. ed, Matters of life and Death, Random House References Sharpe, E.J., Understanding Religion, Duckworth. Olive Banks 1981, Faces ofFeminism., Oxford. Singer, P., Practical Ethics, Cambridge. Sheila Jeffreys ed. 1986, The Sexuality Debates, London. Smart, N.,The Religious Experience ofMankind, Collins. Phillippa Levine 1987, VictorianFeminism 1850-1900., London. Smith, H., Religions of Man, Harper and Row. Jane Rendall ed. 1987, Equal or Different: Women and Politics Separate bibliographies will be provided by individual lecturers. 1800-1914. Oxford. Ray Strachey 1fJ78, The Cause: A Short History ofthe Women's Movement in Great Britain, London.

144 145 SECTION FIVE

Barbara Taylor 1983, Eve and the New Jerusalem, London. R.W.Connel1987, Gender and Power, Sydney. A. Al-hibri 1984, Women and Islam., Sydney. C. MacCormack and M.Strathern, eds.1980, Nature, Culture and L. Beck, and N. Keddie, eds. 1978, Women in the Muslim World., Gentkr, Cambridge. Cambridge. S.Ortner & H.Whitehead1981, Sexual Meanings, Cambridge. A. Tabari, and N. Yegayneh, eds. 1982, In the Shadow of Islam. Henrietta Moore 1988, Feminism and Anthropology,Cambridge. London. Vandana Shiva 1989, Staying Alive, London. Barbara Caine, E.A. Grosz and Marie de Lepervanche eds. 1988, Brian Easlea 1983, Fathering the Unthinkable, London. Crossing Boundaries. F eminismsand the Critique ofKnowledges., Sydney. Mary Shelley 1984, Frankenstein, Oxford. Dale Spender, 1983, There's always been a women's movement Anne Mellor 1990, Mary Shelley, London. this century. London. Emily Martin 1989, The Woman in the Body, Boston. Hester Eisenstein 1984, Contemporary Feminist Thought. B.Caine, E.A.Grosz & M.de Lepervanche, eds. 1988, Crossing Sydney. Boundaries: F eminisms and the Critique ofKnowledge, Sydney. LoisBannerandMaryHartmanneds.l974, Clio' sConsciousness R.Diprose & R.Ferrell, eds. 1991, Cartographies, Sydney. Raised., New York. Anne Summers 1975, Damned Whores and God's Police., Hannondsworth. IDS202 GENDER AND KNOWLEDGE lOcp Offered Semester 2, 1992. Credit Points 10 POSTGRADUATE DEGREES Prerequisite Gender Studies 1. The Faculty of Arts offers the following postgraduate courses: Greek Honours Sociology Honours Hours per week 1 lecture; 1 two hour tutorial. Bachelor of Arts (Honours) History Honours Assessment Two 1500 word essays. Master of Arts (Available by research in all departments The Faculty Board may approve certain combinations from the Lecturers Dr. J. Goodall (Drama) and by research and coursework in the Department of disciplines listed above. Mr. R. Mackie (Education) English) The Degree Rules of the Bachelor of Arts (Honours) are found in Dr. K.Robinson (Sociology), Convener. Master of Applied Ethics Section Three of this Handbook. There is some departmental Content Master of Letters information about the content of the Honours programme in particular disciplines in Section Four of this Handbook. Further Building on the introduction to feminist analysis in semester 1, Master of Theatre Arts information may be obtained from the relevant department. this course will look at the various ways in which ideas of gender Doctor of Philosophy have shaped and been shaped by knowledge. Beginning with an Master of Arts (M.A.) (by coursework) Master of Letters examination of the construction of masculinity in social, political The admission and enrolment process for candidates in the (M.Litt) and cultural contexts, the course will move on to look at the ways Master of Arts (by research) and Doctor of Philosophy is handled At the time of writing only the Department of English offers the in which metaphors of masculinity and feminity are integral to by the Postgraduate Studies and Scholarships Section-telephone Master by Arts by coursework. The Department of Philosophy the argument of eighteenth and nineteenth century scientific 21 6538. Any intending applicant should contact the relevant offers the MasterofLetters. Further information may be obtained discourse. Mary Shelley's Frankenstein will be discussed as a Head of Department to discuss research interests. from the relevant department. narrative reflecting a crisis in the binary logic which equates Bachelor of Arts (Honours) Master of Applied Ethics woman with nature and man with culture. The Bachelor of Arts (Honours) is available in the following The Master of Applied Ethics coursework degree was approved Symbolic classifications of gender will be further explored disciplines: late in 1989 by the University of Newcastle for inclusion in the through debates in anthropology which employ the comparative Classical Studies Honours: Civilisation University's degree offerings by the Faculty of Arts in 1990. perspective to highlight Eurocentric assumptions concerning the naturalorderofgenderrelations. Thiswouldprovideafoundation Classical Studies Honours: Greek The purpose of the course is to introduce students to a wide for approaching contemporary critiques of those traditions of Classical Studies Honours: Latin spectrum of ethical issues in decision making in professional and enquiry which aim to constitute themselves as "bodies of other areas oflife and to provide a grounding in the resources and Combined Greek and Latin Honours knowledge". The latter part of the course will introduce students methods to be used in understanding and dealing with moral to examples of work which aims rather at knowing the body in Drama Honours Industrial Relations Honours issues. The course is managed by the Applied Ethics Board new ways, as this work constitutes one of the most important and Economics Honours Japanese Honours which includes the Course Co-ordinator, all course teachers and rapidly expanding dimensions in current theoretical enquiry. others concerned with the study of applied ethics. Staff teaching Education Honours Latin Honours the course are drawn from various sectors of the University. The References English Honours Linguistics Honours host department for purposes of the management of the course Andrew Tolson 1977, The Limits of Masculinity, London. French Honours Mathematics Honours and Faculty administration is the Department of Philosophy. Lynne Segal 1990, Slow Motion: Changing Masculinities, Geography Honours Philosophy Honours Changing Men, London. German Honours Psychology Honours

146 147 SECfiON FIVE POSTGRADUA1E DEGREES

Entry Requirements and Duration Any person with a pass PHIL505 Seminar/Directed Readings in Christian Ethics 10 degree from an accredited University is eligible to enrol in the PHIL251 Moral Theory: History and Problems 10 Master of Applied Ethics and other persons with relevant qualifications and work experience may also apply. Students PHIL256 Politics and Society 10 must gain 160 credit points in order to complete the study Con Subjects Credit Points programme. PHIL506 Seminar/Directed Readings in Moral Theory 10 The course may be taken on a full-time or part-time basis. Full PHIL391 Technology and Human Values I 10 time students complete the course in either two or three years, and part-time students in either three, four or five years from initial PHIL592 Technology, Human Values and enrolment. Tocountasafull time student in any year, a candidate the Environment 10 must be enrolled for 60 or more credit points. A part-time student PHIL507 Applied Ethics Project 40 must be enrolled for less than 60 credit points. Subject offerings PHIL508 Applied Ethics Project I 10 in 1992 would enable a part-time student to enrol for a maximum of 55 credit points, if so desired. PHIL509 Applied Ethics Project II 10 Course Structure The course is divided into two parts: PHIL510 Applied Ethics Project III 10 I. Core Subjects ( 40 credit points) PHIL511 Applied Ethics from Marxist and other Non-Mainstream Ethical Perspectives 10 There are two core subjects, a systematic introduction to ethics and an introductory review of ethical issues in applied settings. PHIL512 Bioethics I for Medical and Health All enrolees take the core subjects. (The first subject may be Care Professionals 20 waived for those with a suitable background). PHIL513 Bioethics II for Medical and Health 2. Supporting Subjects and Projects Care Professionals 20 Students are required to enrol in 120 credit points of work drawn PHIL514 Institutional Ethics Committees 10 from the supporting subjects offered and a project or projects. PHIL515 Applied Ethics Seminar SA 5 Supporting subjects are generally semester length subjects chosen PHIL516 Applied Ethics Seminar 5B 5 from among the specialist studies offered toward the degree. PHII-517 Bioethics III for Medical and Health Students will take at least one supporting subject from outside Care Professionals 20 any specialty area of concentration they may pursue, in order to ensure acceptable intellectual breadth. PHIL518 Bioethics N for Medical and Health Care Professionals 20 Some supporting subjects are undergraduate courses. Any subject with a 200-level or 300-level number is an undergraduate course. Master of Theatre Arts So, for example PHIL251 -Moral Theory: History and Problems Prerequisites A Bachelor of Arts in Drama or Theatre Studies or, - is an undergraduate course, as is PHIL391 - Technology and in exceptional circumstances in a cognate discipline. Prior Human Values. Recently, the Department of Employment, professional experience is also desirable. Education and Training has produced guidelines stating that no Hours As prescribed by the Head of Department. Masters level degree can contain more than 25% undergraduate courses. In order to comply with this guideline, students are Examination As prescribed by the Head of Department informed that they can gain credit for no more than 40 credit Content Comprises four core and four elective units drawn form points worth of undergraduate courses. the following: Projects typically study practical problem situations, but may DRAM501 Theatre: Contexts and Practices also involve theoretical research. Each student project will have DRAM502 Theatre and Culture an academic supervisor. The work value of a project is determined DRAM503 Issues in Theatre Organisation by the Applied Ethics Board after consultation with the student. A student may include up to 50 credit points of project work in a DRAM504 Practicum I full program of studies. DRAM511 Script Analysis Subjects Available in tbe Master of Applied Ethics Degree· DRAM512 Advanced Script Analysis 1992 (Subject to adequate enrolments and availability of staff). DRAM513 Cultural Intervention and Community Arts Core Subjects Credit Points DRAM514 The Director and the Performer I PHIL501 Introduction to Issues and Topics in Applied Ethics 20 DRAM515 Community Theatre: Models and Methods PHIL502 Introduction to Moral Theory 20 DRAM516 The Director and the Performer II Supporting Subjects and Projects DRAM517 Community Theatre Facilitation Skills PHIL503 Seminar/Directed Readings in DRAM518 Practicum II Environmental Philosophy 10 DRAM519 Applied Research Project PHIL504 Christian Ethics 10 148 University of Newcastle IJ It Si-'ORTSFIELD No J Campus Layout ~'-'s~ ...G

McMULLIN BUILDING AUCHMUTY LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION M AVIATION BUILDING CASHIER- ARTS N ARCHITECTURE BUILDING EA ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATION //------"· B 801 :LECTURE THEATRE p DRAMA THEATRE EB CHEMICAL & MATERIALS ENGINEERING ~ c GEOLOGY BUILDING 0 DRAMA STUDIO EC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING \ CT COMPUTING TEACHING BUILDING R,S SOCIAL SCIENCES BUILDING ED CIVIL ENGINEERING & SURVEYING D PHYSICS BUILDING SB SCIENCE BUILDING (Under Construction} EE ELECTRICAL & COMPUTER ENGINEERING _/ SPORTSFIELD No 2 l E E01 LECTURE THEATRE TB TEMPORARY OFFICE BUILDINGS EF ENGINEERING ClASSROOMS BULK SOLIDS ENGINEERING G CHEMISTRY BUILDING u UNIVERSITY UNION · SHOATLANO AE ABORIGINAL EDUCATIONAL CENTRE ENGINEERING SCIENCE H HOl :BASDEN THEATRE v MATHEMATICS BUILDING AT ART BUILDING J BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES BUILDING w BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCES BUILDING TUNRA ANNEXE MEDICAL SCIENCES BUILDING PROPOSED 2NUA-FM STUDIOS ~~T~~~~F~~~~SDUNCAN THEATRE MISCELLANEOIJS "'-.______. GY GYMNASIUM AN ANIMAL HOUSE HH HUNTER BUILDING AS ANIMAL STORE LO LECTURERS OFFICES CB COMMONWEALTH BANK MW MAINTENANCE WORKSHOP CCK CHILD CARE CENTRE· KINTAIBA RW RICHARDSON WING CCW CHILD CARE CENTRE· WONNAYBA SE SPECIAL EDUCATION CENTRE CG CENTRAL GARAGE SU UNIVERSITY UNION • HUNTER GH GREAT HALL SCULPTURE WORKSHOPS HT HUNTER TECHNOLOGY CENTRE VISUAL ARTS/MEDIA STUDIES NUR 2NUR-FM Rad1o Sta110n SC AUCHMUTY SPORTS CENTRE SH STAFF HOUSE SP SPORTS PAVILION TC TENNIS COURTS TRACTOR GARAGE UNIVERSITY CHANCELLERY

~~~i~ uv

------~..-.=<10"" '""' =;:~ ,:=:;;;: - ,c:,_::~.~i·~·~~ '"''"<'."'"-...... 'lll!~j'::'!i~~"';;;;:::;: